Alcon Phaco Machine Series 20000 Legacy - Service Manual PDF

Return to the Browser Screen
SERIES 20000 LEGACY
SERVICE MANUAL
ALCON SURGICAL
a division of Alcon Laboratories, Inc.
15800 Alton Parkway
Irvine, California 92618-3818 U.S.A.
Telephone: 949/753-1393
800/832-7827
FAX:
949/753-6614
906-2000-501 F, ASSEMBLY
906-2000-001 F, TEXT ONLY
* Reg. U.S. Pat. & TM Off.
2002,
1999, 1998, 1997, 1994 Alcon Laboratories, Inc.
SERIES 20000* LEGACY
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Equipment improvement is an on-going process and, as such, changes may be made to the equipment after this
manual is printed. Accordingly, Alcon Surgical makes no warranties, expressed or implied, that the information
contained in this service manual is complete or accurate. It is understood that if this manual is used to perform service
on the equipment by other than trained personnel, the user assumes all risks in the use of this manual.
CAUTION
Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.
Pay close attention to warnings and cautions in this manual. Warnings are written to protect individuals from bodily
injury. Cautions are written to protect the instrument from damage.
UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS:
Universal precautions shall be observed by all people who come in contact with the instrument and/or accessories to
help prevent their exposure to blood-borne pathogens and/or other potentially infectious materials. In any circumstance, wherein the exact status of blood or body fluids/tissues encountered are unknown, it shall be uniformly
considered potentially infectious and handled accordingly. This is in accordance with OSHA guidelines.
Comments or corrections concerning this manual should be addressed to:

Alcon Surgical
Technical Services Group
PO BOX 19587
Irvine, CA, USA 92623-9587
All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, or stored in a retrieval system, in any form
or by any means; photocopying, electronic, mechanical, recording, or otherwise; without prior written permission
from Alcon Surgical.
*Registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

**MACKOOL is a trademark of Richard J. Mackool, M.D.,
ii
906-2000-501
SERVICE MANUAL
906-2000-501
MANUAL REVISION RECORD
DATE
REVISION
REVISED PAGE NUMBERS
08/94
Initial release
11/94
Change of binder
12/97
ECN 33181 - i, iii
7/98
ECN 34142- Removed Service Test Procedure from Section Four. All pages,
except engineering drawings in Sections Six & Seven, changed to update trademarks and area codes.
11/99
ECN 99200934
General update and edit to cover all configurations of the STTL:
Section One - updated with information from latest Operator's Manual;
Section Two - added Steerable I/A, and updated remaining theory and block diagrams;
Section Three - added disassembly procedures for various LCD's and new handpiece
connector panel;
Section Five - updated supplies, tools, and spares tables, expanded tables for fault,
warning, and advisory messages, updated troubleshooting table, added system
configuration table;
Sections Six and Seven - updated all drawings and parts lists;
Section Eight - added service information for the VideOverlay Parameters System.
05/2002
906-2000-501
ECN 20022436
General update and edit to cover all configurations of the STTL:
Section One - updated with information from latest Operator's Manual.
Section Two - added NeoSonix* information and new phaco block diagram.
Section Three - added notes for upgraded systems.
Section Four - removed this section (Service Test Procedure) and renumbered
subsequent sections.
Section Five - renumbered to Section Four, updated supplies, tools, and spares tables,
added POST codes for new CPU, updated system configuration table.
Sections Six and Seven - renumbered to Sections Five and Six, updated all drawings and
parts lists, added drawings for new configurations.
Section Eight - renumbered to Section Seven.
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOPIC
PAGE #
SECTION ONE - GENERAL INFORMATION

About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Reference Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Receiving Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Unpacking and Setting Up the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Cautery, Diathermy, Coagulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Electronic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Cassette Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Other Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Audible Tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Modes and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Irrigation (Irr) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Hydrosonics* (Hydro) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
AdvanTec Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Ultrasound (U/S) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Vitrectomy (Vit) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Coagulation (Coag) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Custom Mode (for software versions 3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Custom Mode (for software versions 3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Test Mode (for software versions 3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Test Mode (for software versions 3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Handpiece and Tip Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Irrigation Handpiece and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Ultraflow* I/A Handpieces and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Reusable I/A Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Ultrasonic Handpiece In U/S Bimodal Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Ultrasonic Handpieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Hydrosonics* Handpiece and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
ATIOP Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Coagulation Handpieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Steerable I/A Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Steerable I/A Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Consumable Pak Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Error Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
SECTION TWO - THEORY OF OPERATION
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common Interface Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subsystem Kernel Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv
2-1
2-3
2-3
2-4
906-2000-501
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOPIC
PAGE #
Host System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Multifunction PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Footswitch Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
IV Pole PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Video PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Front Panel Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Front Panel Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Display PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Remote Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Fluidics Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Fluidics Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Transducer PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Cassette Type PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Fluidics Backplane PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Anterior Pneumatic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Anterior Vit Drive PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Anterior Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Phaco Subsystem (software V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Phaco Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
U/S Driver PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Cautery PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Phaco Subsystem (software V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
NeoSonix* Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Cautery PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Steerable I/A System (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
SECTION THREE - PARTS LOCATION AND DISASSEMBLY
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skins Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STTL Disassembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-6
SECTION FOUR - MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Recommended Supplies (Table 4-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Recommended Tools (Table 4-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Recommended Spares (Table 4-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
System Configurations (Table 4-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Legacy System Fault Messages (Table 4-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Legacy System Warning Messages (Table 4-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Legacy System Advisory Messages (Table 4-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Troubleshooting (Table 4-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Maintenance Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
1 Replacing CPU PCB Lithium Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
2 Installing or Upgrading System Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
3 Cleaning the Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4 Cautery Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
906-2000-501
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOPIC
PAGE #
Power On Self-Test (Post) Error Codes for CPU PCB's PN 200-1592-001 and
200-1845-001 (Table 4-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Power On Self-Test (Post) Error Codes for CPU PCB PN 200-2290-001 (Table 4-10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
SECTION FIVE - SCHEMATICS
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
SECTION SIX - PARTS LISTS AND DRAWINGS
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
SECTION SEVEN - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
VideOverlay Parameters System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
TITLE
Figure 1-1
Figure 1-2
Figure 1-3
Figure 1-4
Figure 1-5
Figure 1-6
Figure 1-7
Figure 1-8
Figure 1-9
Figure 1-10
Figure 1-11
Figure 1-12
Figure 1-13
Figure 1-14
Figure 1-15
Figure 1-16
Figure 1-17
Figure 1-18
Figure 1-19
Figure 1-20
Figure 1-21
Figure 1-22
Figure 1-23
Figure 1-24
Figure 1-25
Figure 1-26
Figure 1-27
Figure 1-28
Figure 1-29
Figure 1-30
Figure 1-31
Figure 1-32
vi
PAGE #
The Series 20000* Legacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

STTL Packing Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Icons used with the STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Coagulation Power Through 75 Ohm Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Coagulation Power vs. Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Front Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Cassette Housing and Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Series 20000* Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Remote Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Modes and Submodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Irrigation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Footswitch Functions - Hydrosonics* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
AdvanTec Visco Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Footswitch Functions - AdvanTec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Footswitch Functions - U/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Footswitch Functions - I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Footswitch Functions - Vitrectomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Footswitch Functions - Coag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Priming is in Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Custom: Program (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Special I/V Pole Setup (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Special Functions: Aspiration (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Custom: Sound (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Custom: Footswitch (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Custom Mode (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Custom: Program (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Metrics Screen (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Special IV Pole Setup (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Special Functions: Aspiration (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Special Functions: Occlusion (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Custom: Sound (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
906-2000-501
TITLE
PAGE #
Figure 1-33
Figure 1-34
Figure 1-35
Figure 1-36
Figure 1-37
Figure 1-38
Figure 1-39
Figure 1-40
Figure 1-41
Figure 1-42
Figure 1-43
Figure 1-44
Figure 1-45
Figure 1-46
Figure 1-47
Figure 1-48
Figure 1-49
Figure 1-50
Figure 1-54
Custom: Footswitch (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Custom: Footswitch:Procedure (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accurus/Legacy Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Footpedal Travel By Mode of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Irrigation Handpiece and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultraflow* Handpiece and .3mm Tips (Handpiece Shown with Straight Tip) . . . . . . .
Ultraflow* O-Ring Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultraflow* SP Handpiece (Handpiece Shown with .3 mm 45 Tip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reusable I/A Tips And Threaded Tip Adaptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultrasonic Handpiece (375-40) with Infusion Sleeve and Bubble Suppression Insert . . .
Hydrosonics* Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NeoSonix* Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATIOP Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 Inch Nadler Coaptation, 0.4 mm Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposable Bipolar Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coagulation Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steerable I/A Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steerable I/A Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handpiece Tip Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2-1
Figure 2-2
Figure 2-3
Figure 2-4
Figure 2-5
Figure 2-6
Figure 2-7
Figure 2-8
Figure 2-9
Figure FO-1
Figure FO-2
Figure FO-3
Figure FO-4
Figure FO-5
Figure FO-6
Figure FO-7
Figure FO-8
Subsystem Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
CPU-Subsystem Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Subsystem Kernal Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Host Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Fluidics Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Stepper Motor Control Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Vit Air Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Steerable I/A Control Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Multifunction PCB Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Footswitch Interface Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
IV Pole Interface Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Video PCB Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Front Panel Subsystem Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Fluidics Subsystem Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Phaco Subsytem Block Diagram (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Phaco Subsytem Block Diagram (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Figure 3-1
Figure 3-2
Figure 3-3
Figure 3-4
Figure 3-5
Figure 3-6
Figure 3-7
Figure 3-8
Figure 3-9
Figure 3-10
Figure 3-11
STTL Skins Location Diagram (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

STTL Skins Location Diagram (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Exploded View of the STTL Front Panel Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 088-032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Location of LCD Backlights on LCD PN 200-1836-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Location of LCD Backlights on LCD PN 200-1721-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Series 20000* Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
STTL Parts Location (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
STTL Parts Location (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
STTL PCB Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
906-2000-501
1-35
1-36
1-40
1-41
1-44
1-44
1-44
1-44
1-45
1-45
1-46
1-46
1-47
1-47
1-47
1-47
1-48
1-48
1-49
vii
TITLE
PAGE #
Figure 4-1
Figure 4-2
Figure 4-3
24 mm Custom Wrench Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Lithium Battery on CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Disk Insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-2
Figure 7-3
Figure 7-4
Figure 7-5
Rear Panel - Videoverlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

RCA to SVHS Adaptor Cables Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Interconnect (Using RCA To SVHS Adaptor Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Super VHS High-Resolution Setup (Using Customer-Supplied SVHS Video Cables) . . .
VideOverlay Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-5
7-6
LIST OF TABLES
TITLE
viii
PAGE #
Table 1-1
Table 1-2
Table 1-3
Table 1-4
Table 1-5
Table 1-6
Table 1-7
Table 1-8
Series 20000* Legacy Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Audible Tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Footpedal Travel in Enhanced Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Various Memory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Acceptable Pre-Occlusion/Occlusion Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33
Footpedal Travel in Enhanced Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Operation by Mode and Footpedal Position for Software Versions 3.01 and Below . . . . 1-42
Operation by Mode and Footpedal Position for Software Versions 3.12 and Above . . . . 1-43
Table 2-1
Table 2-2
Table 2-3
Table 2-4
U/S Driver PCB Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

U/S Enable Logic (Low=0, High=1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NeoSonix* Controller PCB Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U/S Enabling Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3-1
Skins Removal Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Table 4-1
Table 4-2
Table 4-3
Table 4-4
Table 4-5
Table 4-6
Table 4-7
Table 4-8
Table 4-9
Table 4-10
Recommended Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Recommended Spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
System Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Legacy System Fault Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Legacy System Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Legacy System Advisory Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Power On Self-Test (Post) Error Codes for CPU PCB's PN 200-1592-001 and
200-1845-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Power On Self-Test (Post) Error Codes for CPU PCB PN 200-2290-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Table 7-1
VideOverlay Display Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
2-22
2-24
2-29
2-30
906-2000-501
SECTION ONE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Alcon Surgicals SERIES 20000* LEGACY
(STTL) is a sophisticated ophthalmic surgical instrument
manufactured to be durable, reliable, safe and easy to
operate. This state-of-the-art instrument has been
developed to be user friendly; it combines hardware that
is easy to install and maintain along with computer
software that increases the effectivity of the user.
ABOUT THIS MANUAL...

This manual covers all configurations of the Legacy
and is divided into eight sections as follows:
Section One-General Information
This section gives a general description of the STTL
features and components. Also included is an unpacking
and installation procedure.
Section Two-Theory of Operation
This section gives a detailed description of how the
STTL operates starting at the system level and working
down to the PCB (Printed Circuit Board) level. Detailed
block diagrams are provided at the end of this section.
Section Three-Parts Location and Disassembly
This section contains parts location diagrams along with
field level disassembly procedures.
Section Four-Maintenance & Troubleshooting
This section contains system maintenace procedures and
troubleshooting information.
Section Five-Schematics
This section contains the system interconnect diagram,
PCB assembly drawings, and schematic diagrams.
Section Six-Parts Lists and Drawings
This section contains parts lists, engineering
documentation for each major assembly, and cable
drawings.
Section Seven-Additional Information
This section contains information on accessories or
optional equipment that may require service.
Figure 1-1
906-2000-501
The Series 20000* Legacy
1-1
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Although this manual provides the necessary information
for maintaining optimum performance of the STTL, it
does not contain all of the operating procedures or
functional descriptions contained in the Operator's
Manual. In addition, the Warnings and Cautions in the
Operator's Manual also apply for this Service Manual.
The Operator's Manual supplements information
provided in this manual and should be available on-site
with the system.
If you have any questions or require additional
information, please contact your local Service
Representative or the Technical Services Department at:
ALCON SURGICAL
15800 Alton Parkway
Irvine, CA 92618
(949) 753-1393
(800) 832-7827
If you are located outside the United States, please
contact your local authorized Alcon Surgical distributor.
RECEIVING INSPECTION
The system was inspected mechanically and electrically
prior to shipment. If the shipping container appears
damaged, ask that the carriers agent be present when the
system is unpacked. The system should be inspected for
external damage (i.e. scratches, dents, or broken parts).
If damage is discovered or if the system fails any of the
functional tests notify the carrier and an Alcon Surgical
representative. Retain the shipping container and
packing material for the carriers inspection. As
necessary, file a claim with the carrier or, if insured
separately, with the insurance company.
UNPACKING AND SETTING UP THE SYSTEM

1
Cut and remove the binding straps.
Remove the outer sleeve and rails from the shipping

carton (see Figure 1-2 for packing configuration).
Remove the accessory box, foam inserts, and

footswitch. Inspect for signs of damage.
Carefully tip the shipping carton so as to place the

system in an upright position .
Roll the system out of the container, remove the

antistatic cover, and inspect the system for signs of
shipping damage.
Unwrap the footswitch and plug it into the

appropriate connector on the rear panel.
Release the tray arm and pull it out of the storage

position. Remove the instrument tray and remote
control from the accessory box. Open the remote
control back cover and install the batteries.
Snap the instrument tray into position on the tray

arm. Place the remote control in the recessed area of
the instrument tray.
Release the 115 VAC power cord from the Rear

Panel and plug into a functioning 115 VAC
receptacle but do not turn on the AC Power Switch
or the Stand-by Switch until instructed to do so.
CAUTION
Federal Law restricts this device to sale by or on the
order of a physician.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT:
This product contains software licensed from Microsoft
Corporation.
10 Perform the STTL Service Test Procedure.
1-2
906-2000-501
Figure 1-2
906-2000-501
STTL Packing Configuration
1-3
TABLE 1-1. SERIES 20000* LEGACY PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL
IV POLE
The system will auto-select between the following

voltage:
100 Vac nominal ( 88-110 Vac), 47-63 Hz, single
120 Vac nominal (102-132 Vac), 47-63 Hz, single
Bottle height at retraction ............................. .2 cm 1

Bottle height when fully raised (without IV
pole extension) ............................................ 78 cm 1
Bottle height at power-up (default) .............. 65 cm 1
IV Pole Speed........................................ 10 2 cm/sec
Maximum power ........................................ 523 Watts
VACUUM ACCURACY
< 100 A @120 VAC, per NFPA99 (includes power cord)

< 500 A @264 VAC, per IEC-60601-1,
Edition 2 (includes power cord)
ACTUAL VACUUM DISPLAYED VACUUM

0 mmHg .................................................... 0 2 mmHg
50 mmHg ............................................. 50 2.5 mmHg
200 mmHg .......................................... 200 10 mmHg
400 mmHg .......................................... 400 20 mmHg
500 mmHg .......................................... 500 25 mmHg
VOLTAGE NO-LOAD
VACUUM OCCLUSION
LEAKAGE CURRENT
+5V ............................................................. +5.10 .05

+12V ......................................................... +12.00 .12
+15V ......................................................... +15.00 .15
-15V ........................................................... -15.00 .15
+24V ......................................................... +24.00 .24
+85V ......................................................... +85.00 .85
VACUUM SETTING OCCLUSION RANGE

5 mmHg @ 5 cc/min ................................. 0-10 mmHg
22 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ............................. 7-27 mmHg
48 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ........................... 43-53 mmHg
66 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ........................... 61-71 mmHg
102 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ....................... 92-112 mmHg
400 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ..................... 385-415 mmHg
VOLTAGE UNDER LOAD

+5V ............................................................. +5.10 .10
+12V ......................................................... +12.00 .20
+15V ......................................................... +15.00 .15
-15V ........................................................... -15.00 .20
+24V ......................................................... +24.00 .24
+85V ......................................................... +85.00 .85
DIMENSIONS
Height ............................................. 55 inches (138 cm)
Width ................................................ 20 inches (51 cm)
Depth ................................................ 23 inches (57 cm)
WEIGHT
Unpacked ...................................... 200 pounds (90 kg)
Packed......................................... 275 pounds (125 kg)
ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS
Altitude
Operating ............................ 8,000 feet (2438 meters)
Non-Operating ............... 40,000 feet (12,191 meters)
Temperature
Operating ...................... 10C to 35C (50F to 95F)
Non-Operating .......... -40C to 75C (-40F to 167F)
Humidity
Operating ................... 10% to 95% w/o condensation
Non-Operating ........... 10% to 95% w/o condensation
1-4
RESIDUAL VACUUM
With irrigation line occluded at the white HP connection
and waiting 3 seconds after the footswitch is released.
VACUUM METER READING
46 mmHg .......................................... 5 mmHg vacuum
400 mmHg ...................................... 15 mmHg vacuum
ANTERIOR VIT PUMP

Pressure @ 10 CPM ...................... 30 psi (pressure)
Vacuum @ 10 CPM .................. 450 mmHg (vacuum)
Cut Rate .............................................. 10 to 400 CPM
ULTRASONIC HANDPIECE STROKE

U/S 375-40 ......................... 3.0 to 4.0 mils (maximum)
Hydrosonic .............................................. 1.0 to 1.6mils
NeoSonix* .............................................. 2 degrees
COAGULATION
Frequency............................................... 300-400 KHz
Power @ 100% power using a
75 ohm non-inductive load ...................... 20 .5 watts
VIDEO
640 x 480 pixel VGA
256 Color Active Matrix LCD Screen
906-2000-501
Type B equipment, providing a particular

degree of protection, i.e., basic insulation.
(Phaco/Fragmentation) Protection class I.
Coagulation
(Coag)
Type BF equipment, providing both the

attributes of basic insulation and "floated"
isolation. (Bipolar Coagulation)
Custom
BF
Dangerous Voltage
Hydrosonics
(Hydro) (V3.01 and below)
CAUTION: Consult accompanying documents.
Advantec (V3.12 and above)
Equipotential ground connection.

Irrigation/Aspiration
(I/A)
Alternating current.
Irrigation
(Irr)
Stand-by state for a part of equipment.

Ultrasonic
(U/S)
ON (POWER)
Vitrectomy
(Vit)
OFF (POWER)
Footswitch.
Figure 1-3
906-2000-501
ICONS USED WITH THE STTL - Icons identifying modes, functions, etc., that are used with the
STTL are identified in this chart.
1-5
CAUTERY, DIATHERMY, COAGULATION
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
In the past, some of Alcon Surgicals products have

referred to the feature Cautery. The STTL uses the
word Coagulation in place of Cautery, based on the
following definitions:
The STTL is a multi microprocessor-controlled system

with associated memory and input/output (I/O) circuitry.
The system communicates via the Front Panel. An
automatic self-test is initiated each time the system is
turned on. This test performs a variety of checks
including the following:
Cautery - cutting and burning method associated with

two hot wires passing a current between them; cutting
away skin; halting bleeding.
Tests the Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Diathermy - introducing an electric field into a body

part to produce heat.
Tests the RAM and ROM memory, and the I/O

circuits
Coagulation - an isolated bipolar current supplied to

conductors (e.g. forceps). Current passes between
these electrodes, halting bleeding. (Abbreviated
Coag in some of the text of this operators manual.)
Initializes the system

Defaults to:
IRR: Footswitch mode (V3.01 and below)
Advantec: Visco mode (V3.12 and above)
When the system successfully completes the self-test, it
automatically goes into the default mode. If the system
fails the self-test, an error message is displayed. Voice
confirmation verifies all mode selections.
25
20
15
SYSTEM DESIGN
POWER
THROUGH
10
75 OHM
LOAD
(WATTS)
05
00
00
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
% DISPLAYED VOLTAGE
Figure 1-4
COAGULATION POWER THROUGH 75

OHM LOAD
NOTE: Unloaded output voltage is roughly 145V

peak to peak.
100% VOLTAGE
25
75% VOLTAGE
50% VOLTAGE
Front Panel
The front control panel (see Figure 2-1) has a flat,
non-glare surface located on the front of the main
chassis. It contains a graphics display, a touch screen, up
and down arrows, mode buttons, bottle height, U/S time
displays, and a Test button.
The buttons are located both on the sides and on the
bottom of the screen. There are two basic push-type
buttons on the front panel: (1) Those that control up and
down arrows: press and hold until the adjustment is
complete and (2) Those that are momentary buttons: a
single push-and-release activates the function. The
momentary buttons and the up/down arrows emit an
audible signal to indicate key activation.
20
POWER (WATTS)
25% VOLTAGE
1. Standby Power Switch - This is a two-position,

rocker-type switch used to turn secondary power
(part of equipment) ON and OFF. It is located to the
right of the speaker on the front of the machine. This
switch is used to turn the system ON/OFF
between surgeries.
15
10
0
10
100
1000
LOAD (LOG OHMS)
Figure 1-5
1-6
COAGULATION POWER VS. LOAD

IMPEDANCE
906-2000-501

9. GRAPHICS DISPLAY
AND TOUCH SCREEN
8. REMOTE CONTROL SENSOR
Not Primed
Vent
7. BOTTLE HEIGHT DISPLAY

AND ADJUSTMENT ARROWS
DR. ALCON
Not Tuned
Reflux Occlusion StdCas
Rmt Bat Lo P.E.L.
A.P.
Panel
0%
0
U/S: Pulse
U/S Power
Max Limit
mmHg
AdvanTec
3. PARAMETER
ADJUSTMENT ARROWS
Pulse Rate
pps
15
Max Limit
Actual
Phaco
20
Max Limit
66
Max Limit
Irr
cc/min
Actual
Vac Level
6. U/S TIME DISPLAY

AND RESET BUTTON
Asp Rate
65
3. PARAMETER
ADJUSTMENT ARROWS
Surgeon
375-40 kHz
Pulse
BiModal
Burst
U/S
I/A
Vit
Memory
Coag
Custom
5. TEST BUTTON
2. PRIMARY MODE
SELECTION BUTTONS
1. STANDBY POWER SWITCH
4. SPEAKER
Doctor Name
and Memory Selected
Cassette Status
and Cassette Type
Priming/Tuning/Charging
Status
Not Primed
Status Window
Not Tuned
DR. ALCON
P.E.L.
Panel
Control Keys
A.P. 0%
0
U/S: Pulse
U/S Power
Asp Rate
65
Max Limit
cc/min
mmHg
pps
15
Max Limit
Actual
Phaco
Secondary
Parameter #1
Pulse Rate
Max Limit
20
Max Limit
Actual
66
Submode Keys
Surgeon
375-40 kHz
Vac Level
Primary
Parameter #2
Footswitch Status
Vent Reflux Occlusion StdCas Rmt Bat Lo
Actual Display Bar

and Actual Value
Primary
Parameter #1
Handpiece ID
and Handpiece Icon
Pulse
BiModal
Burst
U/S
I/A
Vit
Memory
Secondary
Parameter #2
Memory Key
Touch Keys/Icons
Mode Keys
Figure 1-6
906-2000-501
Irr
AdvanTec
Coag
Custom
FRONT CONTROL PANEL (Display for software versions 3.12 and above shown)
1-7
2. Primary Mode Selection Buttons - These seven

push-buttons allow selection of operating modes.
They are single-condition (press to turn on) and also
allow the operator to scroll through the sub modes.
(Access to modes is also available by pressing the
associated symbol on the touch screen, or on the
remote control, or by activating the heel switch on
the footswitch if programmed.)
IRR - Used to select one of three Irrigation

submodes (footswitch, free flow, and continuous
irrigation). Irrigation: Footswitch is the default
submode.
HYDRO (V3.01 and below) - Used to activate

the HydroSonics* mode which allows the
surgeon to use the Auto HydroSonics*
handpiece.
AdvanTec (V3.12 and above) Used to activate

the NeoSonix* or 375/40 handpiece to perform
a phacoemulsification procedure. There are four
submodes within the mode: Visco, Phaco, Pulse,
and Burst. Phaco is the default submode.
U/S - Used to activate the 375/40 handpiece

while performing phacoemulsification
procedures. There are four submodes of the U/S
mode: Phaco, Pulse, BiModal, and Burst. US:
Phaco is the default submode.
I/A - Used to activate the Irrigation/Aspiration

system. There are three submodes of the I/A
mode: Min, Max, and CapVac. I/A Max is the
default submode.
VIT - Used to activate the Vitrectomy mode,

which operates the ATIOP handpiece. There are
two sub modes: ATIOP and I/A Cutter.
VIT: ATIOP is the default submode.
COAG - Used to activate the Coagulation mode

which uses bipolar coagulation to drive the
Alcon brush and forceps.
CUSTOM - Used to program the following

operational settings: program, sound, voice,
language, footswitch and remote.
3. Parameter Adjustment Arrows - Used to adjust

primary and secondary parameters.
4. Speaker - Emits audible tones from below the
movable display screen.
5. Test Button - Used to access various functions such
as Priming, Tuning, Charging, Fill, and Clean. The
TEST key is not available when in the Custom and
Coag modes.
1-8
6. U/S Time Display and Reset Button - Records the

cumulative amount of time U/S power is applied
during surgery. Time is given in minutes, to one
decimal place, to a maximum of 30 minutes. U/S
power elapsed time is retained until the Reset button
is pressed, a new U/S or NeoSonix* handpiece is
plugged in, or until the system is turned off. The U/S
Time Reset Button resets U/S Time (displayed in the
U/S Time Display) and Average U/S Power
(displayed in the Status window) to zero.
7. Bottle Height Display and Adjustment Arrows Display the height of the irrigation bottle in the
display window; bottle height is measured from the
drip chamber to the level of the patient's eye.
Below the display are up and down arrows which
raise and lower the irrigation bottle, allowing
irrigation pressure to be adjusted. Adjustments can
also be made from the left and right dual pivot
switches on the footswitch, as well as from the
remote control. The irrigation pole is positioned at
65 cm1 at power up.
NOTE: Bottle height is measured from the center
of drip chamber to the patient's eye level. The
patient's eye level is normally set to be even with
the center of the cassette mechanism. In those
cases where the patient's eye level is required to
be different from that of the cassette mechanism,
a patient eye level adjustment must be registered
in the Custom mode.
8. Remote Control Sensor - Receives remote control
inputs. It is located at the top left of the unit above
the bottle height display; no operator interface is
required.
9. Graphics Display and Touch Screen - This display
screen serves as the operator's control center. The
system operating status is displayed here, and its
touch screen is used to input operator commands (see
Figure 2-2).
Mode Keys, Touch Keys/Icons, Submode Keys Displays the active mode and submode (if
applicable). When activated, continuous irrigation
flashes above the Irr key/icon. To select mode/
submode, press the desired icon.
Primary Parameters - Displays up to two primary
parameters for a selected mode (along with the
graphical representation of the data), including
maximum limits. When primary parameters are not
displayed this area is used for user prompts, user
906-2000-501
display, and user data input. Maximum limits can be

adjusted for each parameter by using the up/down
arrows.
Reflux - Appears in red when the footswitch

reflux function is operational.
Occlusion - Appears in black when the aspiration

line becomes occluded, the system has reached
the preset vacuum limit, and the pump stops.
Cassette Type - Indicates active cassette ("Std

Cas, Max Vac, Attache") in white on black, as
long as a valid cassette is inserted.
Actual Display Bar and Actual Value - Linear values

in selected modes, controlled with the footpedal, are
represented here with a sliding bar display and
numeric readout.
Bottle Height Offset Numerical value in

centimeters which takes into account the offset
due to presence of I.V. pole extender and patient
eye level located above or below tray level.
Status Window - Alerts the operator to the system's

normal operating status:
Rmt Bat Lo - Appears in white on black when

remote control battery is low.
Modes and Submodes (if applicable) - Blue

background/white text displayed during normal
operation unless other information needs to be
presented.
General Messages - Text may be displayed to

signify that a normal operation, or step in a
sequence, is being carried out. For example, the
routine steps in the priming/tuning sequence
(e.g., Vacuum Check).
A.P. % - Average U/S Power is calculated from

the average U/S power that was applied over
time, based on instantaneous power levels. The
average power accounts for varying levels of
stroke as well as the off time between the power
pulses for the Visco, Pulse, and Burst submodes.
Average U/S Power is reset simultaneously with
the U/S Time display.
Faults - Displayed on a red background to signify

the most critical of conditions. The system shuts
down and remains inoperable until the fault is
corrected.
Errors - These are displayed on a yellow

background to signify a condition which must be
given attention, such as Vacuum Reading Error
or other hardware failures. Errors must be
acknowledged by the user by pressing a Continue
key. Operation of the machine may continue in
the presence of and/or after the acknowledgment
of specific error conditions.
Secondary Parameters - Displays up to four

additional parameters for a selected mode, along with
the maximum limit value. Maximum limits can be
adjusted for each parameter by using the up/down
arrows.
Advisories - These are displayed on a green

background to signify a specific condition which
requires operator intervention, such as Please
insert cassette.
Handpiece Identification - These are displayed to

signify the type of U/S handpiece installed, such
as a "375-40."
Kelman Steerable I/A Identification - This will

display Steerable I/A if the Steerable I/A system
is installed and selected.
Each word illuminates in the text window in a

specific color:
Vent - Appears in fuchsia when the venting

system opens and the footpedal goes from
position 2 to position 1.
906-2000-501
Priming/Tuning/Charging - Not Primed is backlit

in red when the system turns on. Upon successful
completion of priming, Primed is backlit in green.
Not Tuned is backlit in red when the system is
turned on. Upon successful completion of tuning,
Tuned is backlit in green (in AdvanTec and U/S
modes). If the Steerable I/A option is installed and
selected, "Not Charged" is backlit in red when the
system is turned on. Upon successful charging of the
Steerable I/A system, "Charged" is backlit in green.
Cassette Status and Cassette Type - Icon appears
when cassette insertion is not detected. Upon
insertion icon disappears and cassette type is
displayed in the Status Window.
Doctor Name and Memory Selected - Current
doctors memory & memory number selected.
Selection made by pressing the Memory Key.
Handpiece ID and Handpiece Icon - The handpiece
ID is displayed in the Status Window to identify the
type of U/S handpiece installed. Its icon appears
when a handpiece is not connected, not connected
properly, or there is a handpiece identification error
(in AdvanTec and U/S modes).
Footswitch Indicator - Displays the footpedal
position (backlit numbers from zero to three) in
different colors; also indicates when the reflux and
other footswitch functions are activated.
1-9
Control Keys - Indicates the type of control of

Aspiration Flow Rate, Vacuum Limits, U/S Burst
Width and Off Time, and U/S Power Level. The
surgeon can toggle between linear control of
parameters via the footswitch (Surgeon, SrgAsp,
SrgVac, Linear or Fixed) and the presets of the front
panel (Panel).
Memory Key - Used to recall preprogrammed
settings. When the memory key (or heel switch of the
Accurus/Legacy footswitch, if installed and
programmed to do so) is pressed, a memory menu
temporarily appears over the secondary parameters
window. Four programmed memory selections, plus
a default setting selection, are available. The
currently selected doctor name and memory number
is displayed at the top of the screen.
Cassette Housing
The cassette housing is located on the upper left side of
the system (see Figure 1-7). Two factors contribute to
fast and easy installation of the cassette: the cassette
housing contains all the connections required for the
disposable fluidics Cassette Pak set, and the cassette was
designed with an auto-load feature.
Connector Panel
The Connector Panel is located to the right of the cassette
housing (see Figure 1-7). The following connections are
provided:
Two self-locking smart electrical connections on
systems with software V3.01 and below. On V3.12
and above the lower connection is capped off. The
connector is active and can be used as a troubleshooting tool under service supervision. To gain
access to the connector pry the cap away using a
small screwdriver.
U/S
HUB ROLLER
CONNECTOR
PANEL
U/S
Str I/A
LATCHING
MECHANISM
Coag
Coag
CASSETTE
HOUSING
Vit
Figure 1-7
1-10
One pneumatic male luer connector for the Steerable

I/A system (if installed).
Two receptacles for bipolar coagulation handpieces

to accommodate dual safety banana-type connectors
(Coag)
One female luer lock pneumatic connection for the

ATIOP (Vit) and the HydroSonics* (V3.01 and
lower) handpieces.
Additionally, there is one unlabeled connector for future

expansion. Colors and symbols near the connectors
facilitate handpiece identification.
Rear Panel
The rear panel (see Figure 1-8) contains various
connectors and outlets used for interconnections and
power input. A floppy disk drive, located on the
connector panel, allows the system to be upgraded.
1. Power Supply Panel - located on the bottom right of
the instrument.
AC power input - connects to electrical outlet in

the wall.
Main power switch - connects AC power to

power supply. This switch is used for overnight
storage of the system.
Fuse box - holds two fuses. Refer to label on

back of system to identify size and type.
2. Rear Connector Panel - located near middle of the

instrument.
Floppy Disk Slot.
Parallel - 25-pin D connector port.
Serial 1 and 2 - 9-pin D connector ports.
PH1 and 2.
3. Footswitch Connector - For connecting either the

Series 20000*, Accurus/Legacy, or ATFSLegacy footswitch to the unit.
STEERABLE I/A
CONNECTOR
IS OPTIONAL
4. Footswitch bracket - Used to hold the footswitch

when not in use. Located on the rear panel, to the left
of the cord wrap.
5. Cord Wrap - Used to store both the footswitch cord
and the power supply cord. Located on the far right
of the rear panel, directly above the power supply.
CASSETTE HOUSING AND

CONNECTOR PANEL
906-2000-501
Other Features
9. Storage Drawer - Located on the right side of the

unit, it can be used to store handpieces and
accessories.
6. Tiltable, Rotatable Front Panel - Allows easy

maneuverability during setup and surgery.
7A. Tray Assembly - Provides a movable instrument tray
within the sterile field. There is a curved metal rod on
the tray arm for a sterile bag pouch. The tray is
capable of accommodating a variety of positions in
the operating room environment: right, left, front and
rear of the surgeon as well as the front of the bed.
10. Locking Wheel Mechanism - Locks are located on

the two front wheels only. The wheels should always
be locked when the unit is in use, and unlocked when
being moved.
11. IV Pole - The bottle of irrigating fluid is hung from
the hook on top of this pole. Used to raise and lower
the bottle height.
7B. Autoclavable Instrument Tray - Fits over the tray

assembly. It is slotted in order to hold six handpieces
and the remote control.
12. Fan Filter - Located underneath unit, the fan filter

removes particles from incoming air used for cooling
components.
8. Handles (2) - One handle is located on the front and

another is located on the back of the unit. Handles
should always be used to move the unit. For greater
safety and control, the unit should be pulled, not
pushed.
13. Equipotential Ground Connector - For Service

personnel use.
AUTOCLAVABLE
INSTRUMENT TRAY
(7B)
TILTABLE,
ROTATABLE
FRONT PANEL
(6)
I/V POLE
(11)
REAR HANDLE
(8)
REAR
CONNECTOR
PANEL
(2)
TRAY ASSEMBLY
(7A)
CORD WRAP
(5)
STORAGE DRAWER
(9)
POWER SUPPLY
PANEL
(1)
FOOTSWITCH BRACKET
(4)
LOCKING WHEEL
MECHANISM
(10)
FAN FILTER
(12)
Figure 1-8
906-2000-501
EQUIPOTENTIAL GROUND
CONNECTOR
(13)
FOOTSWITCH
CONNECTOR
(3)
SERIES 20000* REAR VIEW

1-11
Audible Tones
Ten different and clearly distinguishable audible
frequencies, in conjunction with multiple tones, are
produced by the STTL.
TONE
VACUUM TONE
COAGULATION
REFLUX
ASPIRATION OCCLUSION
U/S OCCLUSION
FTSW. IRRIGATION TONE
FRONT PANEL SWITCH ACTIVATION
CONTINUOUS IRRIGATION
FAULT
CASSETTE NOT DETECTED
Table 1-2
TYPE
CONTINUOUS WHEN ASPIRATION ACTIVE
CONTINUOUS WHEN COAGULATION ACTIVE
CONTINUOUS WHEN REFLUX ACTIVE
INTERMITTENT SINGLE BEEP WHEN OCCLUDE DURING ASPIRATION ONLY
INTERMITTENT DOUBLE BEEP WHEN OCCLUDE DURING U/S
INTERMITTENT
INTERMITTENT
ONE BEEP FOR ACTIVATION, TWO FOR DEACTIVATION
BELL CHIME
SHORT WHISTLE
AUDIBLE TONES
REMOTE CONTROL
The Series 20000* remote control (see Figure 1-9) is
wireless and can, therefore, be used in one of three ways:
It can be laid into the articulated arm and tray assembly
and operated through the sterile drape supplied in the
disposable pak. This offers the Scrub Nurse or assistant
access to the controls from the sterile field. A sterile,
sealed pouch (available in the remote control aseptic
transfer packaging) can also be utilized to maintain the
sterile field if the remote is used in a hand-held manner.
The circulator could also operate the remote in a nonsterile manner. Programmability and custom user
setup features are functions which are not accessible
from the remote control.
The error message, RMT BAT LO is displayed in the
text window on the front panel when the remote batteries
are low. (The battery compartment on the back holds four
AA batteries; to replace batteries, loosen the captive
screw on the compartment door with a standard
screwdriver.)
The controls on the remote control have been arranged to
approximate the respective controls on the consoles front
panel. The Test button has a raised area around it; this
differentiates it from the other buttons in order to ensure
that the test function is not accidentally actuated. All
controls are backlit by heat actuation; i.e., illumination in
low ambient light is activated when the sensor detects
heat from the hand.
1-12
On systems with software V3.01 and below: There are

three inactive keys for future expansion: one marked
SCROLL, one marked ENTER, and one undesignated.
On systems with software V3.12 and above: The Forward
and Reverse buttons functionality can be customized
using the Custom Footswitch screen.
The remote control can be configured to operate on one
of four channels (A, B, C, or D). This feature allows four
remote controls to independently control four systems
operating in the same room or area. Remote controls are
factory preset to channel A. To change channels, access
the switch located in the battery compartment (see Figure
1-10). For proper remote operation, the system must be
set to the same channel as the remote. Once the correct
channel is selected on the system, no other steps are
needed to save it into memory.
To ensure proper operation when two or more remote
controls are being used in the same room or area, adjust
each system including remote control to separate
channels.
NOTE: Label the remote controls and the units, if
necessary.
CAUTION
Do not sterilize the remote control as it will damage
the unit.
906-2000-501
Secondary Parameter Adjustment Keys
RG
IC
A
IR Transmitter
SU
Photo Sensor
Custom (Program / Exit / Stop)

Memory
TR
TT
LE
IG
Bottle Height Adjustment Arrows
Forward
TE
Primary Parameter Adjustment Keys
Heat Sensor
(hand proximity sensor)
Primary Mode Keys

Toggle between secondary parameters
in AdvanTec Mode
Reverse
Test
Control Mode
(Surgeon / Panel / SrgAsp / SrgVac)
Figure 1-9
REMOTE CONTROL (Remote Control for software versions 3.12 and above shown)
ON
S1
S1
ON
Channel A
1
S1
Channel C
1
ON
1 2
ON
S1
Channel B
2
ON
S1
Channel D
2
Figure 1-10 REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHES
906-2000-501
1-13
MODES AND FUNCTIONS

The STTL has seven basic operational modes or
functions, some with submodes (see Figure 1.11). Each
allows for the appropriate adjustment of the power,
aspiration, and vacuum settings. These settings can be put
into one of 96 (V3.01 and below) or 384 (V3.12 and
above) memory programs and, consequently, be available
for future use without having to re-program the
instrument.
The operating modes are selectable from the units front
panel controls or from the remote control unit. The
functions within an operating mode are controlled by the
operating position of the footpedal. Mode changes will
result in voice confirmation. (The user has the ability to
turn this feature off via the Custom menus.) An audible
beeper-tone is generated to indicate a change in the
operating mode and to alert the operator of certain
conditions such as an occluded line. Additionally, a
varied pitch tone is generated to audibly indicate vacuum
levels; the pitch increases as the vacuum level increases.
The volume of the audible variable-pitch tone is
adjustable via the Custom menus.
the front panel settings are controlling the system the

word Panel is illuminated; if the footswitch is controlling
the system the word Surgeon, Srg Asp, or Srg Vac is
illuminated.
Coagulation during test states, except for tuning, is
available in Panel control modality.
When a mode button is pressed, the symbol becomes
animated and the selected sub mode is highlighted. The
titles of the selected mode and submode are displayed in
the text window.
The following sections provide an overview of each
mode and, where applicable, the differences between
operating in the various control modes.
Irrigation (Irr) Mode
Irrigation operates on a gravity-feed principle from the
IV bottle, through the cassette irrigation valve to
handpiece. The irrigation valve is normally closed when
cassette is inserted. Bottle height is measured from the
patient's eye to mid-drip chamber.
The operating mode/function is displayed in the mode

display window. The primary modes of operation are
Irrigation (IRR), Advantec (V3.12 and above)
HydroSonics* (V3.01 and below), Ultrasonics (U/S),
Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A), Vitrectomy (Vit), and
Coagulation (Coag). Preset (default) operating
parameters for the selected mode are programmed into
the system, or new operating parameters can be set by
using the front panel or remote.
Irrigation pressure is increased or decreased by raising or

lowering the irrigation bottle. Default height is 65 cm
above the tray; maximum bottle height of 78 cm (above
the tray) of BSS results in maximum irrigation pressure.
When an IV Pole Extension is installed, the maximum
bottle height is 110 cm above the tray. In the event of
power loss, bottle position is maintained; however, if the
unit is turned off using the Standby switch, the IV Pole is
automatically retracted to its storage position.
Depending on the operating mode, the system can be set

up to automatically operate at the preset limits displayed
on the front panel displays, or to provide linear control of
one of the operating parameters from the footswitch. The
controlling factor is determined by the control mode
switches (Panel/Surgeon/Srg Asp/Srg Vac). In general, if
The Irrigation mode is automatically entered when the

system is initially turned on, when self-test has been
successfully completed, or when the IRR mode button is
pressed (if the machine has been operating in another
mode). At any time the Irrigation mode is re-entered the
system will default to Irrigation: Footswitch.
Legacy
Modes and Submodes
Irr
Irrigation
FootSw
FreeFlow
Cont Irr
AdvanTec
(V3.12 and above)
Ultrasonic and
NeoSoniX
Visco
Phaco
Pulse
Burst
Hydro
U/S
Ultrasonic
Phaco
Pulse
BiModal
Burst
I/A
Irrigation and
Aspiration
Min
Max
Cap Vac
Vit
Vitrectomy
I/A Cut
ATIOP
Coag
Coagulation
Custom
See Custom
mode later in
this section of
the manual.
(V3.01 and above)
Figure 1-11
1-14
MODES AND SUBMODES

906-2000-501
In the Irrigation mode, Panel and Surgeon functions are

not available; therefore, they are not illuminated.
Irrigation mode has three sub modes:
Irrigation: Footswitch - entered when system is turned
on (default) or by pressing the IRR mode button when
operating in another mode. The mode display window
reads Irrigation: FootSwitch. Irrigation is provided in
footpedal positions 1, 2, and 3.
2. When enabled, toggling the footswitch's right

horizontal switch in footpedal position 0 opens and
closes the irrigation valve to provide continuous
irrigation in a similar manner.
Irrigation: Free Flow - entered by pressing Free Flow

icon or irrigation button. The mode display window
reads Irrigation: FreeFlow. Free flow irrigation
continues until the IRR button is pressed twice to
change to Irrigation: Footswitch or until another mode
is selected (except when continuous irrigation option
is turned on).
Providing Access to the Continuous Irrigation Footswitch

Feature
The Continuous Irrigation Footswitch feature is normally
disabled. To access this feature, the user must enter the
Custom menu and select the Footswitch menu. The
Enable and Disable switches for Continuous Irrigation
will be found on the left side of the screen. Continuous
Irrigation can be accessed in any of the Custom detent
modes. For convenience, this feature can be programmed
into a doctors memory. This provides only the ability for
Continuous Irrigation Footswitch feature to be enabled.
Continuous Irrigation - Continuous Irrigation is

available as a floating sub mode for U/S, I/A, and Vit
modes to allow for continuous irrigation of the eye
during surgery. It maintains irrigation of the anterior
chamber independent of footpedal position (i.e., even
in position 0). It is described as a floating mode as it
can start from Irrigation and go to any allowable
mode. Exiting from U/S, I/A, or Vit modes shuts
Continuous Irrigation off allowing leak-free exchange
of irrigation and aspiration lines to handpieces.
Continuous Irrigation is activated by one of two methods
for U/S, I/A, and Vit modes:
1. Transferring from Continuous Irrigation to another
mode. If the system is in Irrigation: Continuous,
irrigation will be carried over to the next mode
selected unless the new mode does not support it.
DR. ALCON
Not Primed
FreeFlow
Cont Irr
Irr
AdvanTec
U/S
Memory
I/A
Vit
Coag
Custom
Figure 1-12 IRRIGATION MODE (software V3.12

shown)
906-2000-501
Entering and exiting the Custom mode or the Pop-up

memory menu will not affect the status of Continuous
Irrigation. The footswitch can toggle the irrigation switch
on and off in the Custom mode, though. Changing
memories will not affect status of Continuous Irrigation.
If a particular memory setting is not footswitch
programmed, switching the Continuous Irrigation on and
off can only be done via the front panel.
An audio beep confirmation is heard each time the
Continuous Irrigation valve is opened, and two beeps
when the valve is closed. The front panel also displays
activation of Continuous Irrigation above the Irrigation
mode symbol.
0%
Irrigation: FootSwitch
FootSw
Actual Use of Continuous Irrigation

Continuous irrigation cannot turn on automatically even
though the Custom Continuous Irrigation Footswitch
switch is enabled. It must be invoked by either depressing
the Continuous Irrigation sub mode from the front panel
or by the footswitch's right horizontal switch.
Def
A.P.
StdCas
Continuous Irrigation is not available in Test,

HydroSonics*, or Coagulation modes.
When exiting from U/S, I/A, or Vit modes the system

automatically shuts off Continuous Irrigation regardless
of how it was turned on. This allows leak-free exchange
of the irrigation and aspiration lines to the handpieces. It
can also be shut off by the footswitch's right horizontal
switch. Before switching handpieces, it is advised to tap
the right horizontal switch or change modes after exiting
the eye to prevent excess BSS sterile irrigating solution
from flowing out of the handpieces.
1-15
HydroSonics* (Hydro) Mode (software V3.01 and

below)
Because this mode has only one function, pressing the
Hydro button puts the unit into the HydroSonics*
mode immediately. The mode display window reads U/S:
Hydro. The HydroSonics* mode allows use of the auto
HydroSonics* handpiece, which allows the surgeon to
perform hydrodissection and soften the cataract prior to
phaco-emulsification. No aspiration is provided in the
HydroSonics* mode.
Injection Rate and U/S Power are the primary parameters
displayed in the HydroSonics* mode. Pulse Rate is the
secondary parameter. It is displayed in the window
located in the lower right hand portion of the front panel
and is controlled with the arrows to the right of this
window. Following are the allowable injection rates
(pulses/min.) in the HydroSonics* mode: 60, 70, 80, 90
and 100.
AdvanTec Mode (software V3.12 and above)

AdvanTec Mode supports the NeoSonix*, the 375/40,
and the Mackool** 375/40 U/S handpieces. When the
AdvanTec function is operational, irrigation, aspiration,
and ultrasonics are provided by the handpiece. In
addition to these, the NeoSonix* handpiece provides
mechanical oscillations. The user has the ability to adjust
the aspiration rate, vacuum levels, U/S power and
NeoSonix* parameters, Amplitude and Threshold (if
applicable) above or below the preset levels at any time
during the surgical procedure via the respective
adjustment buttons or the remote control. The
NeoSonix* parameters become active when the
NeoSonix* handpiece is attached, otherwise they are
grayed out.
Not Primed
DR. ALCON
ALCON
Not Tuned
NeoSoniX
Max Limit
mmHg
AdvanTec
AdvanT
ec
U/S
cc/min
Max Limit
NeoSoniX
0%
Threshold
Actual
Phaco
Asp Rate
20
Amplitude
Max Limit
Irr
50
Actual
120
Lin Flow
NeoSoniX
Visco
Panel
Surgeon
0%
0
AdvanTec:
AdvanT
ec: Visco
Visco
Vac Level
If Panel Control is selected, pulsed fixed ultrasonic

power is delivered in footpedal position 2 at the preset
or operator set power level maximum limit. The
ultrasonic power maximum limit is initialized to 80%
at power up. In footpedal position 3 fixed ultrasonic
power and pulsed injection are provided. The injection
rate is initialized to 60 pulses/min. at power up.
A.P.
A.P.
MaxVac
MaxV
ac
U/S Power
NOTE: When in HydroSonics* mode the left Reflux

pedal provides pulsed injection only, with no U/S.
Def
Pulse
Burst
I/A
Vit
Memory
Coag
Custom
Figure 1-14 ADVANTEC VISCO MODE
If Surgeon Control is selected, ultrasonic power varies

from 0% at the top of footpedal position 2, to the full
preset or operator set power level maximum limit at
the bottom of footpedal position 3. The ultrasonic
power maximum limit is initialized to 80% at power
up. Pulsed injection is added to variable ultrasonic
power in footpedal position 3. The injection rate is
initialized to 60 pulses/min. at power up.
OFF (position 0)
IRRIGATION (position 1)
PULSED U/S (position 2)
PULSED U/S & PULSED INJECTION

(position 3)
Figure 1-13 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS HydroSonics*
There are four selectable submodes within AdvanTec

mode: Visco, Phaco, Pulse, and Burst; each reached by
pressing the appropriate area on the display screen or
remote control.
NOTE: If a NeoSonix*, Mackool**, or 375/40 U/S
handpiece is not connected, or is not connected
properly, a U/S handpiece symbol blinks in the text
window.
U/S power or NeoSonix* amplitude are increased or
decreased via the front panel in increments of 5% from
minimum of 0% to a maximum of 100%. Ultrasonic
power is controlled by one of two methods: Panel control
or Surgeon control.
All AdvanTec submodes provide irrigation in footpedal
position 1.
1-16
906-2000-501
If the Lin Flow button is not highlighted, footpedal

position 2 provides irrigation and fixed aspiration
according to the flow rate selected. When Lin Flow
button is highlighted, the console will announce "Linear
Flow." When the button is pressed again (Lin Flow not
highlighted), the console will announce "Fixed Flow." If
Lin Flow is highlighted, footpedal position 2 provides
irrigation and aspiration proportional to the displacement
of footpedal throughout position 2. It starts at 0 cc/min at
the top of the position 2 and reaches maximum value as
set on the screen at the bottom of position 2.
Footpedal position 3 provides irrigation, fixed aspiration
flow rate as set on the main screen or on the Custom/
Special Functions/Aspiration screen if defined and
different from the flow rate set on the main screen.
OFF (position 0)
Irrigation (position 1)
IRR / Aspiration (position 2)
IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics
(position 3; U/S power <NeoSoniX threshold)
IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics/NeoSoniX
(position 3; U/S power NeoSoniX threshold)
OFF (position 0)
IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics

(position 3; NeoSoniX threshold >U/S power
limit or NeoSonix amplitude = 0)
OFF (position 0)
If U/S Panel Control (including linear or fixed flow

in footpedal position 2) is selected, ultrasound power
will be constant throughout the footpedal position 3
and equal to the power setting as set on the screen.
To increase or decrease power, the arrow buttons are
activated. The default maximum U/S power level
setting is 60% except for AdvanTec Visco submode
where it is 0%.
If U/S Surgeon Control (including linear or fixed
flow in footpedal position 2) is selected, the
ultrasound power display indicates the maximum
power available. To increase ultrasonic power the
surgeon must further depress the footpedal into
position 3. Power starts at 0% and increases until
power reaches the displayed maximum setting. To
change the maximum available power, activate the
up or down arrow which will raise or lower the
maximum power available. The default maximum
U/S power level setting is 60%, except for AdvanTec
Visco submode where it is 0%.
NeoSonix* oscillations are activated when the

ultrasound power reaches or exceeds the NeoSonix*
threshold displayed on the screen. At that point
oscillations are activated according to the NeoSonix*
amplitude displayed on the screen. There is no
proportional Surgeon control of the NeoSonix*
amplitude. In footpedal position 1-2 the amplitude
maximum value is displayed. In footpedal position 3 the
actual value of the amplitude is displayed, that is, 0% is
displayed while the ultrasound power is less than the
NeoSonix* threshold, and the maximum amplitude
value is displayed when the ultrasound power is equal to
or exceeds the threshold.
906-2000-501
IRR / ASP / NeoSoniX

(position 3; NeoSoniX threshold = 0,
U/S power = 0)
Figure 1-15 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - AdvanTec
AdvanTec Visco
The AdvanTec Visco submode is automatically entered
when system power is initially turned ON and the self
test is successfully passed, or when the AdvanTec button
is pressed, AdvanTec: Visco is displayed, and the
NeoSonix* or 375/40 U/S handpiece is activated.
This submode is designed to simplify creation of working
space in the anterior chamber filled with a viscoelastic
material prior to engaging ultrasound. Viscoelastic
material can occlude the aspiration port and/or reduce
wound leakage. Either of the events, and especially a
combination of both, can lead to rapid and significant
increase of temperature in the anterior chamber,
especially at the incision site when ultrasound is
activated. To minimize the possibility of thermal injury
to eye tissues it is therefore recommended to partially
aspirate viscoelastic material from the anterior chamber.
The AdvanTec Visco submode contains default values of
120 mm Hg vacuum limit, and 0% of ultrasound power
and NeoSonix* amplitude. If a user finds it helpful to
add a small amount of ultrasound or NeoSonix* action
to facilitate partial removal of viscoelastic, the ultrasound
and/or NeoSonix* will be available pulsed at 8 pulses
per second, 25% time on, 75% time off. Maximum
ultrasound power is limited to 50% in this submode.
1-17
U/S Power Level and Vac Level are the primary

parameters displayed; Aspiration Flow Rate is the
secondary parameter displayed. If NeoSonix*
handpiece is connected, NeoSonix* parameters,
Amplitude, and Threshold are displayed as an additional
secondary parameters pair.
AdvanTec Phaco
Press the AdvanTec button, then select Phaco submode.
AdvanTec: Phaco is displayed. This submode provides
continuous ultrasound and NeoSonix* oscillations, if
applicable.
parameters displayed, Aspiration Flow Rate is the
secondary parameter displayed. If NeoSonix*
handpiece is connected, NeoSonix* parameters,
Amplitude, and Threshold are displayed as an additional
pair of secondary parameters.
AdvanTec Pulse
Press the AdvanTec button, then select Pulse submode.
AdvanTec: Pulse is displayed. When operating in this
mode, U/S power and NeoSonix* oscillations are
turned on and off in a 50% duty cycle (50% on time, 50%
off time) with a frequency determined by the pulse rate
setting.
parameters displayed, Aspiration Flow Rate and Pulse
Rate are the secondary parameters displayed. If
NeoSonix* handpiece is connected, NeoSonix*
parameters, Amplitude, and Threshold are displayed as
an additional secondary parameters pair.
AdvanTec Burst
Press the AdvanTec button, then select AdvanTec Burst
submode on the screen. AdvanTec Burst is displayed.
The AdvanTec Burst function allows bursts of ultrasound
and/or NeoSonix* oscillations, of preset or operator set
duration, to occur either singly, or with a linearlycontrolled frequency.
AdvanTec Burst differs from other AdvanTec submodes
in that the U/S power is fixed at the preset or operator set
limit, throughout footpedal position 3. This is true for
both Panel and Surgeon control in AdvanTec Burst.
AdvanTec Burst Panel Control provides a single

burst of ultrasonic power and/or NeoSonix*
oscillations upon entrance to footpedal position 3.
NeoSonix* oscillations will be delivered if the
NeoSonix* handpiece is used and the ultrasound
power setting is equal to or exceeds the threshold.
-
The duration of this burst is determined by the

preset or operator set limit.
When a single burst is complete, the user must

lift the footpedal and re-enter position 3 to get
each additional burst.
AdvanTec Burst Surgeon Control provides repeated

bursts of ultrasonic power and/or NeoSonix*
oscillations in footpedal position 3.
-
The duration of each burst is determined by the

The time between each burst, during which no U/S

power or NeoSonix* oscillations are applied,
varies linearly from the 2.5 second maximum at the
top of footpedal position 3, to the 0 second
(continuous) minimum at the bottom of position 3.

parameters displayed, Aspiration Flow Rate and Burst
Width are the secondary parameters displayed. If a
NeoSonix* handpiece is connected, then NeoSonix*
parameters, Amplitude, and Threshold are displayed as
an additional secondary parameters pair.
1-18
906-2000-501
Ultrasound (U/S) Mode

There are four selectable sub-modes within U/S Mode:
Phaco, Pulse, BiModal, and Burst; each reached by
pressing the appropriate area on the display screen or
remote control.
NOTE: The NeoSonix* handpiece is for systems
with software V3.12 and above only. It will not be
recognized on systems with lower versions of
software.
This mode is designed to use either the 375/40 ultrasonic
or NeoSonix* handpieces. Only ultrasound vibrations
will be produced by the NeoSonix* handpiece in this
mode, so operation of the NeoSonix* handpiece is
largely identical to that of the 375/40 ultrasonic
handpiece. Therefore, all statements made regarding
operation of the 375/40 U/S handpiece in the U/S mode
are also applicable to the operation of the NeoSonix*
handpiece in the U/S mode.
NOTE: If a 375/40 U/S, Mackool**, or NeoSonix*
handpiece is not connected, or is not connected
properly, a U/S handpiece symbol blinks in the text
window.
OFF (position 0)
IRR/ASPIRATION (position 2)
IRR/ASP/ULTRASONICS (position 3)
Figure 1-16 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - U/S
U/S power is increased or decreased via the front panel in

increments of 5% to a maximum of 100%. Ultrasonic
power is controlled by one of two methods: either Panel
control or Surgeon control.
If Panel Control is selected, the power setting is
displayed on the ultrasonic power display. To increase
or decrease power, the arrow buttons are activated.
Ultrasonic power is initialized to 60% at power up.
The selected power is fully activated in footpedal
position 3.
If Surgeon Control (including Srg Asp and Srg Vac) is
selected, the ultrasonic power display indicates the
maximum power available. To increase ultrasonic
power the surgeon must further depress the footpedal
into position 3. Power starts at 0% and increases until
power reaches the displayed maximum setting. To
change the maximum available power, activate the up
906-2000-501
or down arrow which will raise or lower the maximum

power available. The default maximum U/S power
level setting is 60%.
U/S Phaco
This is the default function within the U/S Mode. When
the U/S button is pressed, U/S:Phaco is displayed and
the 375/40 U/S handpiece is activated. When the U/S
function is operational, irrigation, aspiration, and
ultrasonics are provided by the 375/40 U/S handpiece.
The user has the ability to adjust the aspiration rate,
vacuum levels, and U/S power above or below the preset
levels at any time during the surgical procedure via the
respective adjustment buttons or the remote control.
U/S Phaco Panel Control provides irrigation
(footpedal position 1), irrigation/aspiration (footpedal
position 2), and irrigation/aspiration/fixed ultrasonics
simultaneously (footpedal position 3).
U/S Phaco Surgeon Control allows the user to linearly
control the ultrasonic power via the footpedal in
position 3 from 0% power up to whatever has been set
as the maximum ultrasonic power on the console.
parameters displayed; Aspiration Flow Rate is the
secondary parameter displayed.
U/S Pulse
Press the U/S button, then select Pulse mode. U/S: Pulse
is displayed. When operating in this function, U/S power
is turned on and off on a 50% duty cycle, with a
freequency determined by the pulse rate setting.
U/S Pulse Panel Control provides irrigation in
footpedal position 1, irrigation and aspiration in
footpedal position 2, and simultaneous irrigation,
aspiration, and fixed pulsed ultrasonics in footpedal
position 3. The aspiration rate, vacuum limit, U/S
power, and pulse rate are all preset at default values,
but can be increased or decreased before or during the
procedure via the up and down arrows adjacent to
their respective windows on the front panel or remote
control.
U/S Pulse Surgeon Control performs the same as
Panel control plus it provides pulsed U/S power
linearly via the footswitch from 0% up to the
maximum preset or operator set limit.
U/S Power and Vac Level are the primary parameters
displayed; Aspiration Flow Rate and Pulse Rate are the
secondary parameters displayed.
1-19
U/S BiModal
Press the U/S button, then select U/S BiModal mode on
the screen. U/S: BiModal is displayed. The U/S BiModal
function allows linear control of aspiration rate or
vacuum limit in footpedal position 2, plus linear control
of U/S power in position 3.
U/S BiModal SrgAsp Control provides irrigation in
footpedal position 1, irrigation and linearly controlled
aspiration in footpedal position 2, and simultaneous
irrigation, fixed aspiration, and linearly controlled U/S
power in footpedal position 3.
-
In footpedal position 2, the aspiration rate starts

at 1 cc/min at the top of the position, and reaches
the full preset or operator set flow rate at the end
of position 2.
In footpedal position 3, the full aspiration flow
rate is maintained, while U/S power varies from
0% at the top, to the maximum preset or operator
set limit at the bottom of the position.
U/S BiModal SrgVac Control is functionally identical

to U/S BiModal SrgAsp control mode, except that:
-
In footpedal position 2, the vacuum limit is

varied linearly from 1 mmHg at the top of the
position to the preset or operator set limit at the
bottom of position 2.
The aspiration flow rate is fixed, at the preset or
operator set limit, in both footpedal position 2
and 3.

displayed; Aspiration Flow rate is the secondary
parameter displayed.
U/S Burst
Press the U/S button, then select U/S Burst mode on the
screen. U/S: Burst is displayed. The U/S Burst function
allows bursts of U/S power, of preset or operator set
duration, to occur either singly, or with a linearly
controlled frequency.
U/S Burst differs from other U/S submodes in that U/S
power is fixed, at the preset or operator set limit,
throughout footpedal position 3. This is true for both
Panel and Surgeon control in U/S Burst.
U/S Burst Panel Control provides irrigation (footpedal
position 1), irrigation/aspiration (footpedal position 2),
and a single burst of ultrasonic power upon entrance
to footpedal position 3.
1-20
The duration of this burst is determined by the

When a single burst is complete, the user must

lift the footpedal and reenter position 3 in order
to get each additional burst.
U/S Burst Surgeon Control provides irrigation

(footpedal position 1), irrigation/aspiration (footpedal
position 2), and repeated bursts of ultrasonic power
(footpedal position 3).
-
The duration of each burst is determined by the

The time between each burst, during which no

U/S power is applied, varies linearly from the 2.5
second maximum at the top of footpedal position
3, to the 0 second (continuous U/S) minimum at
the bottom of position 3.

displayed; Aspiration Flow Rate and Burst Width are the
secondary parameters displayed.
Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A) Mode

There are three selectable sub modes within the
Irrigation/Aspiration mode: Minimum (I/A Min),
Maximum (I/A Max), and Capsule Vacuum (Cap Vac).
Each of the selectable functions is reached by pressing
the appropriate button. The I/A mode provides
gravity-feed irrigation and/or simultaneous peristaltic
aspiration. In any of the sub modes under Panel Control,
the operator can adjust the preset aspiration and vacuum
limits using the adjustment control buttons on the control
panel.
OFF (position 0)
Figure 1-17 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - I/A
I/A Max
Press the I/A button then select I/A Max on the screen or
the remote. I/A: Max is displayed. I/A Max provides
irrigation (footpedal position 1) and simultaneous
irrigation and aspiration (footpedal positions 2 and 3).
The preset vacuum level for I/A Max is 500+ mmHg
(unlimited), and the adjustable range is 0 to 500+mmHg
(unlimited).
906-2000-501
I/A Max Panel Control - I/A Max Panel provides

irrigation in footpedal position 1 and simultaneous
irrigation and aspiration in footpedal positions 2 and
3.
I/A Max Surgeon Control
-
Surgeon (Surg) Asp - identical to Panel control

except footpedal positions 2 and 3 allow linear
control of aspiration flow rate with fixed vacuum
limits.
Surgeon (Surg) Vac - identical to Panel control
control of vacuum limits with fixed aspiration
flow rate.
Asp Rate and Vac Level are the primary parameters

displayed.
I/A Min
Press the I/A button then select I/A Min on the screen or
the remote. I/A: Min is displayed.
I/A Min Panel Control - for a low preset vacuum limit
of 66 mmHg, and an adjustable range of 0 to 500+
mmHg. The levels manually set by the operator can be
easily increased or decreased before or during
operation. I/A Min provides irrigation in footpedal
position 1 and simultaneous irrigation and aspiration
in footpedal positions 2 and 3.
I/A Min Surgeon Control
-
Surgeon (Surg) Asp - identical to Panel Control

control of aspiration flow rate with fixed
vacuum limits.
Surgeon (Surg) Vac - identical to Panel Control
flow rate.

displayed.
906-2000-501
Cap Vac
Press the I/A button, then select the CapVac mode on the
screen or the remote control. I/A CapVac is displayed.
CapVac provides irrigation and low aspiration rate and
vacuum limit, allowing the surgeon to polish the surface
of the posterior capsule following the emulsification and
removal of the cataractous tissue. The preset vacuum
limit is 5mmHg.
Asp Rate and Vac Level are the primary parameters.
Only Panel Control is enabled in the CapVac function.
Kelman Steerable I/A System Option
The Kelman Steerable I/A system consists of a flexible,
steerable irrigation/aspiration tip with an accompanying
handpiece and drive mechanism. The Steerable I/A
system is used in I/A mode to remove cortical material
via aspiration while maintaining chamber pressure with
irrigation.
The system is used with the infusion sleeve provided in
the Legacy pak. This system provides aspiration and
irrigation and the ability to easily, smoothly, and
continually adjust the tip in the eye from a straight
position to a fully bent position. The ability to steer the
tip provides the Surgeon with greater access to all
cortical material in the eye. The operator has the ability
to steer the tip via the footswitch, and the distal end of
the tip will remain in that position until changed by the
operator via the footswitch.
The Kelman Steerable I/A system is an option and must
be installed in the Legacy console. The Steerable
I/A system is limited to altitudes up to 6,000 feet (1,828
meters). Once installed, the system must be selected in
the Custom mode (see Custom Mode). All functions of
the Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A) mode are available when
the Steerable I/A system is installed and selected.
The Kelman Steerable I/A tip is adjusted to any position
between straight and fully bent by pressing the right and
left vertical switches on the footswitch. The left vertical
switch increases the bend of the tip, while the right
vertical switch reduces the bend.
1-21
Vitrectomy (Vit) Mode

There are two selectable sub modes within the
Vitrectomy (Vit) mode: ATIOP and I/A Cutter. Each is
reached by pressing the appropriate mode on the screen,
and each utilizes the pneumatically operated ATIOP
handpiece. The cutting rate for both sub modes is
adjustable from 0 to 400 cuts per minute.
I/A Cutter
Press VIT mode. Select the I/A Cutter mode on the
screen or remote and Vit: I/A Cutter is displayed.
I/A Cutter Panel - Irrigation is provided in footpedal
position 1; irrigation and aspiration in position 2; and
irrigation, aspiration, and cutting in position 3.
I/A Cutter Surgeon
ATIOP
This is the default for the VIT mode. Press the VIT mode
on the screen or the remote and Vit: ATIOP is displayed.

control of aspiration flow rate with fixed vacuum
limits.
ATIOP Panel - Irrigation is provided in footpedal

position 1; irrigation and guillotine-motion cutting in
position 2; and irrigation, cutting, and aspiration in
position 3. The operator can adjust the preset
aspiration and vacuum limits using the adjustment
control buttons on the control panel or on the remote
control.

flow rate.

displayed. Cutting rate is the secondary parameter.
ATIOP Surgeon
-

except footpedal positions 3 allows linear control
of aspiration flow rate with fixed vacuum limits.

except footpedal positions 3 allows linear control
of vacuum limits with fixed aspiration flow rate.

displayed. Cutting rate is the secondary parameter.
OFF (position 0)
OFF (position 0)
I/A CUTTER
ATIOP
IRR/CUTTING (position 2)
IRR/ASP/CUTTING (position 3)
Figure 1-18 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - VITRECTOMY
1-22
906-2000-501
Coagulation (Coag) Mode

Press the COAG button on the front panel to initiate the
Coagulation mode. Coagulation is displayed, and in
footpedal position 2 an audible tone is initialized. As in
all other modes, settings in COAG are retained in
memory so that when re-entering the Coagulation Mode,
the previous settings are displayed.
The displayed parameter is the percentage of the
maximum available coagulation voltage. The default
percentage is 30%; variation from this default level is
accomplished by the up and down arrows. The
Coagulation mode provides approximately 340 Khz
frequency bipolar coagulation to drive Alcon brush and
forceps up to the preset limit upon activation of the
Footswitch. Voltage level setting on the front panel
ranges from 10% to 100%.
Coagulation During Priming

Panel controlled coagulation is active in the Test mode
on any screen during Priming and Cleaning of the
system. It is not active during U/S or HydroSonics*
handpiece tuning. Coagulation during Test mode is only
available with Panel control. The percentage of the
maximum Coagulation voltage will be displayed on the
sidebar of the screen and may be increased or decreased
by adjusting the corresponding arrow keys. These new
values will be retained when Coagulation Panel mode is
selected again.
If you normally use surgeon controlled Coagulation, you
should store both the panel controlled and the surgeon
controlled Coagulation screens in the Custom mode.
Not Primed
Def
DR. ALCON
Not Tuned
uned
Panel
StdCas
Coagulation is controlled by either Panel or Surgeon

control.
Priming is in progress
375-40 KHz
Coag Volt
30 %
COAG - Panel Control - provides bipolar coagulation

at the preset limit upon activation of the Footpedal in
positions 2 and 3.
COAG - Surgeon Control - The applied voltage is
varied linearly from 10% to the preset limit. Voltage
variation begins at Footpedal position 2 and ends at
the completion of travel in footpedal position 3.
CLEAN
Max Limit
STOP
Prime
Phaco
Irr
TUNE
FILL
AdvanTec
Pulse
U/S
STOP
Bimodal
I/A
Coagulation disabled
during tuning
Burst
Vit
Coag
Custom
WARNING!
Do not use the coagulation function on patients
with pacemakers. If electrosurgery is used on
patients with implanted cardiac pacemakers or
pacemaker electrodes, be aware that irreparable
damage to the pacemaker and its function may
occur and lead to ventricular fibrillation.
Figure 1-20 PRIMING IS IN PROGRESS

(software V3.12 shown)
CAUTION
The STTL is not protected against the effects of
defibrillator discharge.
OFF (position 0)
STANDBY (position 1)
POWER (position 2)
POWER (position 3)
Figure 1-19 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - COAG
906-2000-501
1-23
CUSTOM MODE for software versions 3.01 and below

The Custom menu consists of six modes and four special
functions which provide the user with the ability to
modify system settings and to access system
programmability. The modes are:
Program: new surgeon entry, programming of
operational preferences.
Sound: audio levels for coagulation, vacuum level,
U/S occlusion, and aspiration occlusion.
Custom - Program Mode

Program is the default mode after pressing the Custom
key. This mode allows system operational parameters to
be programmed, stored, and retrieved. Previously saved
parameters are saved under a doctor name & memory
number. The up and down arrows scroll the doctor list up
and down a page at a time. There are four pages of six
names each for a total of 24 doctor names. Each name
has four memory settings (Store memory) associated with
it.
Voice: audio level as well as ON and OFF selection.

Language: English (other languages may be available
in the future).
Footswitch: Footswitch control of continuous
irrigation, footswitch vertical control (IV pole or
Steerable I/A), detent position, and stiffness.
For the purposes of this section, doctors memory will

refer to the doctors name, and the memory setting will
refer to the doctors memory number. Each of these
definitions is used interchangeably. Memory settings are
located in a pop-up screen in the main screen.
Add a Doctor
Remote: channel A/B/C/D select.

The special function modes are IV Pole, Aspiration,
Patient Eye Level (PEL), and Disk.
IV Pole sets the height of the irrigation bottle in each
of the sub modes.
Aspiration sets the aspiration flow rate in footpedal
position 3 in each of the U/S submodes.
PEL provides an offset to the IV Pole display to
accommodate low patient eye levels and/or the use of
the IV pole extender.
Disk allows backup and restoration of doctor
memories, using 3.5" disks.
To return to the Mode screen, press the Exit button.
1. Press Custom.
2. Press Add in Edit Doctor Box.
3. Type Doctor name on the displayed keyboard (field
is limited to 18 characters). When required, the
Backspace key deletes a single character to the left of
the cursor. The Cancel key returns to the Program
mode without saving.
4. Press Store. The doctors name is now the selected or
active name for the Program screen (right side of
screen).
5. Press Exit to return to Main Menu screen and to
customize the program.
Erase a Doctor
Custom: Program
1. Press Custom.
Def
FITZGERALD
Edit Doctor
Erase
Add
ANDERSON
3. Press Exit.
FITZGERALD
Store Memory
4. Enter Custom mode again.
FRANKLIN
5. Press Erase in Edit Doctor box.
MARTINEZ
Special Functions
IV Pole
Program
Asp
Sound
P.E.L.
Voice
2. Select Doctor to be erased from the right side of the

screen.
Disk
Lang
NGUYEN
6. Press Yes to confirm.
SCHMIDT
7. Press Exit to return to Main menu.
FootSw
Remote
Exit
Figure 1-21 CUSTOM: PROGRAM (V3.01 and below)
1-24
906-2000-501

Doctor Programming
the previous set height (default 65 cm). If the IV pole

cannot reach the programmed height setting, the
bottle height display will blink.
1. Press Custom.
2. Select Doctor.
3. Press Exit to return to the Main Menu screen.
4. Press each mode that programming is desired for and
enter specific parameters, using the up and down
arrows.
NOTE: Saving Surgeon Controls into Memory - The
memory functions will save each control screen
separately. The last screen saved will be the first one
displayed in memory for each mode; thus, if the
doctor prefers Surg Asp in l/A Max, program the
Surg Asp screen last, before you save in Memory 1.
When Memory 1 is pulled up, Surg Asp will be the
first control mode displayed in l/A Max.
11. Press Aspiration button in the Special Function box

(to customize Aspiration flow rate(s) in the U/S
modes). This allows the surgeon to use two different
aspiration flow rates for foot positions 2 and 3. The
following screen will be displayed:
NOTE: Flow rate in position 3 will not be displayed
on front panel until footpedal is in position 3.
12. Select the sub mode to be set in the Aspiration sub
menu.
13. Adjust the setting by pressing the + or - boxes on the
screen or any of the up and down arrows (except
those for the IV bottle height) on the front panel.
5. After all mode parameters have been set, press

Custom.
14. Repeat steps 12 and 13 for each mode/sub mode

desired.
6. Press IV Pole button in the Special Functions box to

customize bottle height for individual modes. The
following screen will be displayed:
15. Press Exit to return to the Program screen.
7. Select the sub mode to be set in the IV Pole sub

menu.
desired.
Special Functions: IV Pole

Bottle Height
Irr Footsw
cm.
Irr Freeflow
Mode
NOTE: Each doctor has the option of four

programmed memory settings available through
Store Memory.
NOTE: A blank value for cc/min means

un-programmed; ASP in position 3 will be the same
as in position 2.
Special Functions: Aspiration
Bottle Height
Footsw Position 3
U/S Phaco
cm.
cm.
U/S Pulse
cm.
I/A Min
cm.
U/S BiModal
cm.
I/A Max
cm.
Vit ATIOP
cm.
I/A Cap Vac
cm.
Hydro
cm.
U/S Burst
cm.
Vit I/A Cutter
cm.
17. Press Yes or No to confirm memory storage.
NOTE: A blank value for bottle height means

unprogrammed. The pole will not move to a new
height when entering the given mode; it remains at
Mode
16. Press one of the four Store Memory buttons to store

all of the above settings. These settings will be used
by the unit until the programming is changed.
Mode
U/S Phaco
Aspiration Rate
cc/min
U/S Pulse
cc/min
U/S BiModal
cc/min
U/S Burst
cc/min
Select Desired Mode and Use + and

Keys to Adjust Aspiration Rate Values.
Exit
Exit
Figure 1-22 SPECIAL IV POLE SETUP

(V3.01 and below)
906-2000-501
Figure 1-23 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS: ASPIRATION

(V3.01 and below)
1-25

Access Pre-Programmed Memory Settings
1. Press Custom.
2. Select the programmed doctors name.
3. Press Exit.
4. Press Memory button on the right side of the
Main Menu screen.
5. Select desired programmed memory setting (1, 2,
3, or 4). If no memory settings are selected, the
default setting will appear.
Reprogram Memories
Memories should not be reprogrammed during a case.
Program and Custom sub modes changes should be
made in each memory setting individually to prevent
accidental erasure.
1. Enter Custom screen and select the desired preprogrammed doctors name to copy from.
2. Exit to select the exact Memory Setting (1, 2, 3,
or 4) to copy from in the pop-up Memory screen.
3. Re-enter Custom mode (copy from doctors
name and memory number should be displayed
at the top of the screen in light blue).
4. Make the appropriate changes to the program and
custom sub modes.
5. Enter the Custom mode.
6. Select the same Memory setting to store to.
7. Confirm by pressing Yes.
Copy Memories
Memories can be copied from one doctor to another.
This procedure will assume the destination Doctors
name (copy to) has been stored in memory.
2. Exit to select the exact Memory Setting (1, 2, 3,
or 4) to copy from in the pop-up Memory screen.
3. Re-enter Custom mode (copy from doctors
name and memory number should be displayed
at the top of the screen in light blue).
4. Select Doctor to copy to (the copy to doctors
name will now be highlighted in green, as well as
the memory settings and the exit key).
5. Select Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, or 4) to store to.
6. Confirm by depressing Yes.
7. New Doctors Name and Memory Number should
be displayed in the upper right hand column with
the updated information. Exiting the Custom mode
will bring up the newly stored program.
1-26
Saving and Restoring Doctor Memories

The system allows the user to back up all memories
onto a formatted 3.5 disk, inserted into the slot found
on the Rear Connector Panel. Once backed up either a
single Doctor, or all Doctor Memories, may be
restored.
NOTE: Restoring all Doctors at once erases and
overwrites any Doctor Memories residing on the
system.
1. Enter the Custom Mode screen and press the
Disk button in the Special Functions box.
2. Insert a formatted 3.5 disk into the floppy drive
slot, located on the Rear Connector Panel.
3. To back up all Doctor Memories press the All
button in the Backup Doctors To Diskette box.
Press the Yes button in the confirmation
window in the upper left region of the screen.
4. To restore a single Doctors Memory (all
memories belonging to selected Doctor name)
press the List Doctors On Diskette button in
the upper right area of the screen. Press the
desired Doctor name button in the list to select a
Doctor. Press the Selected button in the
Restore Doctors From Diskette box, then press
the Yes button in the confirmation window.
5. To restore all Doctor Memories press the All
button in the Restore Doctors From Diskette box,
then press the Yes button in the confirmation
window.
Setting a Patient Eye Level Adjustment
The system supports a Patient Eye Level offset
adjustment which allows the user to perform surgery
on eyes that are positioned below the cassette. This
offset value is a system-wide value, and is recovered
each time the user turns on system power. When a
non-zero offset value is in effect, the letters "PEL"
will be displayed in the text window of all operating
mode screens.
NOTE: The Patient Eye Level setting is global. If
changed, it will affect previously stored values for IV
bottle height.
"P.E.L." button in the Special Functions box.
2. Adjust the setting by pressing the + or boxes on
the screen or any of the up and down arrows
(except those for the IV bottle height) on the
front panel.
906-2000-501

For using the IV Pole Extender.
"P.E.L." button in the Special Functions box.
2. Adjust the setting to -32 cm by pressing the + or
boxes on the screen or any of the up and down
arrows (except those for the IV bottle height) on
the front panel.
3. For further information, such as how to combine
this with patient eye level variations, refer to the
DFU that was supplied with the IV Pole
Extender.
NOTE: A blank value for the Patient Eye Level
means "unprogrammed."
Custom - Sound Mode
In this mode the Sound key highlights and Custom:
Sound appears in the title area.
Custom Sound mode provides control over sound tone
generation. The individual volume selection, and in some
cases On/Off control, is provided. Controls are activated
via touch keys. The volume of aspiration occlusion, U/S
occlusion, Vacuum, and Coagulation tones are controlled
individually. The + and keys provide linear control over
tone values, as reflected by the corresponding volume
meters. The On/Off controls toggle the tone generation
status for Aspiration Occlusion and Vacuum tones; U/S
Occlusion and Coagulation tones cannot be turned off
completely.
The Custom Voice mode provides control of the system

voice output. A toggle On/Off control and a linear
volume control are provided. Controls are activated by
the touch keys. Arrow keys will scroll volume level.
Custom - Language Mode
In this mode, the Lang menu key will be highlighted and
Custom: Language will be displayed in the title area (for
future expansion).
The Custom Language mode will allow selection of the
system language. System Voice will prompt the user, and
screen text will provide the selected language. The
selection will be a multiple choice toggle activated via
the touch keys.
Custom - Footswitch Mode
In this mode the FootSw menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Footswitch is displayed in the title area.
The Series 20000* and Accurus/Legacy footswitches
offer programmable footpedal detent placement. The
Custom Footswitch mode allows the footpedal travel
between detents to be moved by selecting the Normal,
I/A, or Phaco keys. The footpedal is defaulted to Normal.
(Note: programmable detents are not available when
using the ATFS-Legacy footswitch.) Footpedal detent
stiffness can be selected as Hard, Medium, and Soft
(default is Medium). The percent of footpedal travel in
each enhanced mode is listed in the table below:
Table 1-3
Custom - Voice Mode

In this mode, the Voice menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Voice is displayed in the title area.
FOOTPEDAL TRAVEL IN ENHANCED

MODES (V3.01 and below)
Footpedal Travel
Between Detents
Normal
I/A
Phaco
0 to 1
5%
5%
5%
1 to 2
16%
16%
13%
2 to 3
35%
50%
25%
3 to base
44%
29%
57%
Custom: Sound
ON
Audio Level
Audio Level
Asp Occlusion
OFF
ON
Vacuum
OFF
Audio Level
U/S Occlusion
Program
Sound
Voice
Audio Level
Continuous irrigation is available in all three custom

footswitch detent modes; it defaults to DISABLE. The
function allows the right side pedal to toggle the
irrigation valve ON and OFF.
Coagulation
Lang
FootSw
Remote
Exit
Figure 1-24 CUSTOM: SOUND (V3.01 and below)
906-2000-501
1-27

Custom: Footswitch
Footswitch
Vertical
Control
Cont. Irr.
Detent Range
Stiffness
I/V Pole
Enable
Normal
Hard
Steer I/A
Disable
I/A
Medium
Phaco
Soft
None
These footpedal adjustments may be stored into memory:

Detent Position, Detent Stiffness, and Continuous
Irrigation. The three variables, however, are only
available once per doctors memory (i.e., Phaco - soft,
Continuous Irrigation-On could be saved in Dr Alcon 1;
and I/A medium, Continuous Irrigation-Off saved in Dr
Alcon 2). You cannot save more than one set of variables
in one memory. The set of variables saved will be global
for that entire memory selection.
Custom - Remote Mode
In this mode, the Remote menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Remote is displayed in the title area.
Program
Sound
Voice
Lang
FootSw
Remote
Exit
Figure 1-25 CUSTOM: FOOTSWITCH

(V3.01 and below)
Footswitch control of certain functions, using the left and

right vertical buttons, may be selected or disabled. If
"None" is selected, the vertical buttons have no effect.
Selecting "IV Pole" allows the user to increase or
decrease the IV Pole height, using the right and left
vertical buttons, respectively. If the Steerable I/A
hardware is present on the system, the "Steerable I/A"
button appears on the Custom Footswitch screen. If
selected, this allows the Steerable I/A handpiece tip to
increasingly bend, using the right vertical button, or
straighten, using the left.
1-28
The Custom Remote mode allows the selection of four

remote receive codes: A, B, C, & D. This selection must
correspond to the channel selection on the remote
control. The channel is a toggle selection activated via
the touch screen. No additional steps are needed once the
remote channel is set.
The remote control must be switched to the appropriate
channel. Switch is located near the battery compartment
(see Figure 1-10). "A" channel is the default channel. If
the proper channel is not programmed on the front panel,
the remote control will not function and all changes will
have to be made via the front panel.
906-2000-501
CUSTOM MODE for software versions 3.12 and above

The Custom menu consists of six Modes and six Special
Functions which provide the user with the ability to
modify system settings and to access system
programmability. The modes are:
Program: Programming new surgeon entry and

operational preferences, and access to Special
Functions.
IV Pole sets the height of the irrigation bottle in each

of the sub modes.
Sound: audio levels for coagulation, vacuum level,

U/S occlusion and pre-occlusion, U/S Tone, and
aspiration occlusion and pre-occlusion.
Aspiration sets the aspiration flow rate in footpedal

position 3 in each of the AdvanTec and U/S
submodes.
Occlusion screen defines U/S power and

NeoSonix* amplitude automatic reduction as
vacuum reaches pre-occlusion or occlusion values.
Pre-occlusion value is equal to approximately 90% of
the occlusion (vacuum limit) value. This power
reduction takes effect only in those submodes where
continuous ultrasound can be used: AdvanTec Phaco,
U/S Phaco and U/S BiModal.
Disk allows backup and restoration of doctor

memories, using 3.5" disks.
Voice: audio level as well as ON and OFF selection.
Language: English (other languages may be available

as options).
Footswitch: Footswitch control of switching between

memories, modes and/or submodes, continuous
irrigation, footswitch vertical control (IV pole or
Steerable I/A), detent position, and stiffness.
The Custom/Program/Special Functions features are IV

Pole, Aspiration, Occlusion, Disk, Metrics, and Patient
Eye Level (PEL).
Remote: channel A/B/C/D select.
Legacy
Modes and Submodes
Custom Mode
Program
Sound
Tones for:
Aspiration
Occlusion
U/S
Occlusion
Aspiration
Pre-Occlusion
U/S
Pre-Occlusion
U/S Power
Vacuum
Coagulation
Edit
Doctor
Add
Erase
Store
Memory
1
2
3
4
All
Voice
Control of:
On/Off
Volume
Lang
Language:
English
Franais
Espaol
Deutsch
Italiano
Portugus
Japanese
Footsw
Programming of:
Right Heel
and Remote
Vertical Control
Continuous
Irrigation
Detent Range
Stiffness
Remote
Select:
Channel A
Channel B
Channel C
Channel D
Special
Functions
IV Pole
Aspiration
Occlusion
Disk
Metrics
P.E.L.
Figure 1-26 CUSTOM MODE (V3.12 and above)
906-2000-501
1-29

Custom: Program
Edit Doctor
Add
Special Functions: Metrics

Def
FITZGERALD
Ultrasound
Erase
A.P. Footswitch Position 3

U/S Average Power
U/S Time
U/S Average Power AdvanTec Phaco
U/S Time AdvanTec Phaco
ANDERSON
FITZGERALD
Store Memory
FRANKLIN
All
NeoSoniX
MARTINEZ
Average Amplitude
NeoSoniX Time
Equivalent U/S Power
Equivalent U/S Time
Special Functions
IV Pole
Asp
Occl
Disk
Metrics
P.E.L.
14.8%
25.7%
4.3 min (4 min 19 sec)
32.1%
NGUYEN
SCHMIDT
40.0%
0.1%
V
O
I
C
Program
Sound
Voice
Lang
FootSw
Remote
Exit
Figure 1-27 CUSTOM: PROGRAM (V3.12 and above)
Metrics provides data related to the usage of

ultrasound and NeoSonix* oscillations during one
surgical procedure. All the values are computed from
the moment the tuning is completed or when the
Reset button is pressed, whichever occurs later. The
first line in the Metrics screen provides average U/S
power in footpedal position 3. This value is identical
to that of the A.P. (average power) value displayed
on the main surgical screen. The second and third
lines in the Metrics screen provide average U/S
power and time. For continuous ultrasound there is
no difference between the average U/S power
(second line) and average U/S power in footpedal
position 3 (first line). For ultrasound used in pulse or
burst mode, average U/S power is greater than the
average U/S power in footpedal position 3, because
average U/S power in the latter case is averaged over
the time including pauses between pulses or bursts of
ultrasound. Value in the first line is a better
representation of potential for temperature increase at
the incision, while average U/S power in conjunction
with the U/S time give a better representation of total
energy delivered to the eye. The fourth and fifth lines
provide U/S power and time measured during the
first mode only. Typically, the first mode is used for
the first phase of the phacoemulsification procedure,
for example Sculpting of the popular Divide-AndConquer surgical technique. For that reason
ultrasound used in AdvanTec Visco submode is
never counted toward the first mode. The first mode
is defined as any U/S submode or any AdvanTec
submode with the exception of the Visco submode.
Switching to a new mode, submode, or memory
signals the end of the first mode.
1-30
Exit
Figure 1-28 METRICS SCREEN (V3.12 and above)
The Metrics screen may also contain the following

information, if applicable. NeoSonix* average
amplitude, NeoSonix* time, Equivalent U/S Time
and Equivalent U/S Power. The last two values are
calculated from the previous two values by taking
into account differences between U/S frequency
(approximately 38,000 Hz) and NeoSonix*
frequency of oscillations (approximately 100 Hz).
Equivalent U/S values are usually very small,
reflecting the fact that very little energy is transferred
by mechanical oscillations of NeoSonix*.
PEL provides an offset to the IV Pole display to

accommodate patient eye levels different from that of
the tray, and/or the use of the IV pole extender.
To return to the Mode screen, press the Exit button.

Custom - Program Mode
Program is the default mode after pressing the Custom
key. This mode allows system operational parameters to
be programmed, stored, and retrieved. Previously saved
parameters are saved under a doctor name & memory
number. The up and down arrows scroll the doctor list up
and down a page at a time. There are 16 pages of 6 names
each for a total of 96 doctor names. Each name has four
memory settings (Store memory) associated with it.
For purposes of this section, doctors memory will refer
to the doctors name, and the memory setting will refer to
the doctors memory number. Each of these definitions is
used interchangeably. Memory settings are located in a
main screen pop-up.
906-2000-501

Some attributes will be saved for each individual
memory, for example Occlusion Power Management
located under Special Functions/Occlusion. For such
attributes, the respective screen will state Setting applied
per memory. Other attributes, like any footswitch
related controls, will be saved once for each doctor. Such
attributes will remain identical regardless of memory. A
respective setup screen will contain the statement
Settings apply to all memories of selected doctor. The
table below summarizes various settings:
Add a Doctor
1. Press Custom.
2. Press Add in Edit Doctor Box.
3. Type Doctor name on the displayed keyboard (field
is limited to 18 characters). When required, the
Backspace key deletes a single character to the left of
the cursor. The Cancel key returns to the Program
mode without saving.
4. Press Store. The doctors name is now the selected or
active name for the Program screen (right side of
screen).
5. Press Exit to return to Main Menu screen and to
customize the program.
Erase a Doctor
1. Press Custom.
2. Select Doctor to be erased from the right side of the
screen.
3. Press Exit.
Doctor Programming
1. Press Custom.
2. Select Doctor.
4. Press each mode that programming is desired for and
enter specific parameters, using the up and down
arrows.
Note: Saving Surgeon Controls into Memory Memory functions save each control screen
separately. The last screen saved is the first one
displayed in memory for each mode; thus, if the
doctor prefers Surg Asp in I/A Max, program the
Surg Asp screen last, before saving in Memory 1.
When Memory 1 is pulled up, Surg Asp is the first
control mode displayed in I/A Max.
5. After all mode parameters have been set, press
Custom.
6. Press IV Pole button in the Special Functions box to
customize bottle height for individual modes. The
screen in Figure 1-29 will be displayed.
7. Select the sub mode to be set in the IV Pole sub
menu.
desired.
4. Enter Custom mode again.

5. Press Erase in Edit Doctor box.
6. Press Yes to confirm.
7. Press Exit to return to Main menu.
NOTE: A blank value for bottle height means

unprogrammed. The pole will not move to a new
height when entering the given mode; it remains at
the previous set height (default 65 cm). If the IV pole
cannot reach the programmed height setting, the
bottle height display will blink.
Table 1-4. VARIOUS MEMORY SETTINGS (V3.12 and above)
906-2000-501
Per Memory
Per Doctor
Per Unit
Attributes
Occlusion power
management.
IV Pole.
Aspiration in FP 3.
All footswitch
attributes.
All sounds.
Language.
Remote Control Channel.
PEL.
How to Save
Press "Store" and

Automatically saved without confirmation by
appropriate memory. exiting the respective screen after
appropriate adjustment.
1-31

Special Functions: Occlusion
Special Functions: IV Pole

Mode
Bottle Height
Bottle Height
Mode
AdvanTec Visco
cm
U/S at
Pre-Occlusion
U/S at
Occlusion
cm
AdvanTec Phaco
cm
Full Power
Full Power
I/A Min
cm
AdvanTec Pulse
cm
Half Power
Half Power
I/A Max
cm
AdvanTec Burst
cm
Quarter Power
Quarter Power
I/A CapVac
cm
U/S Phaco
cm
Pulse
Pulse
Vit ATIOP
cm
U/S Pulse
cm
Vit I/A Cutter
cm
U/S BiModal
cm
Short Pulse
Short Pulse
U/S Burst
cm
Power Off
Power Off
Irr Footsw
cm
Irr Freeflow
Settings applied per memory.
Exit
Figure 1-31 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS: OCCLUSION

(V3.12 and above)
Figure 1-29 SPECIAL IV POLE SETUP

(V3.12 and above)
11. Press Aspiration button in the Special Function box

to customize Aspiration flow rate(s) in the U/S
modes (see Figure 1-28). This allows the surgeon to
use two different aspiration flow rates for foot
positions 2 and 3.
NOTE: Flow rate in position 3 will not be displayed
on front panel until footpedal is in position 3.
12. Select the sub mode to be set in the Aspiration sub
menu.
desired.
Special Functions: Aspiration
Footswitch Position 3
Mode
Rate
Mode
Exit
Rate
U/S Phaco
cc/min
AdvanTec Visco
cc/min
U/S Pulse
cc/min
AdvanTec Phaco
cc/min
U/S BiModal
cc/min
AdvanTec Pulse
cc/min
U/S Burst
cc/min
AdvanTec Burst
cc/min
Select Desired Mode and Use + and

Keys to Adjust Aspiration Rate Values.
16. Press the Occlusion button in the Special Functions

box to customize the power level during low flow
conditions (see Figure 1-31). There are two columns
describing application of ultrasound power during
pre-occlusion (left column) and occlusion (right
column). Pre-occlusion is defined as an event when
vacuum is approaching the vacuum limit and the
pump has slowed down. This happens when the
actual vacuum is approximately equal to 90% of the
set vacuum level. Occlusion is defined as an event
when the pump has reached the vacuum limit and the
pump has stopped.
For either event, pre-occlusion or occlusion,
ultrasound power can be reduced to one-half or onequarter of the commanded power, or switched to
pulsed application at the commanded power with
either 50% on-time pulse (50% duty cycle) or 25%
on-time short pulse (25% duty cycle). It is also
possible to turn ultrasound off for either event.
NeoSonix* amplitude is not affected by the
Occlusion Power Management, but NeoSonix*
oscillations will be switched to Pulse or Short Pulse
so that oscillations will be active only when
ultrasound is active. Switching ultrasound off as part
of the Occlusion Power Management will also turn
off NeoSonix* oscillations. The only combinations
allowed are those that do not increase amount of
ultrasound power at occlusion as compared to preocclusion (see Table 1-5).
Exit
Figure 1-30 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS: ASPIRATION

(V3.12 and above)
1-32
Occlusion Power Management applies only to

AdvanTec Phaco, U/S Phaco, and U/S BiModal
submodes.
906-2000-501

Table 1-5. ACCEPTABLE PRE-OCCLUSION/OCCLUSION COMBINATIONS (V3.12 and above)
Pre-Occlusion
Full
Half
Quarter
Pulse
Short Pulse
Off
Full
OK
X
X
X
X
X
Half
OK
OK
X
OK
X
X
Occlusion
Quarter
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
X
Pulse
OK
OK
X
OK
X
X
Short Pulse
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
X
Off
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
4. Make the appropriate changes to the program and

custom sub modes.
17. Press one of the four Store Memory buttons to store

all of the above settings. These settings will be used
by the unit until the programming is changed.
5. Enter the Custom mode.
18. Press Yes or No to confirm memory storage.
6. Select the same Memory setting to store to.
NOTE: Each doctor has the option of four

programmed memory settings available through
Store Memory.
NOTE: A blank value for cc/min means
un-programmed; Asp in position 3 will be the same
as in position 2.
Access Pre-Programmed Memory Settings (can be done
at any time)
1. Press Custom.
2. Select the programmed doctors name.
3. Press Exit.
4. Press Memory button on the right side of the Main
Menu screen.
5. Select desired programmed memory setting (1, 2, 3,
or 4). If no memory settings are selected, the default
setting will appear.
Reprogram Memories
Memories should not be reprogrammed during a case.
Program and Custom sub modes changes should be made
in each memory setting individually to prevent accidental
erasure.
2. Exit to select the exact Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, or 4)
to copy from in the pop-up Memory screen.
3. Re-enter Custom mode (copy from doctors name
and memory number should be displayed at the top
of the screen in light blue).
906-2000-501

Copy Memories
Memories can be copied from one doctor to another. This
procedure will assume the destination Doctors name
(copy to) has been stored in memory.
2. Exit to select the exact Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, or 4)
to copy from in the pop-up Memory screen.
and memory number should be displayed at the top
of the screen in light blue).
4. Select Doctor to copy to (the copy to doctors name
will now be highlighted in green, as well as the
memory settings and the exit key).
5. Select Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, or 4) to store to.
6. Confirm by depressing Yes.
7. New Doctors Name and Memory Number should be
displayed in the upper right hand column with the
updated information. Exiting the Custom mode will
bring up the newly stored program.
Copy Doctors
This function allows to copy all memories from one
doctor to all respective memories
of another doctor in one step. This procedure will assume
the destination Doctors name (copy to) has been stored
in memory.
1-33

2. Exit the Custom screen.
should be displayed at the top of the screen in light
blue).
4. Select Doctor to copy to (the copy to doctors name
will now be highlighted ingreen, as well as the
memory settings and the exit key).
5. Select "All" to copy all memories from the former
doctor to the respective memories of the latter doctor.
7. New Doctors Name should be displayed in the upper
right hand column with the updated information.
Exiting the Custom mode will bring up the newly
stored program.
Saving and Restoring Doctor Memories
The system allows the user to back up all memories onto
a formatted 3.5 disk, inserted into the floppy drive slot
found on the Rear Connector Panel. Once backed up
either a single Doctor, or all Doctor Memories, may be
restored.
NOTE: Restoring all Doctors at once erases and
overwrites any Doctor Memories residing on the
system.
1. Enter the Custom Mode screen and press the Disk
button in the Special Functions box.
2. Insert a formatted 3.5 disk into the floppy drive slot,
located on the Rear Connector Panel.
3. To back up all Doctor Memories press the All
button in the Backup Doctors To Diskette box. Press
the Yes button in the confirmation window in the
upper left region of the screen.
4. To restore a single Doctors Memory (all memories
belonging to selected Doctor name) press the List
Doctors On Diskette button in the upper right area
of the screen. Press the desired Doctor name button
in the list to select a Doctor. Press the Selected
window.
5. To restore all Doctor Memories press the All
window.
1-34
Software version 3.12 will accept doctor memories backed

up by older versions, namely 2.4x, 2.5x, and 3.0x. The
following changes occur as a result of the conversion:
1. All Hydrosonics* settings will be discarded since
version 3.1x or above does not support that mode.
2. Parameters contained in the U/S Phaco, U/S Pulse
and U/S Burst will be copied into AdvanTec Phaco,
AdvanTec Pulse, and AdvanTec Burst respectively.
AdvanTec amplitude and threshold will be set to
default values.
3. All footswitch attributes and all sounds contained in
1st memory will be copied into all memories of that
doctor. All footswitch attributes and all sounds
contained in 2nd, 3rd, and 4th memories will be
discarded.
NOTE: Please use a blank diskette, or one that
was previously used as a Legacy backup diskette,
when backing up Doctor Memories. It is
recommended that you properly label the diskette
by including the version number of the software
installed on your system (e.g. V2.52). Do not
attempt to restore the Doctor Memories to a
system having an older software version.
Setting IV Pole Offset and a Patient Eye Level
Adjustment
The system supports an IV Pole offset which is used to
account for presence of IV pole extender. Patient Eye
Level offset adjustment allows the user to perform
surgery on eyes that are positioned at a level different
from that of the tray. This offset value is a global systemwide value, and is recovered each time the user turns on
system power. The text window of all operating mode
screens will display numerical value in centimeters of the
IV pole extender length and added relative bottle height
due to patient's eye located below the tray level.
NOTE: The IV Pole offset and Patient Eye Level
settings are global. If changed, they will affect IV
bottle height.
1. Enter the Custom Mode screen and press the "P.E.L."
button in the Special Functions box.
2. If the IV pole extender is present on the system, enter
its length in the IV pole section of the menu. If the
patients eye is located at a level different from that
of the tray, enter the relative height in the P.E.L.
section of the screen. If the eye is located below tray
level, enter negative value; if the eye is located above
tray level, enter positive value. Adjust the settings by
pressing the + or boxes on the screen or any of the
up/down arrows (except those for the IV bottle
height) on the front panel.
906-2000-501

Custom - Sound Mode
In this mode the Sound key highlights and Custom:
Sound appears in the title area.
Custom Sound mode provides control over sound tone
generation. ON/OFF controls are provided for Asp
Occlusion, Asp Pre-Occlusion, U/S Pre-Occlusion,
Vacuum, and U/S Power. Controls are activated via touch
keys. The volume of aspiration occlusion, U/S occlusion,
U/S, vacuum, and coagulation tones are controlled by the
Audio Level. The + and keys provide linear control
over tone values, as reflected by the corresponding
volume meter. For safety reasons U/S occlusion and
coagulation tones default to ON only and cannot be
completely turned off.
Vacuum tone is continuous and its pitch rises as vacuum
increases. Sudden increase in vacuum tone pitch (vacuum
increase) while commanded aspiration flow rate is
constant usually indicates that the tip is occluded and that
the flow through the system is considerably reduced. As
vacuum continues rising and approaching maximum
allowed value (vacuum limit), pre-occlusion tone will
sound, if enabled. This will indicate that the vacuum is at
approximately 90% of the vacuum limit and that the
pump has slowed down. For ABS tips, the vacuum level
often does not increase to the vacuum limit, especially in
high vacuum settings (>200 mmHg); therefore, if a user
desires an audible indicator of maximum vacuum, the
pre-occlusion sound can be activated.
The defaults for pre-occlusion sounds, both Asp and U/S,
are OFF. Occlusion sounds indicate the vacuum limit is
reached and that the pump is stopped. Aspiration
occlusion and pre-occlusion sounds can only be enabled
when no ultrasound or NeoSonix* oscillations are
applied (footpedal position 2). U/S pre-occlusion and

occlusion sounds can only be enabled when either U/S or
NeoSonix* is applied (footpedal position 3). U/S power
sound can be enabled to obtain audible indication that
either U/S or NeoSonix* are applied.
Custom - Voice Mode
In this mode, the Voice menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Voice is displayed in the title area.
The Custom Voice mode provides control of the system
voice output. A toggle On/Off control and a linear
volume control are provided. Controls are activated by
the touch keys. Arrow keys will scroll volume level.
Custom - Language Mode
In this mode, the Lang menu key will be highlighted and
Custom: Language will be displayed in the title area.
The Custom Language mode will allow selection of the
system language. System Voice will prompt the user, and
screen text will provide the selected language. The
selection will be a multiple choice toggle activated via
the touch keys.
Custom - Footswitch Mode
In this mode the FootSw menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Footswitch is displayed in the title area.
Custom: Footswitch
Right Heel
& Remote
Footswitch
Vertical
Control
Continuous
Irrigation
Detent
Range
Stiffness
None
I/V Pole
Enable
Normal
Hard
Steer I/A
Disable
I/A
Medium
Phaco
Soft
Memory
Mode
None
SubMode
Custom: Sound
Procedure
System Sounds
Settings apply to all memories of selected doctor.
Level
Asp Pre-Occlusion
U/S Power
Asp Occlusion
Vacuum
U/S Pre-Occlusion
Coagulation
V
O
I
C
E
Audio Level
OFF
U/S Occlusion
V
O
I
C
Program
Sound
Voice
Lang
FootSw
Remote
Exit
Figure 1-32 CUSTOM: SOUND (V3.12 and above)

906-2000-501
Program
Sound
Voice
Lang
Footsw
Remote
Exit
Figure 1-33 CUSTOM: FOOTSWITCH

(V3.12 and above)
On / Off
ON
The Accurus/Legacy footswitch has a heel switch

which can be programmed to navigate through
subsequent memories, modes, submodes or custom
sequence of the above procedure. Pressing the heel
switch for less than 0.5 sec but longer than 0.1 sec will
advance the unit to the next setting. Pressing on the
1-35

switch for longer than 0.5 sec will advance the unit to the
previous setting. The following selections are possible:
Once the procedure is programmed, the two buttons of

the Remote control will advance or reverse the procedure
sequence, even if the heel switch is not enabled to
operate Procedure.
NONE Heel switch is disabled (default condition).

MEMORY Allows advance sequentially through
memories 1-2-3-4-1-. . . or reverse action (e.g., switching
from memory 1 to 4).
Custom: Procedure
MODE Allows advance sequentially through modes

Irr-AdvanTec-U/S-I/A-Vit-Coag-Irr-. . . or reverse action
(e.g., switching from AdvanTec to Irr).
Mode
Submode
Memory
Procedure
Irr
Phaco
Memory 1
AdvanTec Visco 1
AdvanTec
Pulse
Memory 2
U/S
BiModal
Memory 3
I/A
Burst
Memory 4
Vit
SUBMODE Allows advance sequentially through

submodes within one mode, such as AdvanTec Visco
AdvanTec Phaco AdvanTec Pulse AdvanTec Burst
AdvanTec Visco -. . . or reverse action (e.g., switching
from AdvanTec Phaco to AdvanTec Visco).
AdvanTec Phaco 1
AdvanTec Burst 2
U/S BiModal 3
Defaults
Irr Cont 1
I/A Max 1
Coag
I/A CapVac 1
I/A Max 2
PROCEDURE Allows advance through customized

sequence of submodes. The sequence can be programmed
using Procedure editing screen accessed by touching the
... button located immediately to the right of the
Procedure button. After a mode, submode and memory
are pressed and highlighted. Pressing the + (add)
button will add the combination to the last free line of the
right column containing procedure sequence. Up to eight
steps in the procedure are allowed. To delete a step,
highlight it by pressing and press the (delete) button.
To move a step up or down, highlight it and use
membrane keys located to the right of the screen (upper
set of keys only). Programming the heel switch
determines functionality of the Forward and Reverse
buttons in the bottom row of Remote control buttons.
Exit
Figure 1-34 CUSTOM: FOOTSWITCH: PROCEDURE

(V3.12 and above)
The Series 20000* and Accurus/Legacy footswitches

offer programmable footpedal detent placement. The
Custom Footswitch mode allows the footpedal travel
between detents to be moved by selecting the Normal, I/
A, or Phaco keys. The footpedal is defaulted to Normal.
(Note that programmable detents are not available when
using the ATFS-Legacy footswitch.) Footpedal detent
stiffness can be selected as Hard, Medium, and Soft
(default is Medium). The percent of footpedal travel in
each enhanced mode is listed in the table below:
Table 1-6. FOOTPEDAL TRAVEL IN ENHANCED MODES (V3.12 and above)
1-36
Footpedal Travel
Between Detents
Normal
I/A
Phaco
0 to 1
5%
5%
5%
1 to 2
16%
16%
13%
2 to 3
35%
50%
25%
3 to base
44%
29%
57%
906-2000-501
Continuous irrigation is available in all three custom

footswitch detent modes; it defaults to DISABLE. This
allows the right side pedal to toggle the irrigation valve
ON and OFF.
Footswitch control of certain functions, using the left and
right vertical buttons, may be selected or disabled. If
"None" is selected, the vertical buttons have no effect.
Selecting "I/V Pole" allows the user to increase or
decrease the IV Pole height, using the right and left
vertical buttons, respectively. If the Kelman Steerable I/
A hardware is present on the system, the "Steerable I/A"
button appears on the Custom Footswitch screen. If
selected, this allows the Steerable I/A handpiece tip to
increasingly bend, using the right vertical button, or
straighten, using the left.
These footpedal adjustments may be stored once per
doctor: Detent Position, Detent Stiffness, and Continuous
Irrigation. The three adjustments are only available once
per doctors memory (i.e., Phaco, Soft, Continuous
Irrigation-On could be saved in Dr. Alcon; and I/A
Medium, Continuous Irrigation-Off saved in Dr.
Johnson). More than one set of variables per doctor
cannot be saved. The set of variables saved will be the
same for all memories, modes, and submodes of the
particular doctor.
Custom - Remote Mode
In this mode, the Remote menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Remote is displayed in the title area.
The Custom Remote mode allows the selection of four
remote receive codes: A, B, C, & D. This selection must
correspond to the channel selection on the remote
control. The channel is a toggle selection activated via
the touch screen. No additional steps are needed once the
remote channel is set. The remote channel is stored once
for the unit.
The remote control must be switched to the appropriate
channel. The switch is located near the battery
compartment. "A" channel is the default channel. If the
proper channel is not programmed on the front panel, the
remote control will not function and all changes will have
to be made via the front panel.
906-2000-501
TEST MODE for Software Versions 3.01 and Below

The Test mode can be entered via IRR, Hydro, U/S, I/A,
and Vit. The Test key can be activated via the front panel
or the remote. Test key is disabled in Coag and Custom
modes. Continuous irrigation is not accessible in this
mode.
When the Test key is pressed from any mode (other than
Coag and Custom), the Test base screen is displayed. The
next Test key depression initiates the priming sequence
(except in I/A mode), whereas another Test key
depression in succession would bypass priming and take
the system directly to vacuum check. A vent check is
performed after completion of vacuum check.
Coagulation is available in the Test mode during priming
and cleaning of the system. It is not accessible during any
active U/S or HydroSonics* handpiece tuning.
Coagulation control during Test mode is only available in
Panel control. Coagulation voltage will be displayed on
the sidebar of the screen and may be increased or
decreased by adjusting the corresponding arrow keys.
These new values will be retained in Panel control when
Coagulation Panel mode is selected again.
Prime Key Processing - Initiates the priming sequence
where fluid is flushed through the system to remove
air. Priming is followed by vacuum and venting
checks. Upon successful completion of both vacuum
(400 mmHg) and vent (5 mmHg) checks the system
will display Priming Complete. Prime key is faded
out in I/A mode.
If either vacuum or vent checks are incomplete the
system will display Check fittings-Reprime, with an
appropriate code (i.e., 1., 2., 3.). In Irrigation mode, if
code 1 or 2 is encountered, the system will attempt to
reprime once.
Tune Key Processing - If system is already primed,
then tuning is performed in Hydro and U/S modes
only. Tune key will be faded out if this function is not
available for the selected mode (i.e., Irr, I/A, and Vit
modes ), or if system is Not Primed in Hydro, U/S
modes, or if the handpiece is not inserted.
Charge Key Processing (if Steerable I/A system is
installed, and it is selected) - If the system is already
primed, then charging of the Steerable I/A system is
performed automatically in U/S and I/A modes. The
system will test the Steerable I/A system and will
verify the presence of a Steerable I/A handpiece.
1-37
Clean Key Processing - Will clear any remaining fluid

from system between cases and prior to turning off the
machine.
Stop Key Processing - Stop key returns user to the sub
modes. The Stop key can be pressed at any time to
stop priming or cleaning. If unit is already primed, the
system will remain primed when the Stop key is
depressed.
Test Key
Test Key in IRR Mode - Priming, Vacuum check, and
Vent check sequence are performed during the IRR
menu, as described in Test key processing on prior
page.
Test Key in Hydro Mode - Priming of the
HydroSonics* handpiece with a series of injection
pulses is performed, followed by tuning of the
handpiece. After successful completion of tuning, the
Tune status indicator on the front panel changes from
red to green.
Test Key in U/S Mode - Priming, vacuum check, and
vent check are performed in the U/S mode as
described in Test key processing on prior page. Upon
successful completion of vacuum and vent checks, the
system automatically proceeds to tuning of the U/S
handpiece. If the tuning check is successful, Tuning
Complete appears and the Tune status indicator
changes from red to green.
Upon successful completion of tuning, if the Steerable
I/A option is installed and selected, the system will
automatically proceed to charging the Steerable I/A
handpiece. If charging of the Steerable I/A handpiece
is successful, the Charging Complete message is
displayed and the Charge status indicator changes
from red to green.
A flow test is also performed after tuning to check for
handpiece flow. An advisory is given if there are any
occlusions.
Test Key in I/A Mode - If the Test key is pressed, the
system performs charging as described in Charge Key
Processing on the prior page. If the charge is
successful, Charge Complete is displayed and the
Charge status indicator changes from red to green.
Test Key in Vit Mode - Priming, Vacuum check, and
Vent check are performed in the Vit mode as
described in Test key processing above.
Test Key in Coag Mode - Test key is not allowed in
this mode.
TEST MODE for Software Versions 3.12 and Above

The Test mode can be entered via IRR, AdvanTec, U/S,
I/A, and Vit. The Test key can be activated via the front
panel or the remote. Test key is disabled in Coag and
Custom modes. Continuous irrigation is not accessible in
this mode.
When the Test key is pressed from any mode (other than
Coag and Custom), the Test screen is displayed (See
Figure 1-20). The next Test key depression initiates the
priming sequence, whereas another Test key depression
in succession would bypass priming and take the system
directly to vacuum check. A vent check is performed
after completion of vacuum check.
Coagulation is available in the Test mode during priming
and cleaning of the system. It is not accessible during
U/S or NeoSonix* handpiece tuning/flow check
sequence. Coagulation control during Test mode is only
available in Panel control. Coagulation voltage will be
displayed on the sidebar of the screen and may be
increased or decreased by adjusting the corresponding
arrow keys. These new values will be retained in Panel
control when Coagulation Panel mode is selected again.
Prime Key Processing - Initiates the priming

sequence - where fluid is flushed through the system
to remove air. Priming is followed by vacuum and
venting checks. Upon successful completion of both
vacuum (400 mmHg) and vent (5 mmHg) checks
the system will display Priming Complete.
If either vacuum or vent checks are incomplete the
system will display Check fittings-Reprime, with
an appropriate code (i.e., 1., 2., 3.). If code 2 or 3 is
encountered, the system will attempt to reprime once.
See Troubleshooting section for additional
information.
Pressing Test key again will activate Fill where both
irrigation and reflux valves will be opened to achieve
the most efficient air removal from the tubing lines
and handpiece. Streaming irrigation solution can also
be used to fill a test chamber or a beaker as needed.
Fill will automatically stop after 30 seconds and it
can be terminated earlier by pressing the Fill button
or the Test key. The latter action will also initiate
tuning/flow check sequence.
Test Key in Custom Mode - Test key is not allowed in

this mode.
1-38
906-2000-501
Tune Key Processing - After the system is primed,

tuning can be performed. Tune key will be faded out
if system is Not Primed or if the handpiece is not
inserted. After successful completion of tuning,
which takes approximately half a second, the system
will automatically proceed to flow check. If the
tuning and flow check are successful, Tuning
complete appears and the Tune status indicator
changes from red to green. If tuning or flow check is
unsuccessful, see Troubleshooting section for
additional information.
Charge Key Processing (if Kelman Steerable I/A

system is installed, and it is selected) - If the system
is already primed, then charging of the Steerable I/A
system is performed automatically following
successful tune/flow check sequence. The system
will test the Steerable I/A system and will verify the
presence of a Steerable I/A handpiece. If charging of
the Steerable I/A handpiece is successful,
the"Charging Complete" message is displayed and
the Charge status indicator changes from red to
green.
Clean Key Processing - Will clear any remaining

fluid from system between cases and prior to turning
off the machine.
Stop Key Processing - Stop key returns user to the

sub modes. The Stop key can be pressed at any time
to stop priming, flow check, or cleaning. If unit is
already primed, the system will remain primed when
the Stop key is depressed.
WARNING!
Inadvertent actuation of TEST MODE while a
handpiece is in the eye can create a hazardous
condition that may result in patient injury.
906-2000-501
1-39
FOOTSWITCH
Functions within the operating modes of the unit are
controlled by the operation of the footswitch (see Figure
1-35). Legacy compatible footswitches all have one
footpedal (treadle), and four momentary on/off switches
(right and left horizontal, right and left vertical). In
addition, both the Series 20000* and Accurus/
Legacy footswitch types allow software control of
detents, and the Accurus/Legacy footswitch has a heel
switch.
Programmability of detents, if available for particular
footswitch, is accessed only through the front panel. See
Custom Mode: Footswitch. (It cannot be programmed
using the remote control.)
Figure 1-36 and Tables 1-7 and 1-8 summarize
footswitch operation for the various modes:
Footpedal (linear control) - The footpedal controls
system functions and provides linear control of certain
parameters. Its four possible operating positions are: 0
(standby), 1 (footswitch symbol on front panel displays
yellow), 2 (footswitch symbol on front panel displays
green), and 3 (footswitch symbol on front panel displays
fuschia). The footpedal operating position is displayed in
the display window.
Tension Adjustment Control - Controls the amount of

spring tension on both the downstroke and return of the
footpedalturn clockwise to tighten, counterclockwise to
loosen.
Left Horizontal Switch (reflux) - The left horizontal
switch of the footswitch provides reflux. The reflux
function is available in any mode except Coag or
Custom, but the footpedal must be in position 0. Reflux
pressure is a function of the irrigation bottle height.
When this switch is depressed, the rectangle to the left of
the Footswitch Position indicator on the front panel
illuminates magenta. An outflow of gravity-fed irrigation
solution is introduced into the aspiration line; this allows
the surgeon to disengage any material that may become
stuck in an aspiration port without having to manually
squeeze the reflux squeeze bulb.
Right Horizontal Switch (continuous irrigation) - The
right horizontal switch of the footswitch toggles
continuous irrigation on and off (see the Irrigation Mode,
Continuous Irrigation submode for further explanation).
Left Vertical Button ( IV pole down or steerable I/A) Use of the left vertical button is dictated by the settings
indicated/made in the Custom: Footswitch front panel
screen. If set to None, this button is ineffectual. If set to
IV Pole, the left vertical button moves the IV pole
down. If steerable I/A is available on the system, and
Steer I/A is selected, pressing the button will bend the
steerable I/A tip.
Tension Adjustment Knob
Footpedal
Left Horizontal/Vertical Switch
Right Horizontal/Vertical Switch
Heel Switch
(not present on Series 20000* footswitch)
Figure 1-35 ACCURUS/LEGACY FOOTSWITCH
1-40
906-2000-501
Right Vertical Button ( IV pole up or steerable I/A) -Use

of the right vertical button is dictated by the settings
indicated/made in the Custom: Footswitch front panel
screen. If set to None, this button is ineffectual. If set to
IV Pole, the right vertical button moves the IV pole up.
If steerable I/A is available on the system, and Steer
I/A is selected, pressing the button will straighten the
steerable I/A tip.
Software V3.12 and above:

-
If the heel switch is pressed for a duration shorter

than 0.1 second, there is no action.
Between 0.1 and 0.5 second the system advances

to the next setting as programmed under the
Customer/Footswitch/Heel menu.
Longer than 0.5 second, the system goes back to

the previous setting.
Heel Switch - This feature is only available for the

Accurus/Legacy footswitch.
Software V2.42 through V3.01: The heel switch
performs the function of the front panel or remote
Memory key. The first press of the heel switch
activates the memory menu; subsequent, closely
spaced presses toggle between memories in an
upward (1-2-3-4-Default-1) direction.
OFF (position 0)
I/A
OFF (position 0)
PHACOEMULSIFICATION
IRR/ASP/ULTRASONICS (position 3)
OFF (position 0)
ANTERIOR VITRECTOMY/
ATIOP
IRR/CUTTING (position 2)
OFF (position 0)
ANTERIOR VITRECTOMY/
I/A CUTTER
AdvanTec
(V3.12 and above)

IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics (position 3;
U/S power <NeoSoniX threshold)
OFF (position 0)
IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics/NeoSoniX

(position 3; U/S power NeoSoniX threshold)
OFF (position 0)
AdvanTec
(V3.12 and above)
OFF (position 0)
COAGULATION
IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics (position 3;

NeoSoniX threshold >U/S power limit or NeoSonix amplitude = 0)
STANDBY (position 1)
POWER (position 2)
OFF (position 0)
POWER (position 3)
AdvanTec
(V3.12 and above)
OFF (position 0)
HYDROSONICS
(V3.01 and below)
IRR / ASP / NeoSoniX (position 3;

NeoSoniX threshold = 0, U/S power = 0)
PULSED U/S (position 2)
PULSED U/S /
PULSED INJECTION (position 3)
Figure 1-36 FOOTPEDAL TRAVEL BY MODE OF OPERATION

906-2000-501
1-41
Table 1-7
OPERATION BY MODE AND FOOTPEDAL POSITION FOR SOFTWARE VERSIONS 3.01 AND
BELOW
MODE
IRR: FOOTSWITCH
STANDBY
OPERATION AT FOOTPEDAL POSITION

1
2
IRRIGATION
REFLUX
FTSW
CONT IRR
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
YES
NO
IRR: FREE FLOW
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
NO
NO
IRR: CONTINUOUS
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
NO
NO
HYDRO PANEL
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
PULSED
ULTRASONICS
PULSED ULTRASONICS/
PULSED INJECTION
PULSED
INJECTION
NO
HYDRO SURGEON
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
VARIABLE PULSED
ULTRASONICS
IRRIGATION/
VARIABLE PULSED
ULTRASONICS/
PULSED INJECTION
PULSED
INJECTION
NO
U/S PHACO PANEL OR

U/S PULSE PANEL
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION/
FIXED ULTRASONICS
YES
YES
U/S PHACO SURGEON OR

U/S PULSE SURGEON
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION/
VARIABLE ULTRASONICS
YES
YES
U/S BIMODAL
SRGASP
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
VARIABLE ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
FIXED ASPIRATION/
YES
YES
U/S BIMODAL
SRGVAC
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
FIXED ASPIRATION/
VARIABLE VACUUM LIMIT
IRRIGATION/
FIXED ASPIRATION/
FIXED VACUUM LIMIT
YES
YES
U/S BURST
PANEL
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION/
SINGLE BURST OF
ULTRASONICS
YES
YES
U/S BURST
SURGEON
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION/
VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
BURST ULTRASONICS
YES
YES
IA/MIN PANEL OR
l/A MAX PANEL
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
YES
YES
I/A MIN SRGASP

OR
I/A MAX SRGASP
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
VARIABLE ASPIRATION/
FIXED VACUUM LIMIT
IRRIGATION/
FIXED VACUUM LIMIT
YES
YES
I/A MIN SRGVAC

OR
I/A MAX SRGVAC
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
VARIABLE VACUUM LIMIT/
FIXED ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
VARIABLE VACUUM LIMIT/
FIXED ASPIRATION
YES
YES
I/A CAP VAC

(PANEL ONLY)
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
YES
YES
VIT ATIOP PANEL
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/CUTTING
IRRIGATION/CUTTING/
ASPIRATION
YES
YES
VIT ATIOP SRG/ASP
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/CUTTING
IRRIGATION/CUTTING/
FIXED VACUUM
YES
YES
VIT ATIOP SRG/VAC
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/CUTTING
IRRIGATION/CUTTING/
VARIABLE VACUUM/
FIXED ASPIRATION
YES
YES
VIT I/A CUTTER

PANEL
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION/CUTTING
YES
YES
VIT I/A CUTTER

SRGASP
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
FIXED VACUUM/CUTTING
YES
YES
VIT I/A CUTTER

SRGVAC
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION/
ASPIRATION
IRRIGATION/
VARIABLE VACUUM/
FIXED ASPIRATION/CUTTING
YES
YES
COAG PANEL
STANDBY
STANDBY
COAGULATION
COAGULATION
N/A
NO
COAG SURGEON
STANDBY
STANDBY
VARIABLE COAGULATION
VARIABLE COAGULATION
N/A
NO
TEST
N/A
N/A
COAGULATION
(EXCEPT WHEN TUNING)
COAGULATION
(EXCEPT WHEN TUNING)
N/A
NO
CUSTOM PROGRAM
STANDBY
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION
N/A
YES
Venting occurs when the footpedal transitions from position 2 to position 1.
1-42
906-2000-501
Table 1-8
MODE
AdvanTec
OPERATION BY MODE AND FOOTPEDAL POSITION FOR SOFTWARE VERSIONS 3.12 AND
ABOVE
FLOW
OPERATION AT FOOTPEDAL POSITION

2
3
Panel
Linear
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp

I/A/ Short Pulsed Fixed U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Irr/ Fixed Asp
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Surgeon
Linear
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp

Yes
I/A/ Short Pulsed Linear U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Irr/ Fixed Asp
Yes
Yes
Yes
Panel
Linear
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp

I/A/ Continuous Fixed U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Irr/ Fixed Asp
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Surgeon
Linear
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp

I/A/ Continuous Linear U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Irr/ Fixed Asp
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Panel
Linear
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp

I/A/ Pulsed Fixed U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Irr/ Fixed Asp
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Surgeon
Linear
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp

I/A/ Pulsed Linear U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Irr/ Fixed Asp
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Panel
Linear
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp

I/A/ Single U/S and/or NeoSonix* Burst
Irr/ Fixed Asp
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Surgeon
Linear
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp

I/A/ Fixed U/S and/or NeoSonix* Bursts
Irr/ Fixed Asp with Reducing Off-Time
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Phaco
Panel
Surgeon
Fixed
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Continuous Fixed U/S

Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Continuous Linear U/S
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Pulse
Panel
Surgeon
Fixed
Fixed
Irr
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Pulsed Fixed U/S

Irr/ Fixed Asp
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
BiModal
Panel
Surg Asp
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp
I/A/ Continuous Fixed U/S
Yes
Yes
Surg Vac
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp,

I/A/ Continuous Fixed U/S
Lin Vac
Yes
Yes
Surg Asp
Irr
Irr/ Lin Asp
I/A/ Continuous Linear U/S
Yes
Yes
Surg Vac
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp,

I/A/ Continuous Linear U/S
Lin Vac
Yes
Yes
Panel
Fixed
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Single U/S Burst
Yes
Yes
Surgeon
Fixed
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Fixed U/S Bursts with Reducing Off-Time
Yes
Yes
Panel
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Aspiration Rate
Yes
Yes
SurgAsp
Irr
Irr/ Linear Aspiration Rate
Yes
Yes
SurgVac
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Aspiration Rate / Linear Vacuum Limit
Yes
Yes
CapVac
Panel
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Aspiration Rate
Yes
Yes
ATIOP
Panel
Irr
Irr/ Cutting
Irr/ Cutting/ Fixed Asp/ Fix Vac
Yes
Yes
SurgAsp
Irr
Irr/ Cutting
Irr/ Cutting/ Lin Asp/ Fix Vac
Yes
Yes
SurgVac
Irr
Irr/ Cutting
Irr/ Cutting/ Fixed Asp/ Lin Vac
Yes
Yes
Panel
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp Irr/ Fix Asp/ Fixed Vac/ Cutting
Yes
Yes
SurgAsp
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp Irr/ Lin Asp/ Fixed Vac/ Cutting
Yes
Yes
SurgVac
Irr
Irr/ Fixed Asp Irr/ Fix Asp/ Lin Vac/ Cutting
Yes
Yes
Panel
--
Fixed Coagulation
No
No
Surgeon
--
Lin Coagulation
No
No
--
Coagulation
No
No
No
Yes
SUBMODE CONTROL
Visco
Phaco
Pulse
Burst
U/S
Surgeon
Burst
I/A
Vit
Min, Max
I/A Cutter
Coag
Test
Custom
906-2000-501
Irrigation
REFLUX CONT IRR
1-43
HANDPIECE AND TIP DESCRIPTIONS

Different handpieces and tips are required for each mode
and function. Following is a general description of the
various handpieces and tips required to perform I/A and
Phaco procedures.
Ultraflow* SP (single-piece):
The Ultraflow* SP consists of a single-piece handpiece
and I/A tip with a built-in metal infusion sleeve. Various
tip configurations are available.
O RINGS
Straight Tip
Irrigation Handpiece and Tips

Curved Tip
The Irrigation handpiece supplies irrigation only and is

usually the first handpiece used by the surgeon after the
incision is made. The handpiece and tip deliver irrigating
solution into the anterior chamber to maintain chamber
pressure. The handpiece (see Figure 1-25) has a hollow
handle, one end of which is connected to the irrigation
tubing. The other end, depending upon its intended use, is
connected to one of the following tips:
45 Tip
90 Tip
120 Tip
Irrigating Cystotome - used to perform the anterior

capsulotomy.
Kratz Irrigating Scraping Tip - a roughened irrigation
tip used to polish the posterior capsule.
Figure 1-38 ULTRAFLOW* HANDPIECE AND .3mm

TIPS (handpiece shown with straight
tip)
Cyclodialysis Cannula - used to prolapse a soft lens

nucleus into the anterior chamber.
O RING EXTRACTOR
LARGE O RINGS
SMALL O RINGS
Figure 1-37 IRRIGATION HANDPIECE AND TIPS

Figure 1-39 ULTRAFLOW* O-RING TOOL
Ultraflow* I/A Handpieces and Tips

The Ultraflow* handpiece is used in I/A mode to
remove cortical material via aspiration while maintaining
chamber pressure by irrigation. Two styles of
Ultraflow* I/A handpieces are available:
Ultraflow* IT (interchangeable tips):
The Ultraflow* IT consists of a handpiece body and
five interchangeable tips. These tips do not require an
adapter or infusion sleeve as they contain a built-in metal
infusion sleeve. If silicone infusion sleeves are preferred,
an Ultraflow* IT handpiece body and STTL threaded
tip adapter can be used with reusable I/A tips.
1-44
Figure 1-40 ULTRAFLOW* SP HANDPIECE

(handpiece shown with .3 mm 45 tip)
906-2000-501
Reusable I/A Tips
Ultrasonic Handpiece in U/S BiModal Mode
The I/A tips below can be used with reusable I/A

handpieces and threaded tip adapters (Note the band
markings on the tips that identify tip aperture):
The Ultrasonic BiModal mode allows the operator to

control both U/S power and aspiration in Surgeon
Aspiration Control, or both U/S power and vacuum limit
in Surgeon Vacuum Control. Only TurboSonics U/S
tips are to be used in this mode.
Ultraflow* I/A handpiece with threaded tip adapter

attached onto handpiece.
Ultraflow* S/P I/A threaded handpiece.
0.2 mm Irrigation/Aspiration Tip
WARNING!
I/A tips are not to be used in any STTL U/S mode.
Ultrasonic Handpieces
The Ultrasonic handpieces integrate irrigation, aspiration
and ultrasonics. The three functions of the U/S mode
enable the surgeon to simultaneously maintain or inflate
the anterior chamber, emulsify the cataractous lens, and
aspirate the lens material from the eye.
375-40 Ultrasonic Handpiece
LARGE O-RING
SMALL O-RING
This handpiece is colored silver and is used for ultrasonic

applications on the STTL with the standard Series
20000* TurboSonics tips or the TurboSonics
MicroTip series tips.
Figure 1-41 REUSABLE I/A TIPS AND THREADED
TIP ADAPTOR
WARNING!
Exceeding the recommended level of 100 mmHg
with a 0.5 mm or 0.7 mm I/A tip may cause
anterior chamber shallowing and/or
incarceration or tearing of the posterior capsule.
Mackool** 375-40 Ultrasonic Handpiece

This handpiece is colored gold and is used for ultrasonic
applications on the STTL with the Series 20000*
TurboSonics Mackool** tips.
The U/S handpieces require no disassembly other than
the removal of the disposable tubing, the ultrasonic tip,
and the infusion sleeve with bubble suppression insert.
INFUSION SLEEVE
BUBBLE SUPPRESSION INSERT
NOT LESS THAN

1.0mm (.039 in.)
PORTHOLE
SLEEVE
Figure 1-42 ULTRASONIC HANDPIECE (375-40)

WITH INFUSION SLEEVE AND BUBBLE
SUPPRESSION INSERT
906-2000-501
1-45
WARNINGS!
WARNING!
Do not operate ultrasonic, ATIOP,

HydroSonics* , or NeoSonix* handpieces
unless the tip is immersed in BSS sterile
irrigating solution or distilled water or is in
surgical use. Irreparable damage will result
immediately if run dry. Do not test the
handpiece unless the tip is immersed in sterile,
distilled water or unless there is a test chamber
attached and filled with irrigating solution.
The HydroSonics* tip is extremely delicate;

use care when handling.
Use of the ultrasonic, NeoSonix* or

HydroSonics* handpiece in the absence of
irrigation flow and/or in the presence of
reduced or lost aspiration flow can cause
excessive heating and potential damage to
the cornea and other tissues.
Ensure that test chamber is filled with BSS
sterile irrigating solution before tuning
handpiece. Tuning handpiece dry will result
in premature tip failure and breakage.
Use of an ultrasonic handpiece other than the
375-40, the Mackool** 375-40, or the
NeoSonix* is not permitted, and may result
in patient injury, including potential shock
hazard to patient and/or operator.
The U/S tips supplied in the Series 20000*
Turbosonics PEA pak are only to be used on
the 375-40 U/S or NeoSonix* handpiece.
The U/S tips supplied in the Series 20000*
Mackool** Turbosonics PEA pak are only to be
used on the Mackool** 375-40 ultrasonic
handpiece. They cannot be used with a
NeoSonix* handpiece.
AUTO INJECTOR
HANDPIECE
CAP
CONNECTOR
Figure 1-43 HYDROSONICS* HANDPIECE
NeoSonix* Handpiece
NeoSonix* handpieces serve the same purpose as the
U/S handpieces and integrate all functions of ultrasonic
handpieces and in addition provide mechanical
oscillations. This handpiece is colored silver and is used
for ultrasonic applications on the STTL with the 1.1 mm
Series 20000* TurboSonics tips or the TurboSonics
0.9 mm MicroTip series tips, including Flared and/or
ABS tips. The NeoSonix* handpieces require no
disassembly other than the removal of the disposable
tubing, the ultrasonic tip, and the infusion sleeve with
bubble suppression insert .
The HydroSonics* handpiece combines ultrasonic tip

advancement with automatic injection of BSS sterile
irrigating solution for hydrodissection and softening of
cataractous lens before emulsification. The handpiece
accommodates a specially designed 29-gauge
HydroSonics* tip and includes a luer connector for
attachment of the autoinjector. The 29-gauge ultrasonic tip,
a specially designed single-purpose tip wrench, a test
chamber, and a six-foot length of tubing with luer-fitted
syringe are supplied in the HydroSonics* Accessory Pak.
1-46
HydroSonics* Handpiece and Tip

(V3.01 and below)
s
ltra
ou
illations
sc
nd
Figure 1-44 NeoSonix* HANDPIECE
906-2000-501
ATIOP Handpiece
Coagulation Handpieces
The ATIOP handpiece (Advanced Technology Irrigating

Ocutome* Probe) is a sterile, disposable, vitreous
cutter intended for single use only. The probe is designed
with a pre-attached irrigation sleeve to allow irrigation,
aspiration, and cutting. The variable port opening on the
probe is close to the tip allowing it to cut a variety of
different tissues as well as cut closer to the tissue. The
handpiece is completely preassembled and requires no
lubrication or cleaning prior to surgery.
Reusable Bipolar Coagulation Forceps are lightweight

and ergonomically designed to reduce hand fatigue as
well as to provide precise control and safety. The forceps
are available in high-conductive non-stick alloy, titanium,
or disposable configurations. They are also available with
a wide variety of tip styles.
Port Opening Adjustments:

The port size can be varied by rotating the adjustment
barrel while holding the white probe body stationary.
Figure 1-46 4 INCH NADLER COAPTATION, 0.4 mm

TIP
The port is closed when the screw is completely

tightened clockwise.
Disposable Bipolar Coagulation Brushes are available in

The port is opened to its maximum size of 1.00 mm by a wide variety of configurations: straight, curved,
20-gauge, 23-gauge, tapered and widestroke. All
turning the adjustment screw counter-clockwise.
disposable bipolar accessories are available both with
The probes port size is adjustable between 0.00 mm
and without cords. Also available are reusable and
and 1.00 mm.
disposable bipolar cords.
CAUTION
The port always remains in an open position in
footpedal position 0 or 1.
Figure 1-47 DISPOSABLE BIPOLAR BRUSH
WHITE LUER
(IRRIGATION)
CLEAR LUER
(TO MACHINE)
Coagulation Cords are available in disposable and

reusable configurations.
OCUTOME
PORT
ADJUSTMENT
BARREL
BLUE LUER
(ASPIRATION)
Figure 1-45 ATIOP HANDPIECE
Figure 1-48 COAGULATION CORD
906-2000-501
1-47
Steerable I/A Handpiece
Steerable I/A Tip
Irrigation, aspiration, and pneumatic actuation tubing are

connected to the Steerable I/A handpiece. The Steerable
I/A handpiece is designed to steer the Steerable I/A tip
from a straight position to a fully bent position. The
steering mechanism is controlled by the vertical switches
on the Legacy footswitch, and actuated through tubing
connected to the Steerable I/A handpiece.
The Steerable I/A handpiece is reusable and can be
autoclaved per the instructions in the sterilization section
of this manual.
The Legacy Steerable I/A tip is intended for a

maximum of 10 reuses, and can be deflected continually
from a straight position to a fully bent position. A 0.3
mm aspiration hole is located approximately 60 degrees
from the axis of the tip. The Legacy Steerable I/A tip is
packaged non-sterile in a tip holder. Follow the
sterilization procedure in the Operator's Manual for
sterilization of the tip prior to using the first time and
prior to each use. In between each case the cleaning
procedure must be followed, and the tip should be stored
in the Steerable I/A tip holder.
WARNING!
WARNING!
Use only blue or purple TurboSonics infusion

sleeves with the Steerable I/A handpiece and
tip.
Extreme care must be used when handling the

steerable I/A tip as the tip is fragile. Do not
actuate the tip manually. Actuate only while on
the handpiece as a system.
The steerable tip is designed to be used only
with the steerable handpiece. It will not operate
with other I/A handpieces.
Figure 1-49 STEERABLE I/A HANDPIECE
Handle tip by hub (shown)
Tip
Holder
Figure 1-50 STEERABLE I/A TIP
1-48
906-2000-501
CONSUMABLE PAK CONFIGURATIONS

Consumable items used with the STTL during surgery
are designed to be used once and then discarded unless
labeled otherwise. The family of STTL paks are referred
to as Series 20000* TurboSonics and consist of
various combinations of cassettes, Ultrasonic (U/S) tips,
infusion sleeves and other components. All STTL paks
contain Directions for Use (DFU). It is important to read
and understand them prior to use.
The U/S tips are hollow and made of medical grade
titanium alloy. They are attached to the 375/40 handpiece
and deliver ultrasound energy to the cataract assisting in
its removal and aspiration. Depending on the needs and
technique preferred by the surgeon, various styles of tips

and tip bevels are available. Various tip styles are color
coded. Refer to the pak DFU for details on color coding.
The infusion sleeves are attached to the handpiece and
provide irrigation to the anterior chamber during surgery.
The infusion sleeves must be matched to the specific U/S
tip type. Infusion sleeves used in the ultrasound portion
of the procedure contain a BSI (bubble suppression
insert).
A description of the U/S tips styles and cassettes is as
follows:
Standard Series U/S Tips
This is the original 1.1 mm tip.
MicroTip Series U/S Tips
The MicroTip series tips are designed to allow entry
through a smaller incision. They have an outside
diameter of 0.9 mm.
Standard Series U/S Tips
Mackool** Series U/S Tips

The Mackool** tips are designed to allow entry through
a tighter incision. They come with an inner polymer
sleeve designed to improve thermal performance of the
system.
Kelman* High Efficiency Tips
Epsilon* TurboSonics Tips
ABS Series U/S Tips

The ABS tips contain a small hole in the distal portion
of the tip's wall. This helps to maintain flow through the
system even during occlusion of the tip's main port.
Mackool** Series U/S Tips
polymer tubing
Mackool** Round
Mackool** Kelman*
bypass hole
Aspiration Bypass System (ABS )
ABS* Round
ABS* Kelman*
ABS* Flared
ABS* Regnier
Figure 1-51 HANDPIECE TIP STYLES
906-2000-501
1-49
Infusion Sleeves
Infusion sleeves provide a fluid path for infusion of
BSS or BSS Plus into the eye when used with the 375/
40 series U/S, NeoSonix*, or I/A handpieces
(Ultraflow* and Steerable I/A).
1.1 mm Infusion Sleeves
The 1.1 mm infusion sleeves are designed to work with
1.1 mm phacoemulsification tips, for example with 1.1
mm ABS and 1.1 mm Flared tips. The 1.1 mm infusion
sleeves are colored blue.
0.9 mm Infusion Sleeves
The 0.9 mm infusion sleeves are designed to work with
0.9 mm phacoemulsification tips, for example with 0.9
mm ABS and 0.9 mm Flared tips. The 0.9 mm infusion
sleeves are colored purple.
High Infusion Sleeves
High Infusion Sleeves have a larger shaft diameter than
traditional infusion sleeves. The larger shaft diameter of
the high infusion sleeves is compatible with the larger
incision (3.4 mm recommended), allowing for single
incision surgery for a wider variety of IOL implants.
Reduced resistance to the irrigation flow resulting from
this larger shaft diameter creates a more stable anterior
chamber. High Infusion Sleeves are available in semitransparent purple, to be used with 0.9 mm MicroTips,
and semi-transparent blue, to be used with 1.1 mm
standard tips.
Standard Series Cassette
This is the original Series 20000* cassette. The
aspiration line has a blue stripe. The standard cassette is
packaged with various U/S tips.
MaxVac Series Cassette
The MaxVac cassette is designed to allow use of higher
vacuum settings than those with the standard cassette.
The aspiration line has a red stripe. The MaxVac
cassette is packaged with various U/S tips. The Microtip
U/S tip and MaxVac cassette pak combination is
referred to as Microtip MVS*.
NOTE ON PACKAGE LABELING: Be sure to read
all package label material printed on the consumable
paks prior to their use.
1-50
WARNING!
Use 0.9 Microtip style tips with purple Microtip
style infusion sleeves. Use 1.1 mm Standard
Series tips with blue standard infusion sleeves.
Each configuration of consumable components
requires adjustment of machine settings.
Mismatch of consumable components and use
of settings not specially adjusted for a particular
combination of consumable components may
create a patient hazard.
Series 20000* I/A Family of Paks

When performing extracapsular extractions, one of the
Series 20000* I/A family of paks is used. This pak
does not include an ultrasonic tip. It contains:
Infusion Sleeve: This single piece fits over the I/A tip
and provides irrigation into the eye and protection to
surrounding tissues. I/A tips are separate catalog items
and are not included in this pak.
Standard Tip Wrench: A wrench is required to
securely fasten the I/A tip to the handpiece assembly,
and also to remove the tip when the procedure is
completed.
Test Chamber: The test chamber is a small
elastomeric cap that fits over the tip to facilitate a
functional check of the instrument prior to surgery.
Cassette: This single assembly consists of irrigation
(clear) and aspiration (striped) manifolds, and a
drainage bag (maximum capacity of 500 cc). Inserting
the cassette into the console establishes fluidics
system connections, allowing quick and easy surgical
setup.
Tray Support Cover: The tray support cover is a
sterile bag that slips around the tray support and
extender before the plastic instrument tray is clipped
down into place. It forms a pouch with the tray arm to
provide storage of tubing during surgery.
Directions for Use (DFU): Instructions for removal
and setup of pak contents.
Series 20000* TurboSonics PEA Family of Paks
When performing a phacoemulsification procedure, one
of the Series 20000* TurboSonics PEA family of
paks with ultrasonic tip is used. This pak contains all the
items listed in the I/A Pak above plus the following:
Ultrasonic Tip and Tip Wrench/Assembly: The
emulsifying tip attaches to the ultrasonic handpiece.
Securely tighten the tip with the all-in-one tip wrench/
assembly. Several tip designs are available (see Figure
1-38).
906-2000-501
Infusion Sleeve/BSI: This sleeve, with bubble

suppression insert, is provided for the TurboSonics
handpiece. It fits over the ultrasonic tip and provides
irrigation into the eye while protecting the
surrounding tissue.
Test Chamber: An additional test chamber is supplied
to test the U/S handpiece prior to surgery.
HydroSonics* Autoinjector Accessory Pak (V3.01
and below)
The Series 20000* HydroSonics* Autoinjector
Accessory Pak is for use with the HydroSonics*
handpiece to facilitate hydrodissection and softening of
the cataract prior to phacoemulsification. It contains:
HydroSonics* Tip: The 29-gauge HydroSonics*
tip attaches to the HydroSonics* handpiece. It
should be securely tightened with the tip wrench.
Tip Wrench: A wrench is required to securely fasten
the HydroSonics* tip to the handpiece assembly and
also to remove the tip when the procedure is over.
Insert tip into the rounded hole side of the tip wrench
for proper tightening.
WARNINGS!
Do not use paks that have exceeded the
expiration date.
Sterile disposable medical devices should not
be reused! (Accreditation Manual for Hospitals,
1982.) These components have been designed
for one time use only; do not reuse.
The equipment used in conjunction with the
Alcon Surgical Series 20000* disposables
constitutes a complete surgical system. Use of
disposables other than Alcon Surgical Series
20000* disposables may affect system
performance and create potential hazards, and
if it is determined to have contributed to the
malfunction of the equipment under contract,
could result in the voidance of the contract and/
or invoicing at prevailing hourly rates.
In all cases, the instrument setup instructions
contained in the Operator's Manual should be
thoroughly understood prior to using any of the
Series 20000* cassette pak configurations.
Six-foot Length of Tubing with Luer Fittings: One end

attaches to the injector body, the other end attaches to
the Vit port.
ERROR PROCESSING
Vented Test Chamber: Required to test

HydroSonics* handpiece prior to surgery.
The STTL system divides error processing into three

categories: Faults, Errors, and Advisories:
10 cc Syringe: This is a priming aid.

Remote Control Aseptic Transfer (CAT) Packaging
If the cordless remote control is to be used in a hand-held
fashion, the CAT is utilized:
Pouch: Used to hold the remote control and ensure
that sterile field is maintained.
Cardboard Sleeve: Used to guide the remote control
into the sterile pouch.
Faults are the most critical problems. When a fault

exists, a message and the fault code are displayed on
the screen (red background with a white stop sign).
The machine prohibits ultrasound, coagulation, and
fluidic operations until the fault is corrected.
Errors are messages generated by the system in order
to report a specific problem. When an error exists a
message and error code are displayed on the screen
(yellow background in text window), and they remain
in the window until the operator acknowledges the
condition by pressing the Continue key.
Advisories indicate that operator action may be
required. When an advisory exists a message is
displayed on the screen (green or blue background in
text window).
906-2000-501
1-51
QUICK SYSTEM SETUP AND

PROGRAMMING FOR V3.01 AND BELOW
9
10
Standard Priming Sequence

1 Ensure system is in IRR-FTSW mode.
2 Insert cassette.
3 Fluff out top part of draining bag.
4 Uncoil tubing.
5 Spike and hang BSS bottle.
6 Fill drip chamber 1/2 to 3/4 full.
7 Connect blue and white luer fittings together.
8 Press Test button two times (first time for test screen,
second time to begin priming). System will take
approximately 90 seconds to prime and test both
vacuum and venting.
9 Plug handpiece into system.
10 Screw the phaco tip and irrigation sleeve onto the
phaco handpiece.
11 Connect the blue and white luer fittings to the phaco
handpiece.
12 Fill the test chamber, then slide it over tip and sleeve
of handpiece.
13 Place handpiece on instrument tray.
14 Select U/S mode.
15 Press the Test button and then press the Tune icon on
the screen. The system will take approximately 25
seconds to tune the handpiece and then perform a
flow test to verify there is no obstruction in the phaco
handpieces irrigation and aspiration lines. If no
problems were encountered the system will display a
green primed and green tune message on top left of
display screen.
Alternate Priming Sequence

1 Ensure system is in IRR-FTSW mode.
2 Insert cassette.
3 Fluff out top part of draining bag.
4 Uncoil tubing.
5 Spike and hang BSS bottle.
6 Fill drip chamber 1/2 to 3/4 full.
7 Connect blue and white luer to the phaco handpiece.
8 Plug handpiece into system.
1-52
11
12
13
Screw the phaco tip and irrigation sleeve onto the

phaco handpiece.
Fill the test chamber, then slide it over tip and sleeve
of handpiece.
Place handpiece on instrument tray.
Select U/S mode.
Press the test button and then press the Prime icon on
the screen. The system will take approximately 2
minutes to prime the cassette, test vacuum and
venting, tune the phaco handpiece, and then perform
a flow test to verify there is no obstruction in the
phaco handpieces irrigation and aspiration lines. If no
problems were encountered the system will display a
green primed and green tune message on top left of
display screen.
STTL Memory Programming/Changes

Most problems related to memory loss can be resolved by
educating the operator about how to program the
memories, with an emphasis on making changes to an
existing memory. By advising the operator to follow the
steps below many complaints can be avoided.
1
2
Press the [Custom] icon.

Select the Doctors name whose settings need
changing.
3 Press the [Exit] icon.
4 Press the [Memory] icon and select the memory
number to be changed (this is where many operators
error).
5 To change the operating mode settings, select the
operating mode(s) then make the setting change(s).
6 Press the [Custom] icon.
7 To change the custom modes, select the custom
mode(s) then make the setting change(s).
8 After changing the settings, make certain that the
system is in the Custom:Program mode screen.
9 Press the memory number [Store Memory] for the
memory that was changed.
10 Verify that the doctor's name and memory number
whose settings were changed is displayed in the blue
box located in the upper right of the display.
11 Press the [Yes] icon to the question Confirm Store
Memory?
906-2000-501
SECTION TWO
THEORY OF OPERATION
The theory of operation includes a system overview and
PCB (Printed Circuit Board) level theory. The PCB
theory is accompanied by detailed block diagrams
located at the end of this chapter on foldout pages (11" x
17"). The figure number for these block diagrams is
referenced as a foldout (example: Figure FO-1).
In some cases, the theory goes into more detail than
shown on the block diagrams. When this occurs, refer to
the schematic diagrams located in Section Six.
Schematics supersede block diagrams in cases of an
inconsistency.
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The STTL uses a modular design where each major
function is divided into a separate subsystem which is
controlled by the Host System. These subsystems consist
of the following: Front Panel, Fluidics (includes
Anterior Pneumatics module), and Phaco. Assemblies
outside these subsystems include the Remote Control,

I/V Pole, Footswitch, and the Power Supply. Figure 2-1
illustrates the subsystem locations. Refer to System
Interconnect drawing 200-0002-801, located in Section
Six-Schematics, for subsystem/module
interconnections.
Figure 2-2 is an overall block diagram of the
STTL. The Host System is the system master and is
controlled by real-time, event driven, preemptive, and
finite state system software which is resident in program
memory located on the CPU PCB. Inter-module
connections are made through the System Backplane
PCB which also distributes all Power Supply voltages to
the system. The Multifunction PCB acts as the interface
between the subsystems and the Host. The Video PCB
provides display data direct to the Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD).
The Fluidics, Phaco, and Front Panel
subsystems contain their own
microcontrollers (80C196) and
system software that acquire
real-time data critcal to
system operation. Each
subsystem is a slave to
the Host and
communicates to the
CPU via the Universal
Asynchronous Receiver/
Transmitter (UART)
located on the
Multifunction PCB.
EL
AN
P
T
ON EM
FR SYST
B
SU
FLU
I
SUB DICS
SYS TEM
PH
A
SU CO
BSY
STE
M
ANT
E
PNE RIOR
UMA
TIC
ST
HO TEM
S
SY
PO
W
SU ER
PP
LY
906-2000-501
DU
LE
I/V P
O
PCB LE
&
MOT
OR
O
FR
Figure 2-1
MO
IE
V
T
RE
AR
VIE
W
Subsystem Locations
2-1
FRONT PANEL SUBSYSTEM
1 When LCD PN 088-031 is used, the Inverter is located on the Front Panel Control PCB.
2 When LCD PN 200-1836-001 or 200-1721-001 is used, the Inverter is located on a separate PCB.
HOST SYSTEM
INVERTER PCB
(SYSTEM BACKPLANE)
FLOPPY
DRIVE
PWR
VIDEO
PCB
CPU
PCB
FRONT PANEL
CONTROL
PCB
COLOR
LCD
VIDEO PIXEL DATA
LED
LAYER
TOUCH SCREEN
AND
SWITCHES
INVERTER
BACKLIGHTS
REMOTE
80C196
STANDBY
SWITCH
FLUIDICS SUBSYSTEM
MULTIFUNCTION
PCB
(FLUIDICS BACKPLANE)
UART
PWR
+5 V
+12 V
+13.75 V
+15 V
-15 V
+24 V
+85 V
PLUNGER SWITCHES
SOLENOIDS
FLUIDICS
CONTROL
PCB
TX/RX
POWER
SUPPLY
DISPLAY
PCB
ASP
MTR
CASS. SWITCHES
80C196
TX/RX
XDCR
PCB
PHACO SUBSYSTEM
FAN
ANTERIOR
PNEUMATIC ASSY
HANDPIECE
CONNECTOR
PANEL
VIT
(PHACO BACKPLANE)
TX/RX
FOOTSWITCH
+85 V
SWITCHES:
SIDE,
TILT-SAFE,
FSUP/SPRING
FAIL
PWR
U/S 1
PHACO
CONTROL
PCB
U/S DRIVER PCB
U/S 2
U/S 3
(older systems)
80C196
COAG
CAUTERY PCB
COAG
OPTICAL
ENCODER
DETENT
MOTOR
FAN
STR I/A
I/V
POLE
PCB
OPT
SWTCH
PWR
TX/RX
STEERABLE I/A
CONTROL PCB
(Optional Feature)
MTR
Figure 2-2
2-2
System Block Diagram (non-AdvanTec system shown)
906-2000-501
POWER SUPPLY
The Power Supply used in the STTL is a vendor
supplied product. Refer to Table 1-1 for technical
specifications and operating parameters.
COMMON INTERFACE SIGNALS

Figure 2-3 shows the common interface signals between
the master CPU and the subsystems. Power is distributed
from the Power Supply through the System Backplane to
the various subsystems with +85 V unique to the Phaco
Subsystem. RXD and TXD are the serial communication
lines from the Host to the subsystems. PEDALUP,
TEST*, RESET*, and DISABLE are hard system
control signals which override normal subsystem
operation as follows:
up position, contact is made with a switch in the

footswitch resulting in the PEDALUP signal being sent
to all subsystems. When the subsystems receive this
signal the various devices controlled by a particular
subsystem (i.e. handpieces, peristaltic pump stepper
motor) are disabled.
TEST* - This signal overrides the PEDALUP signal and
is used in the TEST functions to prime, tune, and purge
the system.
RESET* - Forces the subsystem control processors into
reset.
DISABLE - Disables the patient contact devices
controlled by a subsystem.
These signals and how they control each subsystem are
discussed in further detail in each subsystem theory of
operation.
PEDALUP - This is a surgeon controlled safety

interlock feature that enables the surgeon to hardware
disable all crucial patient contact functions when
activated. When the STTL footswitch pedal is in the
HOST SYSTEM
FRONT PANEL,
FLUIDICS, PHACO,
or STEERABLE I/A
SUBSYSTEM
SYSTEM BACKPLANE PCB
BACKPLANE PCB
CPU
PCB
MULTIFUNCTION
PCB
UART
+85 V
(PHACO ONLY)
+24 V
-15 V
+15 V
+13.75 V
+12 V
+5 V
RXD
TXD
PEDALUP
TEST*
RESET*
DISABLE
CONTROL
PCB
80C196
Figure 2-3. CPU-Subsystem Interface
906-2000-501
2-3
SUBSYSTEM KERNEL DESIGN

The purpose of the STTL Subsystem Kernel design is to
allow common hardware and one common bootstrap
loader program for all subsystems. The term "kernel"
refers to the specific components common to each
subsystem controller PCB. Figure 2-4 illustrates the
subsystem kernel design used by the Fluidics, Phaco,
and Front Panel subsystems. It consists of five main
components as follows: 1) Intel 80C196 Control
Processor, 2) Revision and Type Detect circuit, 3)
PSD301, 4) 32K x 8 Flash EEPROM, and 5) 8K x 8
Static RAM.
80C196 CONTROL PROCESSOR
The 80C196 controls each subsystem and
communications with the Host System.
REVISION/TYPE DETECT CIRCUIT
This circuit uses a resistor divider network to set a
voltage level associated with the particular revision of all
PCBs contained within the subsystem. The voltage is
detected by the 80C196 which reports subsystem type
and revision level to the Host. The circuit consists of an
8-to-1 analog multiplexer, an Op Amp buffer, and
protection diode.
PSD301 PROGRAMMABLE SYSTEM DEVICE
The PSD301 Programmable System Device contains
32K x 8 of EPROM which stores the bootstrap loader
program. The bootstrap loader space is 8K bytes in size
and located from 2000H to 3FFFH in the subsystem
memory map.
Although each subsystem bootstrap loader program is

identical, each subsystem requires its own PSD301
programmed for that subsystems specific I/O
requirements.
FLASH EEPROM
The Flash EEPROM holds the downloaded operational
code used by the subsystem during operation. The 12 V
program/erase voltage to the EEPROM is controlled by
the LP2951. The LP2951 is a switch controlled by the
80C196 to safely select the EEPROM for program/erase,
regulate the program/erase voltage, and supply feedback
to the processor if there is a program/erase voltage error.
STATIC RAM
All subsystems require a varying amount of static RAM
in order to operate. The subsystem kernel provides 8K
bytes of static RAM with an available expansion space
of 8K bytes for a total of 16K bytes. The bootstrap
loader program maintains and verifies 8K bytes of static
RAM before indicating to the Host that the subsystem is
ready for download.
BOOTSTRAP LOADER PROGRAM
The bootstrap loader program verifies software integrity
of all installed operational programs within the
subsystem, reports software and PCB revision levels to
the master CPU, and handles downloading of subsystem
operational software to the Flash EEPROM.
FLUIDICS, FRONT PANEL, OR PHACO CONTROLLER PCB

ADDRESS BUS (0-15)
E000H - FFFFH
80C196
CONTROL
PROCESSOR
READY
PROGRAMMABLE
SYSTEM
DEVICE
PSD301
DATA BUS (0-7)
4000H - BFFFH
32K x 8
FLASH
EEPROM
8K x 8
STATIC RAM
12 V
CONTROL
PROGRAM/ERASE
PCB REVISION
AND
TYPE DETECT
CIRCUIT
Figure 2-4
2-4
STATUS
STATUS
LP2951
SWITCH
P1 (0-2)
Subsystem Kernal Block Diagram

906-2000-501
with each other via the ISA (Industry Standard

Architecture) bus. The Host System controls the three
subsystems (Front Panel, Fluidics, and Phaco) and has
the capability of controlling up to eight subsystems. It
operates similarly to any personal computer with the
Video and Multifunction PCBs handling the special
input/output (I/O) requirements of the system.
HOST SYSTEM
The Host System is the control center of the STTL and
consists of the CPU PCB, Multifunction PCB, and the
Video PCB (see Figure 2-5). These PCBs are connected
directly to the System Backplane PCB and communicate
SYSTEM BACKPLANE
FRONT
PANEL
SUBSYSTEM
ISA BUS
CPU
PCB*
128K
SRAM
FLUIDICS
SUBSYSTEM
VIDEO
PCB
UART
PHACO
SUBSYSTEM
FLAT
PANEL
CNTLR
MULTIFUNCTION
PCB
4MB
FLASH
EPROM
FLOPPY
DRIVE
SPKR
IV
POLE
ASSY
FTSW
POWER
SUPPLY
STAND-BY
SWITCH
* The AdvanTec CPU (software V3.12 and higher) does not have a SRAM or Flash EPROM, it uses one 8 MB Compact Flash card.
Figure 2-5
906-2000-501
Host Subsystem
2-5
CPU PCB
MULTIFUNCTION PCB
The CPU PCB is built around a microprocessor

operating on a DOS platform. The floppy drive is
connected directly to the CPU PCB and is used to
upgrade system software. System software is
downloaded to 1 MB of Flash EPROM which acts as a
system hard drive. This EPROM is electrically
erasable which enables the system to install software
upgrades via the floppy drive instead of replacing the
EPROMs. The CPU PCB also contains 128K of
battery-backed SRAM to store position saved set-ups
(doctors settings).
The Multifunction PCB is an IBM-AT compatible

plug-in board that provides the interface between the
CPU PCB and the various subsystems. All intelligence
on the Multifunction PCB is controlled by the CPU PCB
via the ISA bus. In a DOS environment there is a block
of addresses reserved for certain I/O (Input/Output)
operations. The Multifunction PCB is inserted in this
address space. These operations are accessed by system
I/O READ (IOR*) and I/O WRITE (IOW*) cycles.
Figure FO-1 located at the end of this section is a block
diagram of the Multifunction PCB.
NOTE: The AdvanTec CPU (software V3.12 and

higher) does not have a SRAM or Flash EPROM, it
uses one 8 MB Compact Flash card.
PAGED ADDRESSING
The Multifunction PCB uses a paged address scheme
and pages two distinct groups of devices, those that are
paged externally and those that are paged internally or
have an external address bus of five or more bits.
Upon power-up, the CPU performs the Power On

Self-Test (POST) common to all DOS based systems.
After the CPU successfully performs the initial boot
cycle, the system software is executed and the system
will boot-up in the default mode (IRR:Footswitch
mode). If an error occurs during the initial boot cycle, a
POST error code will be displayed on the Multifunction
PCB (discussed further in the Multifunction PCB
theory).
The externally paged devices are accessed by writing to

the base address of the PCB which is a latch. The latch
receives buffered data (BD0-7) from the ISA bus via a
bus transceiver. Latched data (LD0-7) is decoded and
gated with IOR* & IOW* on two decoders for chip
selects of all paged devices. The value written may be
read back for verification by performing a read at the
same base address. The latch does this by transferring
direction of the LD0-7 bus back out onto the BD0-7 bus.
The IOR* cycle reverses the direction of the buffer,
thereby placing the data on the ISA bus.
The internally paged devices are those that have address
buses of more than 4 bits. The address lines of these
devices are driven by LD0-7. An example is the octal
UART which has an address bus of six bits that
addresses its internal registers. After latching the
address bus, a read or write to that register is
accomplished.
POWER ON SELF-TEST (POST)
It is common to all DOS based computers to perform
tests during the boot cycle. Should a test fail, a failure
code is displayed by the POST Code Display LEDs. If
the failure is catastrophic, then the system will halt.
After the boot cycle is complete, system software can
clear the displays, or write system diagnostic codes to
them.
2-6
906-2000-501
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE

A Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
(UART ) is a device which converts parallel information
to an asynchronous serial format, and serial information
to a parallel format. The Octal UART has four groups of
two UARTs which control serial communications to the
various subsystems (8 maximum). The outputs (TX) are
TTL level transmit/receive and are converted to
differential RS422 by Line Drivers. Incoming RS422
signals (RX) are converted to TTL level by Line
Receivers. The RS422 lines are terminated by a resistor
between + and -, and each is pulled up and down
respectively to prevent oscillations when there is no
connection to those channels. Channels seven and eight
may be switched away from the internal system and
directed to two optically isolated RS232 ports.
Each group of UARTs has a fully programmable
interrupt designated to it. All four interrupts (INT0-4)
are wire-ORed together to drive the systems IRQ10 line
(interrupt request). Signal IRQINH enters logic circuitry
that makes IRQ10 an edge trigger for multiple interrupts.
As the interrupts are processed, the IRQINH line is
toggled. If an interrupt occurs while the current one is
processing, the rising edge of IRQ10 is regenerated
indicating there are more interrupts pending.
Support circuitry for the UART includes a 4-bit counter
used as a divider for the system bus oscillator. The
division of 14.31818 MHz by four yields a 3.58 MHz
clock for driving the UART. This frequency results in
easily programmable baud rates for the device.
WATCHDOG TIMER
The watchdog timer is a Dallas DS1286 real-time clock/
calendar with an internal 10 year lithium cell. It
provides timekeeping functions for the system, and a
shutdown safety interrupt should the CPU lock-up.
SYSTEM CONTROL
The system control register is responsible for a number
of features including remotely disabling the power
supply. This is accomplished by RSHDN (remote
shutdown bit) closing the remote shutdown relay which
is in series with the remote standby switch (front panel
switch) creating a logical OR condition. If either is open,
the supply is ON. Both have to close however to turn the
supply to standby. When power comes up for the first
time, the relay is held in the closed state, meaning that
the switch must be open. When the system software
906-2000-501
comes up, then the relay may be opened, keeping the

supply enabled. If the remote switch is sensed, then
software can execute a power-down sequence prior to
closing the relay and sending the supply into shutdown.
SYSTEM STATUS
System Status Registers report the status of various
system devices and control signals to the Host.
VOICE CONTROL
Voice Control and Voice Status registers control and
report on the Speech Synthesizer and Voice Memories.
The Voice Memories are Flash EPROMs which enables
the system to download different languages (when
available).
The Speech Synthesizer contains up to 111 voice packets
of information, addressed by BD0-6. When a request for
a particular voice response is received, the Speech
Synthesizer accesses the appropriate response from the
Voice Memories and creates an analog VOICE signal.
The VOICE signal is then sent to a preamp, then out to
the speaker. The voice status register is monitored by the
CPU for completion of the packet.
VOLUME
Volume control is accomplished by a 2 channel, 8-bit
multiplying DAC. It controls external volume and voice
volume by way of attenuation. The control input to the
DAC is from the BD0-7 bus where 0xff is full scale
Vout = Vref (Vref= audio input) and 0x00 is full
attenuation of the input audio signal. The outputs are
buffered and then input into the inverting summer that
combines all audio signals into a single channel for
amplification by the audio amplifier. Full scale inputs to
the DAC are in the area of 400mV RMS.
TONE
The various tones created by the system are supplied by
a Yamaha FM Music Synthesizer. The Synthesizer
receives a request for a particular tone and sends the
requested signal to a DAC. The DAC is a Serial D-A
Converter designed to handshake with the Synthesizer.
The buffered output of the DAC is modulated on 1/2
VCC or approximately 2.5 V. The AC component is
low-pass filtered at 21KHz, buffered and then
capacitively coupled to the inverting summer of the
preamp section. Volume for tone is controlled by
internal volume registers for each of its 9 channels.
2-7
RESET REGISTER
The Reset Register is an eight bit register programmable
for each subsystem channel. It powers up in the
tri-stated mode with all of its outputs tied to digital
ground by 1K resistors. This holds all subsystems in
RESET until the register is programmed and enabled by
the UNLOCK command.
DISABLE REGISTER
The Disable Register is an eight bit register with its
outputs pulled hi by 1K resistors so that during
power-on, all RESET lines are logic hi. The UNLOCK
command enables the Disable Registers outputs after the
device is programmed.
UNLOCK is a vital system function that controls the
status of the entire system during power-on. It also
prevents watchdog interrupts from occurring
prematurely. UNLOCK is essentially a flip-flop that
gets reset by the ISA bus RESET signal. This signal is
initiated by the CPU as power is applied to the system.
The LOCK output of the flip-flop controls the enable of
many programmable registers and holds some
peripherals, including all subsystems, in RESET.
REVISION CONTROL
Revision control is accomplished by 12-bit Analog-toDigital reads of voltage dividers created with a revision
resistor pulled up by a 10K resistor to VREF. Each
divider is fed through one channel of a multiplexer
(MUX) whose output is sent to a 12-bit Analog-toDigital Converter (ADC).
NOTE: S2* is the IV Pole revision resistor signal
(IV_REV) from the IV Pole PCB.
FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE
Figure FO-2 shows the interface between the
STTL footswitch and the system.
As shown on the block diagram, the footswitch interface
is located on the Multifunction PCB.
Footswitch control voltages are provided by 8-bit
digital-to-analog converter with an internal 2.56
reference voltage. The output of the DAC controls two
different things. If a programmable detent footswitch
(Series 20000* or Accurus footswitch) is present, it
is the detent control voltage. If a standard Line Master
or ATFS type footswitch is present, it becomes the
Pedal-UP setpoint voltage. The sequence for
determining the function of the DAC is to first read the
footswitch revision resistor. After determining what
footswitch and revision is plugged into the system, a
footswitch status bit needs to be set that selects Series
20000*/Accurus or ATFS/LineMaster type
footswitches.
LINEMASTER OR ATFS FOOTSWITCH
INTERFACE
If an ATFS is present, the DAC performs the PEDALUP
signal indirectly. A setpoint is programmed to the
non-inverting input of a comparitor. The footswitch
voltage is fed into the inverting input of the comparitor
and so long as it is the greater voltage, the comparitor
drives its output to AGND (analog ground). Once the
footswitch voltage becomes less than the setpoint, the
comparitor releases its output which is pulled up to
+5VA and the diode portion of the Optical Isolator turns
on. The output transistor of the opto-isolator also turns
on effectively bringing ATFSUP* to a logic low. The
final result is PEDALUP being broadcast to all
subsystems.
The footswitch voltage is also input to an Analog-toDigital Converter. The digital equivalent of this voltage
is then read and decoded by the system to determine
footswitch position.
2-8
906-2000-501
STTL/ACCURUS FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE

If a STTL footswitch is present, the DAC voltage
programs the motor current of the detent motor on the
footswitch. The motor used in the Series 20000*
footswitch has a winding of 110, and +24 V applied to
one terminal. The other terminal is connected to a
transistor on the Multifunction PCB which controls the
amount of current (proportional to torque) on the motor.
This is accomplished by turning on the transistor and
controlling the voltage on the emitter resistor RP1
thereby controlling the collector current.
Footswitch position is determined by counting the digital
pulses created by the optical encoder on the footswitch.
The optical encoder outputs, FS_CHA & FS_CHB, are
decoded and counted by a Decoder/Counter then sent to
the CPU to determine the appropriate response.
SERIES 20000* FOOTSWITCH
The Series 20000* footswitch consists of 4 basic
functional elements; position encoder, position feedback,
functional switches, and revision control. The
combination of these elements ensure system control and
provide for IEC/TUV approval, including waterproof
criteria based therein.
Positional Encoder
The treadle is the control surface of the footswitch. It is
attached to a quadrature optical encoder through a 5:1
transmission. The optical encoder requires +5V power
and ground, and transmits two digital pulse trains
(FS_CHA & FS_CHB). The digital signals are 90
degrees out of phase to represent rotation and direction,
depending upon the phase relationship. The encoder
signals are decoded/counted on the Multifunction PCB
as discussed in the Footswitch Interface. By design, the
footswitch generates 550 counts in the decoder/counter
chip with full depression of the treadle.
906-2000-501
Positional Feedback
Tactile feedback is available to the user by means of a
detent generating motor (+24V, SOL-). A DC motor is
attached to the end of the treadle shaft opposite the
encoder through a 99:1 transmission. The transmission
amplifies the small amount of torque generated by the
motor into something noticeable at the end of the treadle.
System software will program the motor torque relative
to the footswitch position using the programmable
current source (SOL-) on the Multifunction PCB.
Functional Switches
The functional switches include right and left vertical
and horizontal, treadle up, spring fail, and tilt-safe
switches (LV, RV, LH, RH, FS_UP, L_HEEL,
R_HEEL). The treadle up switch is electronic using a
transistor in open-collector and saturated states to
perform the switching. A properly initialized system will
reset the footswitch decoder/counter when a treadle up
condition is sensed. All other switches, except for spring
fail and tilt-safe, are input to the footswitch status
register on the Multifunction PCB. The spring fail
switch opens the return path for treadle up sensing in the
event of a spring failure. The result is a footswitch
always being sensed in the UP position. The tilt-safe
switch disrupts the switch return path to the footswitch,
resulting in a no footswitch present condition in the
system.
Revision Control
A resistor to ground in the footswitch provides half of a
resistor divider whose resulting voltage is sent to a
precision ADC on the Multifunction PCB for revision
detection by the system software.
2-9
IV POLE PCB
The IV Pole PCB is located on the IV Pole Assembly
and provides system control of IV Pole movement. Refer
to FO-3 for a block diagram of the IV Pole PCB and its
interface with the Multifunction PCB. The following
signal descriptions detail how the IV Pole is controlled
and monitored by the system, and the associated
circuitry used to support these functions.
ENABLE (EN*)
A low level signal from Multifunction PCB enables
motor operation.
DIRECTION (UP*/DN)
A low level signal from Multifunction PCB indicates
upward pole travel. A high level signal indicates
downward pole travel.
BRAKE RELEASE (BRKREL*)
A low level signal from Multifunction PCB disengages
the IV pole brake solenoid. To start motion of the IV
pole, the system first disengages the brake then waits
approximately 10 ms before providing the enable signal.
This is done to ensure that the motor never drives into a
braked IV pole.
The mechanical brake, normally in the on position, is
used to prevent pole motion under load and while power
to system is off. A FET driver drives the solenoid brake
release.
As an additional braking mechanism, the brake release
signal is connected to the BRK line on the Motor
Controller. Upon activation of this signal, the N-channel
FETs are all turned on. This effectively shorts the stator
windings of the motor and provides a means of dynamic
braking. It also ensures that in the event of a single fault
failure of the motor enable logic, the motor will not be
activated.
SENSOR OUTPUT (S1*)

This signal provides feedback to the system for absolute
(home) positioning. The opto channel outputs explained
above only provide a measurement of displacement
relative to a predefined Home position. Subsequent to
any system reset, the absolute position of the IV pole is
lost and the CPU must synchronize its displacement
counter to a known position. S1 provides an active low
signal to the Multifunction PCB when the pole reaches a
position of 78 cm.
A lower limit sensor is installed but not sensed by the
system at this time. In the event a calibration procedure
is required, the sensor will provide a lower limit to
indicate pole travel below the allowed minimum of 2
cm.
Two Sensors are located at fixed points on the stationary
vertical structure. When the (moving) vertical structure
of the IV pole passes by an opto-interrupter, a flag on the
vertical structure interrupts the light beam between the
interrupters LED and photo-transistor, causing the
photo-transistor to turn off. This signal is inverted and
sensed by the system as an indicator of absolute pole
position.
CURRENT LIMIT (I_LIM*)
This output indicates a motor over-current condition.
The motor current will be limited to 1 AMP peak.
BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR
The Brushless DC Motor has rare earth permanent
magnets in its rotor which are propelled by a rotating
magnetic field. The rotating field is set up by
commutation of three stator windings (3 delta connected
phases) that are energized sequentially as the permanent
magnet passes into the region of its field. Correct timing
of stator energizing is achieved by means of Hall effect
switches built into the motor that sense the rotor
position. The output of the Hall devices
(HSNSR1-HSNSR3) is used to turn on the FET Drivers
which energize the motor windings.
OPTO CHANNEL OUTPUTS (CH_A & CH_B)

These signals provide relative position measurement as
well as direction of travel. These two lines originate
from the commutation signals HSNSR1 & HSNSR3
from the Hall-Effect Sensors on the Brushless DC
Motor. Each of these lines will toggle once for each
revolution of motor travel. The ratio of pole movement
to motor rotation is .50 .005 in:1 revolution. The actual
counting of these pulses is done by a Decoder/Counter
on the Multifunction PCB.
2-10
906-2000-501
MOTOR CONTROL
Commutation, speed and current limiting functions are
provided by the Motor Controller. The Motor Controller
has three inputs from three Hall effect commutation
switches, and six outputs that drive the FET Drivers. The
two device control lines (EN and F/R) are pulled high to
prevent motion of the IV pole during power up
(assuming that the driving enable line is in tri-state
during power up). All control interface to and from this
device is optically isolated to prevent the introduction of
ground loops. The opto isolators have a turn on and turn
off time of approximately 3 microseconds which will not
introduce any significant system delays.
OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION
The over-current protection is implemented internally to
the Motor Controller. The Motor Controller performs
current limiting on a cycle by cycle basis. That is, each
over-current situation is treated as a separate event. Each
event disables the outputs until the next internal clock
cycle (set to 44 kHz). This mode of current limiting
protects the output transistors from continual cycling and
thus extreme heating.
FET DRIVERS
Power MOSFET transistors are used to drive the motor
windings. Due to the FETs low on resistance and the
cycle by cycle current limiting, no heat sinking is
required. Since the motor drive voltage (24 V) is greater
than the gate-source voltage rating of the FETs (20 V),
a voltage divider network is provided to limit the
gate-source voltage to approximately 12 V.
REVISION RESISTOR
A revision resistor (REV) whose value is readable by the
Multifunction PCB is provided to indicate to the system
the IV Pole PCB revision level.
VIDEO PCB
The Video PCB provides a 640 x 480 pixel resolution
and 256 colors to the active matrix color Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD). It is controlled by the CPU PCB through
the ISA bus and provides visual feedback for Host
System voltages for +24V, +15 V, -15 V, +5 V, and +12
V. Figure FO-4 is a block diagram of the Video PCB.
FLAT PANEL CONTROLLER
The Video PCB is designed around the 82C457 Flat
Panel Controller. The 82C457 is compatible with IBMs
VGA (Video Graphic Array) with additional capabilities
to drive flat panel displays. It directly interfaces to the
ISA bus through Data and Address Buffers.
The Flat Panel Controller employs an extension register
set to control its additional capabilities. These registers
are initialized by the on-board BIOS and provide control
of the flat-panel interface, timing, and vertical
compensation.
VIDEO BIOS
The Video BIOS EPROM supports the extended features
of the Flat Panel Controller. During power up, the CPU
accesses the BIOS EPROM and uses this information to
enable the flat panel mode and disable the CRT mode.
VIDEO MEMORY
Two Dynamic RAM (DRAM) ICs provide 256K bytes
of video memory. The video memory is arranged as four
planes of 64K bytes each and is controlled by the Flat
Panel Controller. The Controller retrieves data from the
memory then sends it to the Flat Panel Color Palette via
the VID0-7 bus.
FLAT PANEL COLOR PALETTE
The 82C411 Flat Panel Color Palette receives video
pixel data from the Flat Panel Controller via the VID0-7
bus. The Color Palette reduces this data to the 256 colors
required by the color LCD. The reduced color data
(AR0-5, AG0-5, and AB0-5) is sent back to the
Controller upon request.
The Flat Panel Controller sends 14 bits of information to
the Front Panel Drivers which send it through the
System Backplane and the Front Panel Controller
directly to the color LCD. No further operation is
performed on this data.
906-2000-501
2-11
FRONT PANEL SUBSYSTEM

2
INVERTER PCB
1 When LCD PN 088-031 is used, the Inverter

is located on the Front Panel Control PCB.
2 When LCD PN 200-1836-001 or 200-1721-001 is
used, the Inverter is located on a separate PCB.
FRONT PANEL
CONTROL
PCB
VIDEO PIXEL DATA
COLOR
LCD
LED
LAYER
TOUCH SCREEN
AND
SWITCHES
TX/RX
INVERTER
BACKLIGHT
REMOTE
DISPLAY
PCB
The Front Panel Subsystem (FPSS) provides the

man-machine interface for the STTL. The FPSS is
responsible for the following functions:
Monitoring the touch screen and reporting the X/Y
coordinate at point of touch.
Monitoring the hard keys and reporting key codes.
Displaying the IV pole and U/S time information.
Monitoring remote control serial bit stream and
reporting remote key codes.
Maintaining communication with the host.
Refer to Figure FO-5 at the end of this section for a
detailed block diagram of the FPSS.
FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER PCB

The Front Panel Controller PCB controls the FPSS and
communicates with the Host system. The major
components on this PCB are specified by the Subsystem
Kernel Design discussed in the System Overview section
of this manual. Additional components on this PCB are
used to interface with the rest of the FPSS.
TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE
The Touch Screen consists of a two thin sheets of plastic
(X and Y screens), each with a special coating of
transparent resistive material on one side. The sheets are
sandwiched together with the resistive coating in
between, but restrained from touching each other by a
matrix of small clear spacers.
In order to read the coordinate of a point of touch, the X
screen is biased (VCC at +X, GND at -X) and the Y
screen is floated to become a pickup contact at any
position over the entire screen. When the screens are
touched, a voltage divider is created to raise the potential
of the floating screen to some voltage. This voltage is
sent through a low pass filter to the internal A/D
converter which yields the X coordinate (XCH). In order
to read the Y coordinate (YCH), the operation repeats
itself with the Y screen biased and the X screen floated.
The task of biasing/floating the X/Y screens is controlled
by software through the I/O IC. The software
accomplishes this task by alternatively turning a pair of
P-MOSFET and N-MOSFET transistors on and off at
appropriate times. These devices are logic level
controlled.
2-12
906-2000-501
HARD KEY INTERFACE

The hard keys (elastomer buttons on the front panel) are
arranged in a 4 row by 5 column matrix. The task of
scanning the hard keys is performed by software through
the I/O IC. At a rate (multiples of 10 msec) defined by
the Host, the hard keys are scanned. Scanning is
performed by setting all column lines high and then
scrolling a logic zero through the columns. After every
scroll the signals at ROW0, ROW1, ROW2, and ROW3
are read and stored away.
Upon one complete scan, software analyzes the stored
row data (5 x 4=20 bits). If all bits are high then the
hard keys are untouched and the task exits. In order to
detect a valid touch, only one out of 20 bits is allowed to
be low. When a valid key is detected, its associated key
code is stored.
COMMUNICATION
The communication between the FPSS and the Host is
done through a UART. A Driver/Receiver performs the
signal level translation.
VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
Visual feedback for voltages used by the FPSS is found
on the Front Panel PCB. The LEDs (green) mounted on
the PCB indicate the following voltages are present:
+15 V
-15 V
+12 V
CPU OK (blinks on/off)
+24V
DISPLAY PCB
The hard keys are scanned again in 10 msec. If the same
key is found to be depressed, its code value is placed
into a transmit buffer in the proper format to be
transmitted to the host.
HARD KEY BACKLIGHTING
Backlighting of the hard keys on the Front Panel is
accomplished with an illumination panel containing one
LED per hard key. These LEDs are located on the
illumination panel and are Pulse Width Modulated
(PWM) in order to obtain maximum brightness.
+12 V CONTROL TO LCD
The +12V_EN* signal from the Video PCB controls +12
V delivered to the LCD. When +12V_EN* is high, the
+12V Control is off and +12 V is not enabled. When
+12V_EN* is low, the +12V Control is on and +12 V is
delivered to the LCD.
+5 V CONTROL TO LCD
The +5V_EN* signal from the Video PCB controls +5 V
delivered to the LCD. When +5V_EN* is low, +5 V is
delivered to the LCD.
906-2000-501
The Display PCB contains the U/S Time Meter and IV

Pole position LED displays, and the Infrared Detect/
Decode Interface for the remote control.
I/V POLE AND U/S TIME LED DISPLAY
The U/S and IV pole data are transmitted in ASCII
format by the Host. Upon receiving a display command,
the FPSS verifies the data packet, performs the ASCII to
seven segment conversion and then displays the data.
All 8-Segment LEDs on the Display PCB are time
multiplexed on common data lines. The segment data is
sent through PORT-A of the 82C55 I/O on the Front
Panel Controller PCB. This data is then fed into a
High-Current Driver and sent to the Display PCB via
cable W-131. The segment data is then presented to the
LEDs through current limiting resistors. Each LED
display has 8 data line inputs and one common terminal
which allows the display to be enabled or blanked.
Since the LEDs share common data lines, only one LED
can be enabled at a given time. This is accomplished by
scrolling a logic 1 through a Shift Register by DCLK
and DDATA lines. The Shift Register outputs are then
fed into a High-Current Driver in order to enable or
disable any given LED.
2-13
REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER

The hardware for the infrared detecting signals from the
remote control is centered around Infrared Detector U1
located on the Display PCB. This device receives the
infrared rays through its photo-diode and performs all
the necessary amplification, filtering, and pulse detecting
internally. It outputs a TTL compatible signal
representing the envelop of the infrared signal (IR).
The output IR is connected to the HSI port on the
80C196 Control Processor located on the Front Panel
Controller PCB. HSI.0 is programmed to record events
on the rising and falling edge. This enables the 80C196
to measure the low and high pulse durations.
In order to receive a valid command from the Remote
Control, the following conditions must be met:
Valid Low pulse durations
Valid High Pulse Durations
Valid Start bit
Valid Data bit complements
Valid Packet Checksum
Valid Address
When a valid command is received, its code value is
placed in a transmit buffer to be transmitted to the Host.
REMOTE CONTROL
The remote control transmits packets of information to
the Display PCB through an infrared link and is
operational under the following circumstances:
In tray and anywhere tray arm extends.
Independent of screen tilt and position.
Anywhere in a 15' x 20' operating room.
With drape over remote and system.
In all cases, the remote infrared beam must have a path
to the front panel sensor either directly or through
reflection (i.e. wall, floor, sealing) .
REMOTE CONTROL PCB

The Remote Control performs the following functions:
Monitors the remote control key board and transmits
any valid key entry.
Upon usage, monitors the ambient light and turns on
the backlight LED if ambient light intensity is below
5 3 lux.
Upon usage, monitors the battery and transmits its
status with every packet.
The following theory of operation groups the Remote
Control into functional objects.
KEYBOARD
The keys are arranged in a 4 row by 6 column matrix.
The matrix is designed on a membrane switch layer
which interfaces to the Remote PCB via 10 pin
connector J1. The task of scanning the keyboard is
performed by software. The CPU scans the keyboard at a
rate of 10 Hz. Scanning is performed by setting all the
column lines to high and then scrolling a logic zero
through the columns. After every scroll, the signals at
ROW0, ROW1, ROW2, and ROW3 are read and stored.
Upon one complete scan, software analyzes the stored
row data (6 x 4=24 bits). If all the bits are high, the
keyboard is untouched. In order to detect a valid entry,
only one out of 24 bits is allowed to be low. When a
valid entry is detected, its associated key code is stored.
The keyboard is scanned again in 35 msec. If the same
key is found to be depressed, its code value is
transmitted to the host. At this point the CPU enters a
loop 100 msec in duration. After each loop iteration, the
keyboard is scanned again. If the same key is still
depressed, a repeat message is transmitted to the host.
The loop execution continues until either the key is
released, a new key is depressed, or an illegal entry is
detected.
PHOTOCELL
To extend battery life, the backlight LEDs are turned on
only when needed. Since the remote control may be used
in an extremely dark operating room, a photocell is
utilized to detect the presence or absence of light. Each
time the CPU is powered up, it reads the output from the
Photocell. If absence of light is detected (DARK* signal
low) the backlight LEDs are turned on by the CPU.
2-14
906-2000-501
POWER UP METHOD
Since the battery life is of concern, power is not
provided to the CPU and various other circuitry unless
needed. Power (VB) is only provided to the pyroelectric
circuitry and keyboard circuitry. Each time a key is
depressed or hand motion is detected, the retriggerable
timer is pulsed. The timer is turned on for 3.5 seconds
sending power (VB) through a MOSFET driver whose
output is VCC which is used to power-up the CPU U5.
The Power Control Switch contains two timers, one for
the pyroelectric sensor and one for the keyboard. The
two timers are connected in parallel so an output from
either powers-up the CPU.
POWER DOWN METHOD
Once the CPU is powered up either through key
depression or motion detection, the CPU enters an idle
mode waiting for key entry. If no key is pressed 3.5
second after the last entry, the timer times out and as a
result turns power off to the CPU.
BACK LIGHT
Back lighting the keys and icons is accomplished by
LED's - one LED is used per key and two per icon.
LEDs are turned on through the CPU by software. This
output is fed into the Power Control Switch in order to
provide the current (1 ma) for the LEDs.
COMMUNICATION
Packets are transmitted via infrared link with the system.
Packet contents (data bits) are shifted serially through
the CPU by software. The data bits are then modulated
by 40 KHz square wave by a Counter. The carrier
(modulated data) is the current amplified through a
MOSFET driver, then fed into leds DS1-DS4. The LEDs
transmit data at 950 nm wavelength to the infrared
detector on the Display PCB.
PYROELECTRIC SENSOR
The pyroelectric sensor is a device that responds to the
change in temperature (infrared light) caused by the
human body. The object of the pyroelectric sensor is to
detect the hand motion near the remote control and turn
the power on to the CPU.
The pyroelectric sensor output is fed into the Amplifier
Comparator which generates a negative going pulse for
large positive or negative going signals that exceed the
established threshold levels. This negative pulse is then
fed into a timer in the Power Control Switch.
906-2000-501
2-15
FLUIDICS SUBSYSTEM
(FLUIDICS BACKPLANE)
PLUNGER SWITCHES
FLUIDICS
CONTROL
PCB
SOLENOIDS
CASS. SWITCHES
TX/RX
ANTERIOR
PNEUMATIC ASSY
XDCR
PCB
The Fluidics subsystem controls and monitors the

irrigation and aspiration modes used in the
STTL. Figure 2-6 illustrates the fluidics flow from the
IV bottle, through the cassette and handpiece, to the
drainage bag.
ASP
MTR
HANDPIECE
CONNECTOR
PANEL
VIT
LUER
The fluidics subsystem is comprised of 7 major

assemblies; the Fluidics Controller PCB, Cassette Type
PCB, Transducer PCB, Backplane PCB, Anterior
Pneumatics module, Solenoids, and the Peristaltic Pump
Stepper Motor. Figure FO-6 at the end of this section is a
detailed block diagram of the Fluidics Subsystem.
BSS
CASSETTE
COMPLIANCE
CHAMBER
IRR
CV
HANDPIECE
ASP PUMP
LIQ
VENT
(Reflux)
FILTER
MT1
XDCR
(Flow Thru)
BAG
Figure 2-6
2-16
AIR
VENT
(Prime only)
Fluidics Flow Diagram
906-2000-501
FLUIDICS CONTROLLER PCB

The Fluidics Controller PCB controls the Fluidics
module and communicates with the system master. It
monitors the vacuum voltage signals from the
Transducer PCB; and controls the irrigation, reflux, &
air vent solenoids, peristaltic pump motor, and anterior
vit drivers.
FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS
The major components of the Fluidics Controller PCB
are specified by the subsystem kernel design. These
include the following ICs: 80C196KC Control
Processor, PSD301 Programmable System Device,
ADG508A Analog Multiplexer, 6264LP-10 8K x 8
Static Ram, 28F256 32K x 8 FLASH EEPROM, and the
LP2951 Voltage Regulator. See the Subsystem Kernel
Design theory in the System Overview for specific
information on these components. The remaining
components are discussed below.
SERIAL COMMUNICATION DRIVERS
The Serial Communication Drivers provide translation
from single ended TTL level information to RS422
differential level information for a more reliable transfer
of serial information. The RS422 differential signals
from the Multifunction PCB are received by the Serial
Communication Drivers, converted to TTL level
information, and sent to the serial ports of the Control
Processor.
82C55A I/O DEVICE
The Intel 82C55A IC is a programmable input/output (I/
O) device which provides I/O control for the peristaltic
pump stepper motor, status LEDs, Vit compressor &
feedback signals, and irrigation, reflux, & air vent
solenoid feedback signals. The 82C55A is enabled at pin
7 by select signal EXPIO* from the Programmable
System Device, and reset by the system reset signal RST
at pin 39.
RESET LOGIC
The Reset Logic is comprised of a series of open
collector buffers and a power up delay circuit. The Reset
Logic inverts the reset signal required for the peripheral
I/O device. The RESET3* low signal from the Host is
received by the Reset Logic then buffered and inverted
to create RST* and RST. These two signals are then
distributed to other devices on the PCB.
906-2000-501
STEPPER MOTOR CONTROL LOGIC AND

DRIVERS
The motor driver control logic uses logic gates and
control signals DISABLE3, PEDAL_UP, TEST, &
PUMP_EN to determine when the stepper motor driver
FETs receive the driving signals PHASE A,B,C, & D.
The control logic for the stepper motor is implemented
as follows:
The DISABLE3 signal high disables the driving
FETs.
The PEDAL_UP signal high disables the driving
FETs.
The TEST signal low overrides the PEDAL_UP
signal.
The PUMP_EN signal low disables the FETs to force
80C196 control over the driving FETs.
The stepper motor drivers control the phase voltage lines
to the peristaltic pump stepper motor. Low on resistance
FETs (Q1, Q2, Q5, and Q6) are used as the motor
drivers to provide a constant current drive with fast
switching times and very low losses. Each FET is driven
by an output of Control Logic NAND Gates. The
PHASE A, B, C, & D input signals are software
controlled and are generated by the PSD301. The stepper
motor, which rotates a fixed amount each time it is
pulsed, is driven in the full step, 2 phase excitation
mode. The stepper motor control waveform is shown in
Figure 2-7.
STEP FREQUENCY
1
2
PHASE A
PHASE B
PHASE C
PHASE D
Figure 2-7
Stepper Motor Control Waveform
2-17
SOLENOID CONTROL LOGIC AND FET

DRIVERS
The Solenoid Control Logic uses logic gates and control
signals (DISABLE & CPU_RDY) to determine when
the Solenoid FET Drivers receive driving signals
REFLUX, IRRIG, and AIR_VENT.
The solenoid drivers control the voltage lines to the
Irrigation, Reflux, and Air Vent solenoids. Low on
resistance FETs are used as the solenoid drivers to
provide fast switching times and very low losses. The
Irrigation and Reflux solenoids are driven with a pulse
width modulation signal during the on-to-off and
off-to-on transition. This allows a smooth, controlled
operation of the solenoids. The Air Vent solenoid is
driven with a pulse width modulation signal 500
milliseconds after being fully energized. This technique
utilizes the high holding force of the solenoid while
dissipating much less energy.
SOLENOID FEEDBACK
The Irrigation Valve and the Reflux Valve have an
optical switch on the mechanism to indicate physical
information on the state of the valve where LOW
equates to closed and HIGH equates to open. Power to
the Irrigation (IRR_SW_P) and Reflux (RFX_SW_P)
optical switches is provided from the Fluidics Controller
PCB. This power is used to illuminate the LED within
the switch. The switch return signals, IRRIG_SW &
RFX_SW, are monitored at the 82C55A I/O IC.
The Air Vent Valve driver current is monitored to
indicate excitation of a feedback device where LOW
equates to closed and HIGH equates to open. An Optical
Switch is tied to the output of the Air Vent FET Driver
and provides feedback which is monitored at the
82C55A I/O IC.
VIT_A, B, & C signals are controlled by the Control

Processor high speed output and the VIT_E signal is
controlled by the 82C55A I/O IC. These signals are sent
to the Anterior Vit Drive PCB when the ENABLE1
signal is high.
VIT DRIVER FEEDBACK
The excitation current from the HEXFET Drivers on the
Anterior Vit Drive PCB is monitored by the 82C55A I/O
IC on the Fluidics Controller PCB. A low feedback
signal (VLV_A_FB, VLV_B_FB, or VLV_C_FB)
equates to valve closed and a high output equates to
valve open.
SYSTEM CONTROL SIGNALS
The Host system maintains ultimate control over the
Fluidics subsystem through the following system control
signals; DISABLE3, PEDAL_UP, TEST*, and
RESET3*.
DISABLE3 signal high disables the Stepper Motor
FETS Drivers, Vit Driver Buffers, and Solenoid FETS
Drivers.
PEDAL_UP signal high disables the Stepper Motor
FETS Drivers and Vit Driver Buffers.
TEST* signal low overrides the PEDAL_UP signal .
RESET3* low forces the Control Processor into reset,
which in-turn forces all controlled devices to become
disabled.
VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
The Fluidics Controller PCB supplies two types of
voltage feedback. The first type is voltage feedback
signals to the controller for subsystem status information
and master CPU reporting. The second is visual
indication LEDs for all used voltages indicated as
follows: +5 V, CPU OK (blinks on/off), +15 V, -15 V,
and +24 V.
VIT DRIVER BUFFER

The Vit Driver Buffer provides TTL level drive signals
to the HEXFET Drivers located on the Anterior Vit
Drive PCB. Three of these signals, VIT_A, VIT_B, and
VIT_C are sequenced by software in a manner to
provide pneumatic vacuum and pressure valve control to
the handpiece. The VIT_E signal is controlled for
compressor on/off.
2-18
906-2000-501
TRANSDUCER PCB
CASSETTE TYPE PCB
The Transducer PCB provides the Fluidics Controller

PCB with real time pressure/vacuum information. The
pressure/vacuum transducers, MT1A and MT1B, are
located just before the air vent valve as shown in Figure
2-6. The outputs from MT1A and MT1A, which are
redundant to ensure reliability of the system, represent
the chamber pressure/vacuum.
The Cassette Type PCB is used to determine if a cassette

is inserted in the instrument and the type of cassette
inserted. The Fluidics Controller PCB uses this
information to control the peristaltic pump.
Since the full-scale output from the transducers is in the

millivolt range, and the full-scale signal required by the
Fluidics Controller PCB is 0 to 5 V, each transducer
output is amplified by a gain of 100. The amplified
signals, VAC_X_A and VAC_X_B, contain vacuum
information proportional to the voltage of the signal
where the voltage scale is 0.0048 volts/mmHg. This
information is sent to the Fluidics Controller PCB where
they must track each other within 12% in order for the
Fluidics Subsystem software to accept the vacuum
readings. On the Fluidics Controller PCB, the vacuum
signals are voltage clamped and low pass filtered to
protect the Control Processor A/D inputs from ESD or
miswiring of the connector.
Test points are provided for checking the following
signals:
TP1 = 15VRTN
TP2 = VAC_X_B
TP3 = VAC_X_A
906-2000-501
Two optical switches are provided to detect up to three

different types of cassettes. Power to the optical switches
is provided from the Fluidics Controller PCB, and is
used to illuminate the LED within the switch. The switch
return signals, CST_S1 and CST_S2, are monitored by
by the Fluidics Controller PCB.
FLUIDICS BACKPLANE PCB

The Fluidics Backplane PCB provides a common point
for the module interconnects. The Fluidics Controller
PCB and the Transducer PCB are mounted directly to
the Backplane PCB via PCB connectors. The Cassette
Type PCB and the Anterior Vit Driver PCB are satellite
assemblies connected to the backplane through cables.
All pneumatic components are connected to this
backplane.
2-19
ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC MODULE

The Anterior Pneumatic Module is comprised of the
Anterior Vit Drive PCB and the Anterior Compressor.
This module supplies the vacuum and pressure used to
drive the pneumatic handpieces. Figure 2-8 illustrates
the air flow from compressor to handpiece.
ANTERIOR VIT DRIVE PCB

The Anterior Vit Drive PCB contains pneumatic valves
K1, K2, and K3, which are sequenced by the Fluidics
Controller PCB for proper operation of the handpieces.
K1 and K2 are two-way valves, and are used to control
the open/close of the pressure/vacuum path. K3 is a
three-way valve, and is used to direct the air pulses
toward the Vit handpiece or vent the VIT handpiece to
the air muffler.
Each valve is supplied with +24 V through connector J1

pins 5 and 9. The valves are driven open or closed by
HEXFET power MOSFETS Q1 through Q3, which
in-turn are controlled by the Fluidics Controller PCB
signals VIT_A, VIT_B, and VIT_C (see Figure FO-6).
For example: VIT_A signal high would result in
HEXFET Q1 driving valve K1 open thus sending air
pressure towards valve K3.
ANTERIOR COMPRESSOR
The Anterior Compressor provides 635 mmHg vacuum
and 40 PSI pressure simultaneously. The compressor is
controlled by the Fluidics Controller PCB via signal
VIT_E. VIT_E high drives HEXFET Q4 which in-turn
enables the compressor.
K3
TO
HANDPIECE
K1
K2
VACUUM
Figure 2-8
2-20
COMPRESSOR
TO AIR
PRESSURE
Vit Air Flow Diagram
906-2000-501
PHACO SUBSYSTEM (software V3.01 and below)
(PHACO BACKPLANE)
HANDPIECE
CONNECTOR
PANEL
U/S 1
TX/RX
PHACO
CONTROL
PCB
U/S DRIVER PCB
U/S 2
U/S 3
+85 V
COAG
CAUTERY PCB
COAG
The Phaco subsystem consists of 6 assemblies: Phaco

Controller PCB, U/S Driver PCB, Backplane PCB,
Cautery PCB, Cable Connector panel, and Cable W-107.
See Figure FO-7 at the end of this section for a detailed
block diagram of the Phaco Subsystem.
The Phaco Controller PCB assembly contains the
circuitry which controls the U/S Driver PCB as well as
the Cautery PCB. It is the central point of all
communication within the Phaco Module. Two way
communication with the Host is achieved by an RS422
serial communication link. This is accomplished with an
RS422 converter I.C. through the TRANSMIT (TX+,
TX-), and the RECEIVE (RX+, RX-) signals. All system
level commands and data are transferred through this
interface. The only other communication to the Host is
done with the following system control signals; FPUP
(PEDAL_UP), TEST*, DISABLE, and RESET.
Once a command is received from the Host, the Phaco
Controller performs the appropriate action by
communication to either the U/S Driver PCB or the
Cautery PCB.
The U/S Driver PCB performs all electrical processes
necessary to drive a variety of ultrasonic handpieces.
Two interdependent control loops, voltage and
frequency, are used to control the stroke of the ultrasonic
handpiece. The voltage control loop monitors and
maintains the appropriate handpiece drive voltage. The
frequency control loop maintains continuous tuning of
the handpiece to compensate for handpiece loading and
drift. These control loops are only partially realized
within the U/S Driver PCB. The U/S Driver PCB
contains the circuitry to create the sinusoidal drive
906-2000-501
voltage and frequency with analog feedback to the Phaco

Controller to close the loop. The Phaco Controller
digitizes and processes this feedback to provide a
continuous tracking digital control loop. The U/S Driver
PCB also contains various circuitry to detect fault
conditions, disable power output and communicate the
fault to the Phaco Controller. The Phaco Controller then
communicates this fault to the Host.
The Cautery PCB generates sinusoidal electrical signals
at varying power levels necessary to drive a variety of
electrosurgical cautery probes. Also, the Cautery PCB
contains the safety circuitry to detect a fault condition
within the PCB and communicate this fault to the Phaco
Controller which in turn disables the Cautery PCB and
communicates the fault condition to the host. All power
adjustments and control functions are communicated to
the Cautery PCB by the Phaco Controller.
The Backplane PCB provides the intra-module
communication link as well as channeling all d.c. power
to the subsystem. It has a single ground plane which is
common to all supplies. The backplane is completely
passive, i.e. no semiconductors reside on the backplane.
However, there is a provision for a choke (currently not
used). This choke may ultimately be used to smooth
current transients on the 85V supply. The Backplane also
makes power available to the cooling fan for the U/S
Driver PCB.
All electrical power and communication signals to and
from the Host pass through cable W-107. This cable
contains shielded twisted pairs of wires for the power
supply lines to minimize noise generation and increase
noise immunity. The signal lines are also shielded within
a secondary layer. The 85V supply is routed along side
2-21
the main harness and is separately connected. This was

done to maintain a commonality of the main harness
cable for use with the other system modules.
All electrical output for U/S and cautery handpieces is
conducted through cable assembly W-105. There are
three separate yet functionally identical U/S output ports.
The cable supports both the low and high voltage signals
necessary for the ultrasonic smart connector. The high
voltage signals are physically separated from the low
voltage signals with their own jacketed and shielded
cable. Due to the sensitivity of the cable capacitance to
handpiece/driver performance, the shield is not
grounded. However, redundant chassis grounding is
maintained to the panel connector through the connector
case as well as an internal pin connection to a chassis
grounding lug. For the purpose of maintaining necessary
creapage distance (IEC601 requirement) of the high and
low voltage signals, the three ports are separately
connected on the U/S Driver PCB (see Table 2-1 for
connections).
Table 2-1
U/S Driver PCB Connections

FUNCTION
U/S DRIVER
CONNECTOR
Top Port High Voltage U/S Port A
J6
Top Port Low Voltage U/S Port A
J3
Center Port High Voltage U/S Port B
J5
Center Port Low Voltage U/S Port B
J2
Bottom Port High Voltage U/S Port C*
J4
Bottom Port Low Voltage U/S Port C*
J1
* Optional on later systems.
PHACO CONTROLLER PCB

SUBSYSTEM KERNEL
The subsystem kernel consists of circuitry which is
common to all subsystem CPU designs (see Subsystem
Kernel Design ). The kernel circuitry for the Phaco
Module resides on the Phaco Controller PCB.
BUFFERED ADDRESS, DATA, OFFBOARD
ENABLE, AND CONTROL
The Phaco Controller has the capability to access four
separate PCBs. Presently, two PCBs are accessed: the U/
S Driver and the Cautery PCBs. Within each PCB, the
Phaco Controller can read or write data to 16 different
devices. One of four active low BOARD ENABLE lines
(BDEN1*-BDEN4*) is selected. These enable lines are
buffered by U19 and sent through the backplane to the
appropriate PCB. Once the PCB is selected, then the
particular device to be communicated with on that PCB
is selected via four BUFFERED ADDRESS lines
(BA0-3). These address lines are buffered by U15 and
sent to the appropriate PCB. All intra-module data is
transferred via the 8-bit BUFFERED DATA bus (BD07). This bus is buffered by U14 and is sent to the
appropriate PCB.
Synchronization of reading, writing and address
selection is accomplished by the BUFFERED READ
(BRD*), BUFFERED WRITE (BWR*) and the
BUFFERED ADDRESS LATCH ENABLE (BALE*)
lines. These lines are all active low and are buffered by
U13.
BUFFERED CAUTERY CONTROL AND STATUS
READ
Control of the Cautery PCB is accomplished in an
identical fashion to the Series Ten Thousand. This is
done with the active low signals: POWER UP (PU*),
POWER DOWN (PD*) and ENABLE (ENABLE*).
These control lines are buffered and sent to the Cautery
PCB via the Backplane PCB.
The 80C196 Control Processor reads the existing state of
the above lines as well as the Frequency Gate
(FRQGATE*) and the STATUS lines. The STATUS
line is generated on the Cautery PCB. This active low
signal is a fault indication from the IEC601 compliance
check circuitry on the Cautery PCB.
2-22
906-2000-501
ONBOARD FREQUENCY COUNTER

The Phaco Controller has the ability to measure the
applied handpiece signal frequency. To accomplish this,
the controller uses the Frequency (FRQ) signal in
accordance with the FRQGATE* signal to create the
Gated Frequency (GFRQ) signal. The FRQ signal is a
square wave of the exact handpiece frequency and is
generated on the U/S Driver PCB. The Phaco Controller
then measures frequency by counting the number of
gated pulses (GFRQ signal) that exist over a known
period of time. This length of time is controlled by the
FRQGATE* signal.
The ability of the Phaco Controller to measure the
handpiece signal frequency allows for automatic
calibration of the voltage control oscillator on the U/S
Driver PCB.
RESET GENERATOR
Reset generation is performed by the Reset Generator
which is used as both a watchdog timer and a buffer for
an external reset. The device will generate a reset if the
processor gets locked up resulting in the loss of the
Address Latch Enable signal. The External Reset
(XRST*) signal is generated from the host during power
up for synchronization of Host/Subsystem
communication.
PCB REVISION READING
The Phaco Controller has the ability to read the revision
of each of the PCBs within the Phaco subsystem. It does
this by reading the value of a resistance that resides on
each of the PCBs. The value of this resistance is related
to the assembly revision.
POWER SUPPLY MONITORING
The Phaco Controller has the ability to confirm the
presence or absence of +15V, -15V and +12V power
supplies. This is done through the opto-isolators that
detect the presence of each supply and provide a status
signal (+15VOK, -15VOK, +12VOK) which is read by
Control Processor. Status of these supplies are sent back
to the Host upon request.
906-2000-501
U/S DRIVER PCB

HANDPIECE CONNECTOR, INPUT ISOLATION
& RESISTOR/CODE
Prior to tuning a handpiece, the system must know
which type of handpiece is present and its voltage
calibration. The Phaco subsystem reads each of the
handpiece ports any time the footswitch is in the up
position. The up position is determined by the
FOOTPEDAL UP (FPUP) signal which is generated by
a micro-switch within the footswitch.
Each ultrasonic handpiece has low level logic and analog
signals embedded in the handpiece connector for the
purpose of handpiece recognition and calibration.
Recognition of the handpiece is determined by the value
of a resistor inside the handpiece connector. The resistor
is connected between the Buffered 10 V Reference
(B10VREF) and the Calibration Resistance (CALR)
lines. The Phaco Controller has within its memory
certain predetermined handpiece parameters such as
nominal handpiece voltage and tuning frequency range.
These parameters are handpiece type dependent.
In addition, each handpiece has a certain calibration
necessary for proper stroke at full power. This
calibration is accomplished by a three bit code present
within the handpiece connector. This three bit code is
made available by the PROG0, PROG1, PROG2 and
PGND signals. These signals provide the percentage
variation of nominal handpiece voltage as necessary for
calibrated stroke.
The low level handpiece input signals are isolated
through a relay for protection from the high handpiece
voltage. These handpiece signals are isolated at any time
the footpedal is depressed. This means that a handpiece
disconnected from the console when the footpedal is
down will not be detected until the footpedal is returned
to the up position.
The reading of the handpiece resistance is done by
measuring the voltage across the resistance. The signals
are buffered, then one of the three signals is selected
through an analog multiplexer and finally scaled by a
scale amplifier. The scaled resistor voltage is measured
by the Phaco Controller on ANALOG CHANNEL 3
(ACH3). The digital signals (PROG0- 2) are read
through an Octal Buffer.
2-23
DUAL DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER

The tuning process determines the correct operational
frequency and control set point for operation of the
handpiece. The frequency is set by two analog control
lines, COARSE and FINE. These analog signals are
generated by a Dual DAC , that receives information to
create these signals from the Phaco Controller.
The frequency is initially set by the COARSE signal.
During realtime operation, all frequency adjustments for
load or heating compensation are done by the FINE
signal. The FINE signal, available at testpoint TP6, is
where control loop servoing takes place. Although the
signal is dynamic in nature, it should be a d.c. level from
2 to 5 volts.
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR AND
SCALE AMP
The FINE and COARSE signals are applied to a Voltage
Controller Oscillator that is configured as a voltage-tofrequency converter where the frequency of the
generated sinusoidal signal is proportional to each of
these signals. The function generator creates a sinusoidal
voltage with an amplitude of approximately 1.5 Vrms at
a frequency with a minimum span of 25 to 65 kHz. This
voltage is then passed through a Scale Amplifier with a
gain of two to create an offset sinusoidal signal of
approximately 3 Vrms. The purpose of the offset will be
discussed later.
MULTIPLYING DIGITAL TO ANALOG
CONVERTER
All handpiece voltage adjustments occur through a 12 bit
Multiplying DAC. The DAC takes the voltage (3 Vrms)
and multiplies it by the ratio n/4096. The variable n is
the 12 bit data written to the Multiplying DAC from the
data bus. Thus, the voltage presented to the input of the
power amp varies from 0 to a maximum of
approximately 3 Vrms.
ANALOG SWITCH AND ZERO CROSSING
DETECTOR
Ultrasound power is enabled by an Analog Switch that is
controlled by the ZEN signal which is created by the Zero
Crossing Detector circuit formed.
The purpose of the zero crossing detector is to
synchronize ultrasound power enable to the instant at
which the sinusoidal handpiece voltage crosses zero
volts. This synchronization prevents the large current
transients which can occur when power is enabled at the
sinusoidal peak.
2-24
Also at this point, the square wave is buffered to create

the FREQUENCY (FRQ) signal used in frequency
measurements done by the Phaco Controller.
ULTRASOUND ENABLE LOGIC, RELAY
SELECT AND RELAY DRIVERS
The ultrasound enable logic is created by U16 and U18.
The ultrasound enable signal present at TP5 is a logical
function of the following signals: TEST*, FPUP, USEN,
and DISABLE. Table 2-2 summarizes the logic of
ultrasound enabling.
In addition to the enable logic, ultrasound power is
enabled only in a no ground fault condition.
The USEN and RELAY ENABLES signals are created
by an 8 bit latch. These signals are generated by the
Phaco subsystem software to select the U/S port and
enable U/S power. The relay signals are buffered prior to
activating each of the relays.
Table 2-2
U/S Enable Logic (low=0, high=1)
DISABLE
USEN
FPUP
TEST*
OUTPUT
(TP5)
ENABLE DECODE LOGIC AND DATA BUFFER

The Enable Decode Logic and Data Buffer buffers the
data bus as it enters/leaves the U/S Driver PCB and
creates a latched data bus for use by the dual DAC and
multiplying DAC.
Signals BRD*, BWR*, BA0-3, and BDEN1* from the
Phaco Controller are decoded to create the various
device select signals; DAC0A*, DAC0B*, MDAC*,
CSREG*, MUX1* and MUX2*. These signals
respectively select DAC A of the Dual DAC, DAC B of
the Dual DAC, Multiplying DAC, and Chip Select Relay
Gate.
906-2000-501
In addition to the above, the FAULT RESET (FRST)

signal is generated for resetting either a ground fault or a
compliance fault.
POWER AMPLIFIER
The power amplifier can provide approximately 45 watts
of power over a frequency range of 25 to 65 kHz (23
Vrms into 12 ohms). The amplifier consists of a voltage
gain stage which are two transistors operated in a class A
darlington configuration. The second stage is the power
gain stage where two transistors are operated in a class B
emitter follower configuration. Feedback is provided for
the overall power amplifier which sets both the dc bias
(VBIAS) and ac voltage gain. In addition, there is
feedback primarily for temperature compensation of the
class A stage introduced by a resistor. The dc bias ranges
from 42 to 46 Vdc and the voltage gain ranges from 13.3 to
16.6 V/V.
An R/C network of provides an output delay which
holds the first transistor off during power supply turn on.
This delay protects the transistor from high current
transients which can occur during this transient period.
VOLTAGE SELECT RELAY, STEP UP
TRANSFORMER & OUTPUT SELECT RELAY
The step-up transformer has a two tap primary (17:1 and
12:1 turns ratio) to raise the ac power amplifier output
voltage from 23 Vrms to a maximum of approximately
340 to 390 Vrms applied to the handpiece from the high
voltage tap. The transformer is designed to provide a
high degree of electrical isolation with a minimum of
stray capacitance. This minimizes handpiece leakage
current in the event of a ground fault condition. The
primary tap is selected by a relay. Presently only the
375/60 handpiece uses the low voltage tap.
Following the transformer are two relays which steer the
high voltage (USA, USB) signals to the appropriate U/S
port (one of three). These relays are selected and driven
by the Relay Enables.
HANDPIECE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
FEEDBACK
As previously stated, the Phaco subsystem utilizes two
interdependent control loops for maintaining real time
tuning of the handpiece. The information necessary for
these control loops is contained within the handpiece
voltage and current.
906-2000-501
The feedback voltage is measured at the primary of the

transformer and is related to the actual handpiece voltage
by the turns ratio of the transformer. This primary
voltage is scaled to appropriate levels by a scaling
amplifier. The scaled ac handpiece voltage is then passed
to an rms/dc converter, which converts the rms value of
the ac voltage to an equivalent dc level. Thus, a 1 volt
rms ac voltage produces a 1 volt dc output. The output of
the rms/dc converter is available at TP2.
Handpiece current is detected by a .75 ohm resistor at
the primary of the transformer. This primary transformer
current is related to the actual handpiece current by the
transformer turns ratio. The voltage across the R6 is
scaled by U27 operated in a differential mode to provide
the input to the rms/dc converter U28. The output of the
rms/dc converter is available at TP4.
ANALOG SYSTEM FEEDBACK
The Phaco module has the ability to read various analog
signals to provide the means of auto-calibration as well
as real time diagnostics. These signals are present at
multiplexer MUX2, which is selected by the MUX2*
signal. These signals include: Ten Volt Reference
(10VREF), COARSE, FINE, Power Amp Voltage Bias
(VBIAS), and Scaled 85V Supply (+85V). These
voltages are scaled from a maximum of 10 V down to a
maximum of 4.8 V by a Scale Amplifier.
At system power up, the Phaco module software
performs a power up test of the module. At this point it
measures the 10VREF, VBIAS and +85V signals for
appropriate levels. It also checks the functionality of the
Dual DAC by measuring the COARSE and FINE
voltages.
HANDPIECE RESISTANCE
Multiplexer MUX1 is selected by the MUX1 signal, and
is used for selection of the handpiece resistance to be
measured. The value of handpiece resistance is
determined by the voltage divider created by the
handpiece resistance with resistors on the U/S Driver
PCB. This voltage is then scaled by 48% by a Scale
Amplifier.
2-25
GROUND FAULT DETECTION AND IEC601

COMPLIANCE CHECK
The ground fault circuitry detects the condition of a
broken earth ground connection between the handpiece
and earth (chassis) ground. A ground fault can only exist
if the SHIELD and GND connections are both broken. If
this occurs then a voltage across the stray capacitance
between the now floating handpiece shell and earth
ground is measured. This voltage (GFAULT) is
indicated at the return side of the transformer. GFAULT
is scaled down by an R/C network for input protection to
the Ground Fault Detector. This scaled sinusoidal
voltage is compared to a 5 Vdc reference voltage created
by 10VREF and a resistor network.
At any time the peak value of the scaled GFAULT
voltage exceeds 5V, a ground fault is initiated. This
signal is latched and immediately disables the ultrasound
power. The GFAULT needs to exceed approximately
38.5 Vrms for a fault to occur. This disabling is entirely
under hardware control. If a true fault exists then it
cannot be overridden by software. However, if a
transient fault exists then the latched fault can be reset
by software with the FRST signal.
CAUTERY PCB
The Cautery PCB is manufactured by a German
company and uses different terminology on some
components than the rest of the PCBs in the
STTL. This terminology was retained in the following
theory to enable the user to cross reference to the
provided schematic. Definitions of the terminology used
on the Cautery PCB are as follows:
MP = Measuring Point
TP = Tune Potentiometer
IC = The U designator used for integrated
circuits (IC) on all other PCBs.
T = Transistor
INPUT BUFFER
Originating from the Phaco Controller via the Phaco
Backplane, cautery control signal inputs PULSE_UP
(PU), PULSE_DOWN (PD) and CAUTERY_ ENABLE
(CAUTEN*) enter at edge connector J1. These signals
are buffered and pulled-up to provide the on-board
cautery controls.
UP/DOWN COUNTER
The buffered PU & PD signals are combined with
NAND gates to control the Up/Down Counters as
follows:
A single count increment/decrement occurs for each HI
pulse from either PU or PD signal. Both signals at logic
PU
LO
HI
LO
HI
PD
LO
LO
HI
HI
IC3&4
HOLD COUNT
STEP UP
STEP DOWN
RESET
HI reset the counters to zero. The Counters output 4 bits

each (1 byte) of binary data to the Digital-to-Analog
Converter.
DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER (DAC)
The Up/Down Counter bits are input to a DAC for
conversion to a corresponding analog voltage from 0
Vdc to +5 Vdc based on VREF. With an input count
range of 0-255, this translates to 19.6 mV/count. The
resulting voltage at MP1 controls the PWM duty cycle to
regulate cautery power.
2-26
906-2000-501
FEEDBACK BUFFER
Non-inverting Op-Amp buffers the DAC output voltage
to provide feedback signal CAUTERY_POWER
(CAUT_PWR). This voltage is monitored by the
80C196 Control Processor on the Phaco Controller to
verify PU & PD control response. On the Phaco
Controller schematic, the CAUT_PWR signal is
designated as ACH5.
DIGITAL MULTIVIBRATOR
The Digital Multivibrator oscillates at 300-400 KHz (per
TP2 setting) and functions as the Cautery frequency
source. A 50% duty cycle is maintained which is enabled
by EN set high when the CAUTEN* control signal goes
low. The frequency setting (340KHz nom) is determined
by tuning or peaking the Cautery output with a
potentiometer.
AMPLIFIER/FILTER
Two stages of the Compliance Comparator multiply the
DAC voltage times 4, and low-pass filter the output to
smooth DAC voltage changes. An output offset of +2.5V
(VREF/2) applied to the Compliance Comparator centers
the PWM input voltage above ground.
POWER FET
The oscillator signal is buffered to drive the Power FET.
When the Power FET is ON (MP4 = high), current from
the DC Power Regulator flows through the primary of
the Transformer. A feedback current at MP6 is divided
and filtered to provide a SENSE voltage to the PWM for
compensation under varied loads.
PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR (PWM)

The PWM functions as a switching controller for the DC
Power Regulator. The PWM oscillates at about 20KHz
with a variable Duty Cycle (pulse width) determined by
the amplified DAC input voltage.
PWM Functional Sequence:
1) EN* goes LOW at Pin 10 to enable PWM.
OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
Voltage pulses from the Power FET across the primary
of the Transformer are coupled to the secondary (times
2) to deliver the Cautery output voltage. The electrical
properties of the transformer and tuned circuit result in a
sinusoidal waveform. An output power of 20 Watts
(nominal) requires about 110 Vpp calculated as follows:
2) DAC input at Pin 1 sets Duty Cycle.

3) Output square wave at Pin 14 controls DC Pwr Reg.
Assumptions:
4) Feedback at Pin 1 via TP1 offsets DAC to set GAIN.

Standard Load = 75, P = 20 Watts
DC POWER REGULATOR/FILTER
The DC Power Regulator functions as a DC-to-DC
converter to regulate +85V to a lower voltage. Pass
Transistor T1 is switched by the PWM via T2 to deliver
pulses of +85V to filter L1 & C13 for smoothing to an
average DC level. An increased DAC voltage causes a
larger Duty Cycle (pulse width) to increase the DC
voltage. The filtered voltage at MP2 is adjusted by TP1
which controls the closed-loop gain.
COMPLIANCE COMPARATOR
The Compliance Comparator (required by IEC-601) is a
safety circuit to disable cautery power in case of a DC
Power Regulator failure. The regulated DC voltage at
MP2 is monitored and compared to a +7.5 V reference.
If MP2 exceeds +70V, the PWM is disabled.
P = IV, I = V/R Therefore: P = (V/R)V = V2/R

P = V2/R Where:
P is Cautery Power
V is RMS Output Voltage
R is Standard Load
Calculate V:
V2 = PR: V = (PR) = (20x75) = 38.73 Vrms
Convert V to P-P:
Vpp = Vrms x 22 = 38.73 x 2.828 = 109.5 Vpp
By opening a relay, regulated DC voltage is removed

from the output Transformer, the LED turns ON, and the
STATUS signal goes HIGH to inform the Phaco
Controller PCB.
906-2000-501
2-27
PHACO SUBSYSTEM (software V3.12 and above)
(PHACO BACKPLANE)
U/S 1
TX/RX
NeoSoniX
CONTROLLER
PCB
ST10F168
Central Processor
U/S 2
CAUTERY PCB
The Phaco Subsystem for systems upgraded to run

software version 3.12 and above consists of 5
assemblies: NeoSonix* Controller PCB, Backplane
PCB, Cautery PCB, Cable Connector panel, and Cable
W-107. See Figure FO-8 at the end of this section for a
detailed block diagram of the Phaco Subsystem.
The NeoSonix* Controller PCB assembly contains the
circuitry which controls the Phaco Subsystem. It is the
central point of all communication within the Phaco
Module. Two way communication with the Host is
achieved by an RS422 serial communication link. This is
accomplished with an RS422 converter I.C. through the
TRANSMIT (TX+, TX-), and the RECEIVE (RX+, RX)
signals. All system level commands and data are
transferred through this interface. The only other
communication to the Host is done with the following
system control signals: FPUP (PEDAL_UP), TEST*,
DISABLE, and RESET.
Once a command is received from the Host, the
NeoSonix* Controller performs the appropriate action
by communication to the appropriate part of the
subsystem.
The NeoSonix* Controller PCB performs all electrical
processes necessary to drive a variety of ultrasonic
handpieces. Two interdependent control loops, power
and frequency, are used to control the stroke of the
ultrasonic handpiece. The power control loop monitors
and maintains the appropriate handpiece drive power.
The frequency control loop maintains continuous tuning
of the handpiece to compensate for handpiece loading
and drift. These control loops are completely contained
on the NeoSonix* Controller PCB which contains the
2-28
HANDPIECE
CONNECTOR
PANEL
COAG
circuitry to create the sinusoidal drive voltage and

frequency with analog feedback to close the loop. The
NeoSonix* Controller digitizes and processes this
feedback to provide a continuous tracking digital control
loop. It also contains various circuitry to detect fault
conditions, disable power output, and communicate the
fault to the Host.
The Cautery PCB generates sinusoidal electrical signals
at varying power levels necessary to drive a variety of
electrosurgical cautery probes. Also, the Cautery PCB
contains the safety circuitry to detect a fault condition
within the PCB and communicate this fault to the
NeoSonix* Controller which in turn disables the
Cautery PCB and communicates the fault condition to
the host. All power adjustments and control functions
are communicated to the Cautery PCB by the
NeoSonix* Controller. The Backplane PCB provides
the intra-module communication link as well as
channeling all dc power to the subsystem. It has a single
ground plane that is common to all supplies. The
backplane is completely passive, i.e. no semiconductors
reside on the backplane. The Backplane also makes
power available to the cooling fan for the NeoSonix*
Controller PCB.
All electrical power and communication signals to and
from the Host pass through cable W-107. This cable
contains shielded twisted pairs of wires for the power
supply lines to minimize noise generation and increase
noise immunity. The signal lines are also shielded within
a secondary layer.
906-2000-501
All electrical output for U/S and cautery handpieces is

conducted through cable assembly W-105. Functionally,
the NeoSonix* Controller has only one ultrasound
output port. The second output port is wired directly to
the first port and it is provided as a backup. The cable
supports both the low and high voltage signals necessary
for the ultrasonic smart connector. The high voltage
signals are physically separated from the low voltage
signals with their own jacketed and shielded cable. Due
to the sensitivity of the cable capacitance to handpiece/
driver performance, the shield is not grounded.
However, redundant chassis grounding is maintained to
the panel connector through the connector case as well
as an internal pin connection to a chassis grounding lug.
For the purpose of maintaining necessary creapage
distance (IEC601 requirement) of the high and low
voltage signals, the three ports are separately connected
on the NeoSonix* Controller PCB (see Table 2-3 for
connections).
RESET GENERATOR
Reset generation is performed by the Reset Generator
which is used as a buffer for an external reset. The
External Reset (XRST*) signal is generated from the
host during power up for synchronization of Host/
Subsystem communication.
Table 2-3 NeoSonix* ControllerPCB Connections
HANDPIECE CONNECTOR, INPUT ISOLATION

& RESISTOR/CODE
Prior to tuning a handpiece, the system must know
which type of handpiece is present and its voltage
calibration. The Phaco subsystem reads each of the
handpiece ports any time the footswitch is in the up
position. The up position is determined by the
FOOTPEDAL UP (FPUP) signal that is generated by a
micro-switch within the footswitch.
FUNCTION
NeoSonix*
CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR
Top Port High Voltage U/S Port A
J6
Top Port Low Voltage U/S Port A
J13
Bottom Port High Voltage U/S Port B
J3
Bottom Center Port Low Voltage U/S Port B
J14
NEOSONIX* CONTROLLER PCB

SUBSYSTEM KERNEL
The subsystem kernel consists of circuitry which is
common to all subsystem CPU designs (see Subsystem
Kernel Design ). The kernel circuitry for the Phaco
Module resides on the NeoSonix* Controller PCB.
BUFFERED CAUTERY CONTROL AND STATUS
READ
Control of the Cautery PCB is accomplished in an
identical fashion to the Series Ten Thousand*. This is
done with the active low signals: POWER UP (PU*),
POWER DOWN (PD*) and ENABLE (ENABLE*).
These control lines are buffered and sent to the Cautery
PCB via the Backplane PCB. The ST10F168 Control
Processor reads the existing state of the above lines as
well as the Frequency Gate (FRQGATE*) and the
STATUS lines. The STATUS line is generated on the
Cautery PCB. This active low signal is a fault indication
from the IEC601 compliance check circuitry on the
Cautery PCB.
906-2000-501
POWER SUPPLY MONITORING

The NeoSonix* Controller has the ability to measure
the +15V, -15V and +12V, +24V, +85V power supplies.
This is done through mapping the desired voltage to
0.4V. The 10-bit ADC inside the processor then
digitizes the desired voltage. The status of these
supplies is sent back to the Host upon request.
U/S DRIVER CIRCUIT
The U/S Driver Circuit is contained on the NeoSonix*
Controller PCB and is composed of the circuit
descriptions that follow.
Each ultrasonic handpiece (U/S375, Turbosonic, and

Mackool) has low level logic and analog signals
embedded in the handpiece connector for the purpose of
handpiece recognition and calibration. Recognition of
the handpiece is determined by the value of a resistor
inside the handpiece connector. The resistor is connected
between the Buffered 5 V Reference and the Calibration
Resistance (CALR) lines. The NeoSonix* Controller
has within its memory certain predetermined handpiece
parameters such as nominal handpiece voltage and
tuning frequency range. These parameters are handpiece
type dependent.
In addition, each handpiece has a certain calibration
necessary for proper stroke at full power. This
calibration is accomplished by a three bit code present
within the handpiece connector. This three bit code is
made available by the PROG0, PROG1, PROG2 and
PGND signals. These signals provide the percentage
variation of nominal handpiece voltage as necessary for
calibrated stroke.
2-29
The handpiece resistance is read by measuring the

voltage across the resistance. The signals are buffered
and scaled by a scale amplifier. The scaled resistor
voltage is measured by the NeoSonix* Controller on
ANALOG CHANNEL 4 (ACH4). The digital signals
(PROG0- 2) are read through port P2 bits 0,1 and 2.
Each NeoSonix* handpiece has an EEPROM device
installed in its connector. All data such as ID,
ultrasound calibration, and motor calibration are digitally
stored in the device.
NCO (NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED
OSCILATOR)
The tuning process determines the correct operational
frequency and control set point for operation of the
handpiece. The NCO generates the desired drive
frequency. This device is capable of generating
frequencies within 0.009 Hz accuracy. Therefore, coarse
and fine frequency controls are no longer required as in
the previous Phaco subsystem.
CURRENT DAC (DIGITAL TO ANALOG
CONVERTER)
Handpiece voltage adjustment occurs through an 8-bit
Serial Current DAC. The DAC sets the output voltage of
the adjustable DC-DC converter. The ST10F168
contains a SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) which
enables the software to communicate with all SPI
devices
ULTRASOUND ENABLE LOGIC
The ultrasound enable logic is created by the ST10F168.
This signal, which is present at TP19, is also an input to
PLD (U23). The PLD outputs RSWITCH and
LSWITCH are the low-level drive signals for the power
amplifier. RSWITCH and LSWITCH are enabled
through a logical function of the following signals:
TEST*, FPUP, and DISABLE. Table 2-4 summarizes
the logic of ultrasound enabling. In addition to the
enable logic, ultrasound power is enabled only in a no
ground fault condition.
2-30
Table 2-4
U/S Enabling Logic
DISABLED
GFAULT
FPUP
TEST*
LSWITCH
RSWITCH
ENABLED
ENABLED
SWITCHING POWER AMPLIFIER

The switching power amplifier can provide up to 35
watts of power over a frequency range of 30 to 45 kHz.
The amplifier consists of an Adjustable DC-DC
Converter, center-tap transformer, and two power
MOSFETs. The Adjustable DC-DC Converter converts
the +24V supply voltage to 0 through 20VDC. The
adjustment is achieved through Current DAC U14.
Output of the DC-DC converter is fed to center tap of the
power transformer T1. The remaining two inputs of the
power transformer are alternatively pulled to ground by
the power MOSFETs Q1 and Q2.
HANDPIECE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
FEEDBACK
As previously stated, the Phaco subsystem utilizes two
interdependent control loops for maintaining real time
tuning of the handpiece. The information necessary for
these control loops is contained within the handpiece
voltage and current.
Handpiece voltage feedback is measured on the
secondary of the power transformer T1 and is related to
the actual handpiece voltage by the turns ratio of current
transformer T2. This voltage is scaled to appropriate
levels by a scaling amplifier. The scaled ac handpiece
voltage is then passed to a rms/dc converter, which
converts the rms value of the ac voltage to an equivalent
dc level.
906-2000-501
Handpiece current feedback is measured on the

secondary of the power transformer T1 and is related to
the actual handpiece current by the turns ratio of the
current transformer T3. This current is scaled to
appropriate levels by a scaling amplifier. The scaled ac
handpiece current is then passed to a rms/dc converter,
which converts the rms value of the ac voltage to an
equivalent dc level.
GROUND FAULT DETECTION AND IEC601
COMPLIANCE CHECK
The ground fault circuitry detects the condition of a
broken earth ground connection between the handpiece
and earth (chassis) ground. A ground fault can only exist
if the SHIELD and GND connections are both broken. If
this occurs then a voltage across the stray capacitance
between the now floating handpiece shell and earth
ground is measured. This voltage (GFAULT) is
indicated at the return side of the transformer. GFAULT
is scaled down by an R/C network for input protection to
the Ground Fault Detector. This scaled sinusoidal
voltage is compared to a 5 vdc reference voltage created
by 10VREF and a resistor network.
If the peak value of the scaled GFAULT voltage ever
exceeds 5V, a ground fault is initiated. This signal is
latched and immediately disables the ultrasound power.
The GFAULT needs to exceed approximately 38.5 Vrms
for a fault to occur. This disabling is entirely under
hardware control. If a true fault exists then it cannot be
overridden by software. However, if a transient fault
exists then the latched fault can be reset by software with
the FRST signal.
CAUTERY PCB
The Cautery PCB for systems using software version
3.12 or above is the same as the PCB used for V3.01 and
below. Refer to Cautery PCB description in Phaco
Subsystem theory for V3.01 and below.
906-2000-501
2-31
STEERABLE I/A SYSTEM (OPTION)

The Steerable I/A system consists of a flexible, steerable
irrigation/aspiration tip with an accompanying handpiece
and drive mechanism. The Steerable I/A System is used
in I/A mode to remove cortical material via aspiration
while maintaining chamber pressure with irrigation.
The system provides aspiration and irrigation and the
ability to continually adjust the tip in the eye from a
straight position to a fully bent position. The ability to
steer the tip provides the operator with greater access to
all cortical material in the eye. The operator has the
ability to steer the tip via the footswitch. The distal end
of the tip will remain in the selected position until
changed by the operator via the footswitch.
The Steerable I/A System is an option that is installed in
the STTL console. Once installed the Steerable I/A is
selected in the Custom mode by pressing the Custom
key. All functions of the Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A)
mode are available when the Steerable I/A System is
installed and selected.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Steerable I/A PCB provides control of the Steerable
I/A Drive Mechanism system which is a separately
enclosed module (see Figure 2-9). The module is
controlled by the Legacy console through the backplane
connector J20. The Steerable I/A PCB is designed
around the Atmel AT90S8515 microcontroller. The
AT90S8515 CPU is operating at an oscillator rate of
8MHz, resulting in an execution state time of 250nS.
The Steerable I/A PCB provides the following control
and monitor functions:
Atmel AT90S8515 Microcontroller
Serial Communication Drivers
Solenoid Control/Feedback and Status LEDs
Serial 12-bit 8-Channel Analog to Digital
Converter
Air Tank Pressure Transducer
Handpiece Pressure Transducer
System Control Signals
Power Inputs, Fuses and Filters
In-system Programmable
Atmel AT90S8515 Microcontroller
The AT90S8515 programmable microcontroller has four
8-bit bi-directional I/O ports (PA-PD). These ports have
three data memory address locations allocated for Data
Register, Data Direction Register and Port Input Pins.
Interrupt Configuration
2-32
The AT90S8515 microcontroller has twelve different

interrupt sources available for use. Generally the lower
the address the higher is the priority level.
Watchdog Timer
The microcontrollers internal watchdog timer is used by
the Steerable I/A system. The Watchdog reset interval
can be adjusted from 16 to 2048 ms by software changes
on the Watchdog Timer prescaler.
Serial Communication Drivers
The serial communication drivers provide translation
from single ended TTL level information to RS422
differential level information for a more reliable transfer
of data.
Solenoid Control/Feedback and Status LEDs:
Port C on the microcontroller is used to control circuitry
for the Steerable I/A pump, solenoids, and CPU status
LEDs.
Serial 12-bit 8-channels Analog to Digital Converter
The microcontroller Port B pins are used to interface
with a 12-bit 8-channel Serial Analog to Digital
Converter in order to monitor the handpiece and air
accumulator pressures and reference voltage. In addition
it also monitors the solenoid feedback and 24V status.
Air Tank Pressure Transducer
The air tank pressure signal is monitored by the
microcontroller through the Serial ADC. The pressure
reading sets at 1V = 10 PSI or .01 PSI per mV. The
transducer reference voltage REF1.2 (1.20V) is
continually monitor by the microcontroller through the
Serial ADC.
Handpiece Pressure Transducer
The handpiece pressure signal is monitored by the
microcontroller through the Serial ADC. The pressure
reading sets at 1V = 10 PSI or .01 PSI per mV. The
transducer reference voltage REF1.2 (1.20V) is
continually monitor by the microcontroller through the
Serial ADC.
System Control Signals
The Host maintains control over the Steerable I/A Drive
Mechanism through the Test* and Reset5* system
control signals.
906-2000-501
Power/Feedback/Voltage Status
The Steerable I/A PCB receives voltages from the
system for +5V, +15V, -15V and +24V. The Steerable I/
A PCB generates a status signal for each of these
voltages which is monitored by the system. In addition
an opto-coupler provides voltage status for -15_OK
(OK= 0). There are also +5V and CPU status LEDs on
the secondary side of the Steerable I/A PCB:
+5V Status LED, CR5 (Green LED on indicates
+5V is OK)
Fuses and Power Filters

The Steerable I/A Control PCB provides resetable
polyswitch fuse (RF1) protection for +24V. The fuses
are rated at 1A with a strip current at 2.2 A. Power
capacitors are located near J1 and decoupling capacitors
are used at each integrated circuit.
CPU Status LED, CR2 (Blinking Green LED

indicates the CPU running)
TEST*
RESET5*
RS 232/242
MICROCONTROLLER
FROM BACKPLANE
STATUS SIGNALS
TO MOTOR
SOLENOID
DRIVERS
HNDPC2_FB
VENT2_FB
VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
AND
STATUS
SENS_TN
SENS_HP
AIR TANK
TRANSDUCER
Figure 2-9
906-2000-501
TO SOLENOID
MANIFOLD
SOLENOID/
MOTOR
STATUS
8 CHANNEL
SERIAL
ADC
HANDPIECE
TRANSDUCER
Steerable I/A Control Block Diagram
2-33
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
2-34
906-2000-501
MULTIFUNCTION PCB
P1
SD0
P3
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE

SD0-7
SD0-7
LATCH
BD0-7
BUFFER BD0-7
LD0-7
OCTAL
UART
LD0-7
TX1-8
TX2+
TX2RX2+
RX2-
LINE
DRIVERS
WATCHDOG
TIMER
LD0-5
RX1-8
RX1-8
COUNTER
OSC
ISA
BUS
IOW*
IOR*
RESET
LOCK*
ILIMIT*
BFAULT*
INTB*
FANFAIL*
SRST1*
DECODERS
CONTROL
SIGNALS
BA0-23
SA16
LA17
FA18-20
TX4+
TX4RX4+
RX4-
SYSTEM CONTROL
BD0-7
BD0-7
REVISION CONTROL
MUX
VOICE
CONTROL
REG.
BD0-7
SYSTEM
CONTROL
REG.
INT0-3
IRQINH
BLANK
RSHDN
P2
INTERRUPT
LOGIC
IRQ10
SHUTDOWN
Relay
BD0-6
ADC
BD0-7
BUS_REV
MFB_REV
ISA
BUS
P3
TO POWER
SUPPLY
DAC
TONE
BD0-7
FA0-20
SPEECH
SYNTHESIZER
MUSIC
SYNTH.
DECODER
BUFFER
R_SHTDN*
SPAREREV
VID_REV
BUFFER
SERIAL
COMMUNICATION
TO SUBSYSTEMS
TONE & VOLUME CONTROL
VOICE CONTROL
P3
VARIOUS PCB
REVISION
SIGNALS
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM
STATUS
REG.
LINE
RECEIVERS
INT0-3
R_SHTDN*
LA23
S2*(IV_REV)
FS_REV
3.58MHz
RSTAT1*
S1*
BUFFER
SA0
REMOTE
SWITCH
STATUS
TX3+
TX3RX3+
RX3-
TX1-8
SD7
VOICE
MEM.
FLASH
EPROM
OP
AMPS
FLASH
-15V
VINA
VOICE
SPKR+
SPKR-
TO SPEAKER
15
DAC
FD0-7
VOICE
STATUS
REG.
VINB
VOLUME
OUTA
OUTB
REV
15
SD0-7
P2
BUS
XCVR
-12V
PROGRAM
VOLTAGE
MEMW*
ISA
BUS
LOCK
BD0-7
MEMR*
TEST POINTS
TP2
TP1
DECODER
15
ULOCK*
POST CODE DISPLAY

BD0-7
DECODERS
BLANK
LD0-7
UNLOCK
FLIP-FLOP
LOCK
RESET
REG.
RESET2*
RESET3*
RESET4*
SYSTEM
DISABLE &
RESET
SYSTEM
CONTROL SIGNALS
TO SUBSYSTEMS
DISABLE
REG.
CHIP SELECTS
DISABLE2*
DISABLE3*
DISABLE4*
LOCK
Figure FO-1. Multifunction PCB Block Diagram
906-2000-501
2-35
REAR
PANEL
SERIES 20000 FOOTSWITCH

J1
SIDE
SWITCHES
TILT-SAFE
(Hg) SWITCH
P1
SYSTEM
BACKPLANE
P15 J15
P12
MULTIFUNCTION PCB
J9
P3
LV
RV
LV
RV
LH
RH
LH
RH
L_HEEL
L_HEEL
R_HEEL
FS_UP
R_HEEL
FS_UP
FSUP/
SPRING FAIL
SWITCHES
W-111
FS_CHB
FS_CHB
FS_CHA
FS_CHA
OPTICAL
ISOLATOR CHB
DECODER/
COUNTER
BUFFER
CHA
ADC
+24V
+24V
FS_UP
OPTICAL
ISOLATOR ATFSUP*
CONTROL
LOGIC
FTSW
UP* STATUS
REG.
P3
DAC
PEDALUP
BD0-7
OPTICAL
ENCODER
BD0-7
FSRST*
FTSW
CONTROL TGS/ATF*
REG.
REFLUX
DETENT
MOTOR
SOL-
SOL-
SYSTEM
CONTROL
SIGNALS
TEST*
RP1
24
Figure FO-2. Footswitch Interface Block Diagram
906-2000-501
2-36
MULTIFUNCTION PCB
BD0-7
DECODER/
COUNTER
BUFFER
CNTRST*
IV POLE
CONTROL
REG
P3
EN*
UP*/DN
J9
SYSTEM
BACK
PLANE
PCB
IV POLE PCB
P1
J11 P11
J1
MOTOR
CONTROLLER
OPTICAL
ISOLATORS
EN*
UP*/DN
J2
FET
DRIVER
PHA
FET
DRIVER
PHB
F/R
FET
DRIVER
I_LIM*
HSNSR1
HSNSR2
IV_CHB
+24V
CH_A
W-102
HALL-EFFECT
SENSORS
HSNSR3
BRK
DS2
FAULT
LED
IV_CHA
PHC
OPTICAL
ISOLATOR
I_LIM*
BRUSHLESS
DC MOTOR
EN
CNTRST*
IV POLE
STATUS
REG
P2
OPTICAL
ISOLATORS
CH_B
MOSFETS
+24V
24
SNSR_PWR
SNSR_RTN
24
J3
BRKREL*
S1*
SEE MULTIFUNCTION PCB
BLOCK DIAGRAM (Sheet 1)
OPTICAL
ISOLATOR
BRKREL*
FET
DRIVER
S1*
P3
J7
P7
+24V
BRAKE
BRKREL_0
S1_IN
SENSOR 1
IV_REV
REV
24
DS1
+24V
DS3
+5V
Figure FO-3. IV Pole Interface Block Diagram
906-2000-501
2-37
VIDEO PCB
VIDEO
BIOS
EPROM
BUFFER
P6
FLAT
PANEL
COLOR
PALETTE
VID0-7
SD7
SD0-7
DATA
BUFFER
AD0-15
FLAT
PANEL
CONTROLLER
AR0-5
AG0-5
AB0-5
SD0
VIDEO
MEMORY
DRAM
ADDRESS
SA19
ISA
BUS
SA0-15
ADDRESS
BUFFER
DATA
SA16-19
OSC
R0
J7
SYSTEM
BACKPLANE
PCB
J10 P10
P5
J5
R1
R2
SA0
CLOCK
GENERATOR
P7
FRONT
PANEL
DRIVERS
14
CLK0
CLK1
CLK2
DATA_EN*
FRONT
PANEL
SUBSYSTEM
(SEE FPSS
THEORY FOR
DETAILS)
G0
G1
G2
PCLK
W-129
B0
B1
B2
HSYNC
VSYNC
P7
MULTIFUNCTION
PCB
RESET2*
J17 P17
FRONT PANEL
POWER DELAY
CIRCUITRY
+12V_EN*
P6
J6
W-125
+5V_EN*
VOLTAGE OK LEDs
TEST POINTS
TP1
TP2
+5VRTN
CLK0
DS1
+24V
DS3
-15V
DS2
+15V
DS4
+5V
DS5
+12V
VID_REV
MULTIFUNCTION
PCB
REV
Figure FO-4. Video PCB Block Diagram
906-2000-501
2-38
FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER PCB
P6 J6
J2 P2
ROW1
ROW2
ROW3
ROW4
COL1
COL2
COL3
COL4
COL5
DISABLE2
PEDALUP
TEST
RESET2*
SYSTEM CONTROL
AND COMMUNICATIONS
FROM MULTIFUNTION PCB
TX+
TXRX+
RX-
RESET
GENERATOR
82C55
I/O
SUBSYSTEM
KERNAL
DVR/RCVR
ELASTOMER
KEYS
LED
ILLUMINATION
LAYER
J1 P1
Y+
YX+
X-
TCH SCRN
INTERFACE
TOUCH
SCREEN
J7 P7
DRIVER
PWM
+12V
J3 P3
+12V_EN*
+5V_EN*
LCD POWER ENABLE

FROM VIDEO PCB
SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SF
SG
DP
DRIVER
J1 P1
REMOTE CONTROL
DISPLAY PCB
LEDs
PHOTOCELL
DRIVER
W-131
DDATA
DCLK
RST*
IR
LEDREV
LED
DVR
SHIFT
REGISTER
Vcc
REV
R0
+5V
R1
R2
+12V CNTRL
LCD12V
VIDEO DATA FROM

VIDEO PCB
VB
CN1
G0
G1
G2
PCLK
G2
PCLK
B0
B1
B2
HSYNC
VSYNC
VSYNC
BATTERY
COLOR
LCD
W-126
B0
B1
B2
HSYNC
When LCD PN 200-1836-001 or 200-1721-001 is used,

the Inverter is located on a separate PCB.
LCD
J8 CN8
CN2
CN1
J8 P8
VOLTAGE INDICATOR LEDs
+15V
-15V
CPU OK
(BLINKING)
+12V
+24V
+12V
TEST POINTS
TP1
TP2
TP3
+5V
RESET2*
CN2
+12V
TP4
TP5
EMOV*
RST*
AMP
CMPR
MEMBRANE
KEYS
R1
R2
G0
G1
ON/OFF
PYROELECTRIC
SENSOR
LCD5V
R0
+5V CNTRL
PWR
CONTROL
SWITCH
ON/OFF
BACKLIGHT
LEDs
J4 P4
+12V
AMP
CMPR
CPU
87C751
(W/EPROM)
IR
DETECTOR
MUX
P5 J5
A/B
SEL
INFRARED
LEDs
W-128
INVERTER1
BACKLIGHT
CN3
FRONT
PANEL
CONTROLLER
PCB
W-720
INVERTER
PCB
TOP
BACKLIGHT
CN3
BOTTOM
1 When LCD PN 088-031 is used, the Inverter

is located on the Front Panel Control PCB.
Figure FO-5. Front Panel Subsystem Block Diagram

906-2000-501
2-39
CASSETTE TYPE
PCB
J1
P1
P5
J5
SW1
W-110
FLUIDICS
BACKPLANE
PCB
J3
P3
P3
FLUIDIC CONTROLLER PCB

CST_S1
CST_S1_P R24
CST_S2_P
R8
+5 V
SUBSYSTEM
KERNAL
CPU OK
(BLINKING)
+5 V
CST_S2
SW2
+5 V
+15 V
-15 V
+24 V
J3
FLUIDICS
BACKPLANE
PCB
ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC MODULE

TRANSDUCER PCB
P4
J4
VIT_E
AD0 - AD15
VAC_X_A
AMP
DIODE
CLAMP
+10 V
REF
B
VIT
DRIVER
BUFFER
ENABLE 1
MT1
P1
P1
J1
HEXFET
DRIVERS
VIT_A
VALVES
VIT_B
VIT_C
W-108
VLV_A_FB
82C55A
I/O
VAC_X_B
AMP
J1
VLV_B_FB
ISOLATORS
VLV_C_FB
ANTERIOR
COMPRESSOR
VLV_E_FB
P1
J1
TXD +3
TXD -3
SERIAL
COMM.
DRIVERS
OPTICAL
SWITCH
AVENT_FB
J5
RXD +3
RXD -3
HOST SYSTEM
REFLUX
IRRIG
AIR_VENT
CPU_RDY*
W-108
DISABLE3
PEDAL UP
DISABLE
TEST*
RESET3*
RESET
LOGIC
SOLENOID
FET
DRIVERS
SOLENOID
CONTROL
LOGIC
RFX_SW
IRRIG_SW
RF_SOLEN
P5
PLUNGER
SWITCHES
W-110
REFLUX
SOLENOID
IR_SOLEN
AV_SOLEN
IRRIGATION
SOLENOID
5
PHASE A, B, C, D,
PUMP_EN
MOTOR
DRIVER
CONTROL
LOGIC
AIR VENT
SOLENOID
ENABLE 1
RST
STEPPER MOTOR
FET DRIVERS
STEP_A
STEP_B
STEP_C
STEP_D
W-110
PERISTALTIC
PUMP
STEPPER
MOTOR
RST*
Figure FO-6. Fluidics Subsystem Block Diagram
906-2000-501
2-40
PHACO CONTROLLER PCB
P1
-15V
+15V
+12V
TP3
XRST*
CPU
SUBSYSTEM
TX+
TXRX+
RX-
RESET
GENERATOR
SUBSYSTEM
KERNAL
BUFFER
U/S DRIVER PCB

J2
+85V
P2
(V3.01 and below)
+85V
VBIAS
BA0
BA1
BA2
BA3
DVR/RCVR
ACH1
ACH2
ACH3
ACH4
ENABLE
DECODE
LOGIC
BWR*
BRD*
BALE
ADDR
BUFFER
LAD0-7
MUX2
AD0-7
AD0-15
DATA
BUFFER
0-3
SCALE
AMP
AD0-7
0-7
PCB
REV.
BUFFER
STATUS
REV1
REV2
REV3
MUX
AD8-10

CPU OK
(BLINKING)
+24V
-15V
+5V
+12V
+15V
AD0-7
TP2
J4
P3 J3
P19
W-107
P29
W-107
J5
J1
TO PHACO
CONTROLLER
(THRU PHACO
BACKPLANE)
ZEN
ZERO
CROSSING
DETECT
GND
FAULT
DETECT
LDATA0-7
U/S &
RELAY
LATCH
ENABLE
LGNDF*
USEN
J4
US1B
US1A
FF
TP5
U/S
ENABLE
LOGIC
FRQ
STEP-UP
XFMR
FRST
OUTPUT
SELECT
RELAYS
J5
US2B
US2A
J6 P6
RELAY ENABLES
US3B
US3A
INPUT
RELAY
J2
MUX1*
INPUT
RELAY
2PROG2
2PGND
2PROG0
2PROG1
CALR2
B10VREF
+5VRTN +15VRTN
HOST
SYSTEM
0-7
MUX1
BUFFER
TO PHACO
CONTROLLER
(THRU PHACO
BACKPLANE)
ACH3
SCALE
AMP
REV2
P2 J2
TEST POINTS
TP1
0-3
(SQUARE WAVE)
BUFFER
1PROG2
1PGND
1PROG0
1PROG1
CALR1
B10VREF
ACH1
VOLTAGE
SELECT
RELAY
POWER
AMP
SWITCH
(SINE WAVE)
FPUP
TEST*
DISABLE
BDEN1
BDEN2
BDEN3
BDEN4
DECODER
MULT.
DAC
DC
OFFSET
P1 J1
CAUTERY
STATUS
ANALOG
SCALE
AMP
VCO
FINE
CSREG*
PU*
PD*
ENABLE*
BUFFER
RMSDC
+85V
DATA0-7
GFRQ
ACH0-P
ACH2
TP4
COARSE
DATA
BUFFER
&
LATCH
RMSDC
SCALE
AMP
0-7
FRQ
FRQGATE*
TP2
MUX1*
CSREG*
FRST
DUAL
DAC
BD0
BD1
BD2
BD3
BD4
BD5
BD6
BD7
J2
ACH4
SCALE
AMP
BWRITE*/MDAC*
DAC0A*
DAC0B*
EMULATOR
TEST ROM
SOCKET
AD0-7
ACH5 (CAUT_PWR)
J1
10VREF
MUX2*
AD8-12
U/S
DRIVER/
CAUTERY
FEEDBACK
P1
(V3.01 and below)
OPTICAL -15VOK
ISOLATORS +15VOK
+12VOK
PHACO
BACKPLANE
REV
INPUT
RELAY
3PROG2
3PGND
3PROG0
3PROG1
CALR3
B10VREF
BUFFER
DATA0-3
INPUT
RELAY
J3
PU
INPUT
BUFFER
PD
NAND
GATES
UP/
DOWN
CNTR
CAUTERY PCB
DAC
DIGITAL MV
340 KHz
EN
CAUTEN*
EN
J2
PWR
FET
P2
CAUT_A
TO
CAUTERY
CONNECTOR
XFMR
CAUT_B
+85V
REL1
AMP/
FILTER
PWM
DC
PWR
REG
J1
FILTER
COMPLIANCE
COMPARATOR
LED
J3
STATUS
REV3
REV
TO PHACO
CONTROLLER
(THRU PHACO
BACKPLANE)
CAUT_PWR (ACH5)
Figure FO-7. Phaco Subsytem Block Diagram (V3.01 and below)

906-2000-501
2-41
J4
PHACO
BACKPLANE
J1
NEOSONIX CONTROLLER PCB
P1
FPUP
TEST*
DISABLE
(V3.12 and above)

MOTOR
DRIVER
PWMA-B
XRST* RESET
TX+
TXRX+
RX-
FUSE0-2
J3
U/S
Conn1
J14
RS422
CAUT COMPLIANCE
ST10F168
CONTROL
PROCESSOR
U/S
Conn2
ERBE_ENABLE*
PLD
SPI BUS
J6
40KHz-1
NCO
40KHz
40KHz-2
U/S
Power
Conn1
AMP
ERBE_ENABLE*
PD*
PU*
J13
CURRENT
DAC
U/S
Power
Conn2
DC2DC
VPHACO_FB
RMS
TO
DC
VRMS_FB
HOST
SYSTEM
24VDC
+15V
-15V
12V
5V
RMS
TO
DC
IRMS_FB
A17..A1
RAM
LO
P19
W-107
RAM
HI
GROUND
FAULT
DETECT
GROUND_FAULT
85V
D17..D1
P29
W-107
J5
J1
J3
PU
INPUT
BUFFER
NAND
GATES
UP/
DOWN
CNTR
CAUTERY PCB
DAC
PD
DIGITAL MV
340 KHz
EN
CAUTEN*
EN
J2
PWR
FET
P2
CAUT_A
TO
CAUTERY
CONNECTOR
XFMR
CAUT_B
+85V
REL1
AMP/
FILTER
PWM
DC
PWR
REG
J1
FILTER
COMPLIANCE
COMPARATOR
LED
J3
STATUS
REV3
REV
TO NeoSonix
CONTROLLER
(THRU PHACO
BACKPLANE)
CAUT_PWR (ACH5)
Figure FO-8. Phaco Subsytem Block Diagram (V3.12 and above)

906-2000-501
2-42
SECTION THREE
PARTS LOCATION AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL INFORMATION
SKINS REMOVAL
This section is written to instruct the service engineer on

how to locate, gain access to, and remove various skins
and subassemblies from the STTL. In addition to written
instructions, several drawings and photos are included to
aid in disassembly. If further detail is required than
shown in this section, refer to the engineering assembly
drawings located in Section 6: PARTS LISTS &
DRAWINGS.
Skins removal is accomplished by following the

instructions in Table 3-1 and associated Figures 3-1 and
3-2 . Each skin number on Table 3-1 corresponds to the
skin with the same number on Figures 3-1 and 3-2 . The
DESCRIPTION column on Table 3-1 gives a description
and part number of each skin. The "FIRST REMOVE"
column lists those skins which must be removed prior to
removing a selected skin, and the "INSTRUCTIONS"
column contains specific instructions for removing the
selected skin. For example, prior to removing skin 8,
skins 5 and 7 must be removed. After removing skins 5
and 7, perform the instructions for removing skin 8.
REQUIRED TOOLS
The following tools are required to perform the
procedures contained in this section:
Standard Service Tool Kit
Long Metric Screwdriver (see Table 4-2)
24 mm Custom Wrench (see Table 4-2)
906-2000-501
3-1
TABLE 3-1. Skins Removal Instructions (see Figures 3-1 and 3-2)
SKIN #
DESCRIPTION
LEFT SIDE PANEL

PN 200-1204-001,
-002, or -004
TOP CURVE
PANEL
PN 200-1427-001
FRONT BEZEL
FIRST
REMOVE
4, 16, 17,
11&12, 13
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Remove (or loosen) ten 3 mm hex screws securing Left Side
Panel to front and rear of chassis.
2. Remove one 2.5 mm hex screw securing top of panel to
chassis, and one 2.5 mm hex screw on inside-center of panel.
Remove Left Side Panel.
16, 17,
11 & 12
Remove two 3 mm hex screws securing Top Curve Panel to

Chassis. Remove Top Curve Panel.
5, 7, 8
Remove four 3 mm hex screws securing Front Bezel to front

panel chassis. Remove Front Bezel.
PN 200-1143-001 or 002
FRONT CURVED
PANEL
PN 200-1216-001
Using a 4 mm hex wrench, turn release latch located on

underside of system until bottom of Front Curved Panel
releases. Pull Front Curved Panel down and remove.
DISPLAY BOTTOM
PANEL CAP
PN 200-1193-001
Remove three 2.5 mm hex screws securing Display Bottom

Panel Cap to Front Panel. Pull Display Bottom Panel Cap down
to remove.
CAP ENDS
PN 200-1264-001
16, 17,
11 & 12, 9
Remove 2 mm hex screw from inside of Cap End. Remove Cap

End.
DISPLAY TOP
PANEL CAP
PN 200-1192-001
Remove three 3 mm hex screws on top back of Front Panel. Pull

Display Top Panel Cap up to remove. NOTE: When replacing
Display Top Panel Cap, make sure to align center tab with
center hole in Front Panel.
Align tab and hole
BACK BEZEL
PN 200-1194-001
5, 7
CAUTION
When removing this item, ensure the Back Bezel standoff
(lower left as you face the back of the system) doesnt catch
the gold ribbon cable as you remove the Back Bezel.
Remove two 3 mm hex screws securing Back Bezel to Front
Panel. Slide Back Bezel up and away from Front Panel to
remove.
3-2
TOP ARM
PN 200-1209-001
16, 17, 11
& 12
Remove four 3 mm hex screws (underside of arm, outside row)

securing Top Arm to arm chassis. Remove Top Arm.
10
BOTTOM ARM
PN 200-1210-001
16, 17,
11 & 12, 2
Remove six 3 mm wide flange hex screws (underside of arm,

inside row) securing Bottom Arm to chassis. Remove Bottom
Arm.
906-2000-501
TABLE 3-1. Skins Removal Instructions

SKIN #
DESCRIPTION
11 & 12
BACK PANEL
PN 200-1426-001 &
TOP CURVE BACK
COVER
PN 200-1205-001
FIRST
REMOVE
16, 17
INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE: The Back Panel (11) and the Top Curve Back Cover
(12) are removed as one piece. They are attached (inside) by
four 2.5 mm hex screws.
1. Remove three 2.5 mm hex screws securing Top Curve Back
Cover to chassis .
2. Remove 2.5 mm hex screw securing Top Curve Back Cover
to chassis at IV Pole opening.
3. Remove 11 and 12 assembly by sliding it back then up from
chassis.
13
REAR PANEL
PN 200-1165-001
1. Unplug power cord from outlet and rear of system.

2. Remove 21 2.5 mm hex screws (includes power cable clamp
screw) securing Rear Panel to chassis. Remove Rear Panel.
14
RIGHT SIDE
PANEL
PN 200-1203-001
16, 17,
11 & 12,
4, 13
1. Remove drawer.
2. Remove (or loosen) ten 3 mm hex screws securing Right Side
Panel to front and rear of chassis.
3. Remove one 2.5 mm hex screw securing top of panel to
chassis. Remove Right Side Panel.
15
FRONT TOP LID

PN 200-1206-001
1, 4, 16,17,
11&12, 13,
14, 18
16
IV POLE CAP
PN 200-1434-001
Unscrew IV Pole Cap counter-clockwise to remove.
17
IV POLE
SHROUD
PN 200-1432-001
16
Pull IV Pole Shroud back toward rear of system until metal

securing tab releases.
18
TRAY ARM
PN 200-1083-501
Loosen one 2 mm hex screw located in side of arm near Front

Top Lid. Pull up on Tray Arm to remove.
Not
shown
ARM SUPPORT
PIN
PN 200-1087001
1. Remove drawer.
906-2000-501
Remove four 4 mm hex screws securing Front Top Lid to

chassis. Remove Front Top Lid.
2. Remove 4 mm hex screw and two washers securing Arm

Support Pin. Turn Pin clockwise until it stops, then pull up to
remove.
3-3
Figure 3-1
3-4
TOP
CURVE
PANEL
LEFT
SIDE
PANEL
FRONT
BEZEL
FRONT
CURVED
PANEL
STTL Skins Location Diagram (Front View)
906-2000-501
DISPLAY TOP
PANEL CAP
BACK BEZEL
CAP END (2)
DISPLAY BOTTOM
PANEL CAP
TOP ARM
BOTTOM ARM 10
BACK PANEL 11
TOP CURVE
BACK COVER
Figure 3-2
906-2000-501
18
TRAY
ARM
17
IV POLE
SHROUD
16
IV POLE
CAP
15
FRONT
TOP LID
14
RIGHT
SIDE
PANEL
12
REAR 13
PANEL
STTL Skins Location Diagram (Rear View)
3-5
STTL DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

The following procedures provide instructions on
disassembling the STTL. Unless otherwise noted,
replacement of a particular assembly is performed in the
reverse order of removal. Refer to Figures 3-9 through
3-11 for location of part(s) to be removed.
1.2
Disconnect connectors P1, both P2's, P7, and P8

from Front Panel Controller PCB.
1.3
Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing touch

screen and LED layer to Front Panel Assembly.
Remove touch screen and LED illumination layer
from system (see Figure 3-3).
1.4
Remove four stand-off screws securing LCD to

Front Panel and remove LCD from system.
1.5
Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 088-031
CAUTION
The STTL contains electrostatic discharge (ESD)
sensitive devices. Always use care and wear a wrist
strap when working with or near these devices. The
system contains three ground connections for
wriststraps as shown in Figures 3-9 and 3-10.
REMOVAL OF TOUCH SCREEN, KEYPAD,

LED ILLUMINATION LAYER, LCD, AND
LCD BACKLIGHTS
1.1
Remove skins 3, 5, 7, 8, and 9 per Table 3-1.

NOTE: The elastomer keypad will remain with
front bezel.
1.5.1 Use a small screwdriver to pull back on tabs

securing backlight cover to backlight assembly (see
Figure 3-4). The metal cover will spring up as it
releases.
1.5.2 Slide backlight cover out to remove from backlight
assembly. Replacement: Ensure that white side of
backlight cover faces bulb when replacing.
Front Bezel
Keypad
Touch Screen
LED
Layer
Front Panel
Controller PCB
Front Panel Sub-Assembly

(includes LCD)
Inverter PCB
Figure 3-3
3-6
Exploded View of the STTL Front Panel Module

906-2000-501
Backlight Cover
Tabs securing
backlight covers
(two on each side).
Bulb
Backlight cover slides out.
Rubber Retainer holding bulb in place.
Figure 3-4
Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 088-031
1.5.3 Remove bulb connectors from retainer. Disconnect

connector from bulb that is being replaced.
1.7
1.5.4 Remove rubber retainer that secures bulb.
1.7.1 Remove two screws securing backlight to LCD.
1.5.5 Carefully remove bulb (with connectors) from

assembly.
1.7.2 Carefully remove Backlight (with connectors) from

LCD.
Replacement: Insert tabbed side of backlight into
LCD first.
1.6
Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 200-1836001.
Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 200-1721001 (refer to Figure 3-6).
Screw (2)
Backlight
1.6.1 Slide backlight out of LCD from location shown in

Figure 3-5.
Figure 3-5
Location of LCD Backlights on LCD

PN 200-1836-001
Figure 3-6
906-2000-501
Backlight
Tab (3)
Location of LCD Backlights on LCD
PN 200-1721-001
3-7
REMOVAL OF DISPLAY PCB.
2.1
Remove skins 3, 5, 7, and 8 per Table 3-1.
2.2
2.3
5.5
Loosen four captive screws securing Anterior

Pneumatic module to chassis. Remove module
from system.
Disconnect connector P1 from Display PCB.
REMOVAL OF FLOPPY DRIVE
Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing Display

PCB to Front Panel. Remove Display PCB from
system.
6.1
Remove skin 13 per Table 3-1.
6.2
Remove two 2.5 mm hex screws securing floppy

drive panel to chassis.
6.3
Disconnect power cable and ribbon cable from

floppy drive.
6.4
Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing floppy

drive to panel. Remove floppy drive from system.
REMOVAL OF IV POLE ASSEMBLY
7.1
If possible, lower IV Pole to lowest position.
7.2
Remove skins 11 & 12, and 13 per Table 3-1.
7.3
Disconnect connector P1 from IV Pole PCB (top

connector) and ground wire from chassis.
7.4
Loosen three captive screw securing IV Pole

assembly to chassis.
7.5
Lift IV Pole assembly up and out of system.
REMOVAL OF IV POLE PCB
8.1
8.2
Disconnect connectors P1, P2 and P3 from IV Pole

PCB.
NOTE: Before removing connectors, ensure that
all connectors are clearly labelled as they can be
mistakenly interchanged when reconnected.
8.3
Using a standard screwdriver, carefully pry IV Pole

PCB from each standoff. Remove PCB.
REMOVAL FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER

PCB
3.1
Remove skins 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 per Table 3-1.
3.2
Disconnect connectors P1 through P8 from Front

Panel Controller PCB.
3.3
Using a standard screwdriver, carefully pry Front

Panel Controller PCB from each standoff. Remove
Front Panel Controller PCB from system.
CAUTION
Place screwdriver next to standoff when prying
PCB from standoff to avoid damaging PCB.
4
REMOVAL OF FRONT PANEL SUBSYSTEM (COMPLETE ASSEMBLY)
4.1
Remove skins 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 per Table 3-1.
4.2
Disconnect connectors P5 and P6 from Front Panel

Controller PCB.
4.3
Remove four 7 mm nuts securing Front Panel

Subsystem to chassis.
4.4
Remove Front Panel Subsystem from chassis.
REMOVAL OF ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC

MODULE
5.1
5.2
Remove two 2.5 mm hex screws securing floppy

drive panel to chassis. This allows access and
removal of Anterior Pneumatic module.
5.3
5.4
3-8
Disconnect connector P2 from Anterior VIT Drive

PCB.
Disconnect clear pneumatic line at white
connector.
CAUTION
To avoid damaging PCB, Place screwdriver next
to standoff when prying PCB from standoff.
9
REMOVAL OF POWER SUPPLY
9.1
Unplug AC power cord.
9.2
906-2000-501
9.3
Remove 3 mm hex screw securing ground wire.
12
9.4
Disconnect power supply connectors from power

supply.
12.1 Remove skin 4 per Table 3-1.
9.5
Loosen two captive screws securing power supply

to chassis.
9.6
Slide power supply straight out of system.
10
REMOVAL OF SYSTEM FANS

10.2 Remove Power Supply per procedure 9.
10.3 Remove two 3 mm hex screws securing front panel
latch to chassis. Remove latch from system.
10.4 Disconnect fan power wire.
10.5 Loosen four captive screws securing CPU card
cage to chassis. This is done to provide space for
removal of system fans.
REMOVAL OF PHACO SYSTEM

MOTHERBOARD
12.2 Disconnect connectors from Phaco Controller, U/S

Driver, and Cautery PCBs (see Figure 3-11 for
PCB locations).
12.3 Remove Phaco Controller, U/S Driver, and Cautery
PCBs from card cage.
12.4 Disconnect all cables from Phaco motherboard and
route back through card cage as necessary to enable
card cage to be removed from system. Note
orientation and position of each connector as it is
disconnected.
12.5 Loosen four captive screws securing card cage to
chassis. Remove card cage/motherboard assembly
from system.
12.6 Remove six 2.5 mm hex screws securing
motherboard to card cage. Remove Phaco
motherboard.
10.6 Simultaneously lift CPU card cage and pull system

fans out of system.
13
11
13.1 Remove skins 11 & 12, 16, and 17 per Table 3-1.
REMOVAL OF HOST SYSTEM

MOTHERBOARD

11.2 Disconnect connectors from CPU, Multifunction,
and Video PCBs.
11.3 Remove CPU, Multifunction, and Video PCBs
from card cage.
11.4 Disconnect all cables from Host motherboard and
route back through card cage as necessary to enable
card cage to be removed from system. Note
orientation and position of each connector as it is
disconnected.
11.5 Loosen four captive screws securing card cage to
chassis. Remove card cage/motherboard assembly
from system.
11.6 Remove nine 2.5 mm hex screws securing
motherboard to card cage. Remove Host
motherboard.
906-2000-501
REMOVAL OF FLUIDICS MODULE
13.2 Disconnect connector P1 from Fluidics Backplane

PCB.
13.3 Loosen four captive screws securing Fluidics
module to chassis. See Table 5-1 for special
screwdriver specifications.
13.4 Slide Fluidics module toward IV Pole and lift out
of system when module clears chassis.
14
REMOVAL OF FLUIDICS HUB ROLLER

ASSEMBLY
14.1 Remove skins 11 & 12, 16, and 17 per Table 3-1.
14.2 Remove Fluidics Module per procedure 13.
14.3 Loosen Hub Roller Assembly by turning the 2 mm
hex set screw counter-clockwise approximately one
full turn.
NOTE: It is best not to use a ball-end hex
wrench for tightening or loosening the set screw.
The screw can be easily stripped using this type
of wrench.
3-9
Top Coag connector - loosen slotted screw

located in center of connector. Slide connector
out of bracket.
14.4 Pull Hub Roller Assembly straight out to remove.

Replacement:
14.5 Align the flat part of the D-bore hole with the flat
side of the motor drive shaft and then slide hub
roller into place.
Bottom Coag connector - loosen connector

using small and large counter spanner tools on
each side of the connector. Slide connector out of
bracket.
14.6 Position the Hub Roller Assembly so there is

approximately a 1.5 mm gap between it and the
Fluidic Housing by sliding a 1.5 mm hex wrench
between the two parts, then tightening the set
screw.
IEC 601 Connector Panel:

Two U/S and Attach connectors - loosen 24
mm nut using modified wrench. Slide connector
out of bracket.
15.1 Remove skins 1, 2, 4, 11 & 12, 16, and 17 per

Table 3-1.
Two Coag connectors - loosen connector using

small and large counter spanner tools on each
side of the connector. Slide connector out of
bracket.
15.2 Remove two 3 mm hex screws securing connector

bracket to chassis. NOTE: Do not move set
screws.
Steerable I/A and Vit connectors - remove nut

securing connector to bracket. Slide connector
out of bracket.
15
REMOVAL OF HANDPIECE CONNECTORS
15.4 Cut tie wraps from cable assembly.
15.3 Remove selected connector as follows (see Figure

3-7):
15.5 Remove selected connector and cable assembly.

Non-IEC 601 Connector Panel:
Three U/S connectors - loosen 24 mm nut using
modified wrench. Slide connector out of bracket.
NOTE: For Coag connectors, replace connector only.
U/S Port
U/S Port
U/S Port
(capped off in V3.12
and above)
U/S Port
Steerable I/A
Port
U/S Port
Set
screws
(do not
move)
Coag Port
Set
screws
(do not
move)
Coag Port
Coag Port
Attach Port
Coag Port
VIT Port
Non-IEC 601
(VIT Port not shown)
Figure 3-7
3-10
IEC 601
Connector Panel
906-2000-501
Connector P1
NOTE: 202-1311-xxx footswitches
also have a heelswitch in this
location.
Tie Wrap
24 mm Nut
Ground
Connection
Figure 3-8
16
Series 20000* Footswitch (PN 200-3500-501 shown)
REMOVAL OF FOOTSWITCH CABLE

NOTE: This procedure applies to the 200-3500XXX and 202-1311-XXX footswitches only.
16.1 Disconnect footswitch from rear of system.

16.2 Remove eight 2.5 mm hex screws securing bottom
cover to footswitch assembly. Remove bottom
cover.
16.4 Carefully cut tie wrap shown in Figure 3-8.

16.5 Disconnect connector P1 from footswitch PCB.
16.6 Using modified 24 mm wrench, loosen nut
securing cable to footswitch assembly.
16.7 Slide connector P1 through 24 mm nut and hole in
footswitch assembly.
16.3 Disconnect ground connection by removing 3 mm

hex screw.
906-2000-501
3-11
Display PCB
Touch Screen
Ground Connection
for Wriststrap
Host System
(CPU PCB on V3.12 and
above is a half-height PCB.)
Phaco Subsystem
(V3.01 system shown;
V3.12 and above contain
only the NeoSonix and
Cautery PCB's)
Power Supply
System Fans
Figure 3-9
3-12
Front Panel Latch
STTL Parts Location (Front View)
906-2000-501
Front Panel
Controller PCB
Fluidics
Controller PCB
Stepper Motor
Transducer PCB
Ground Connection
for Wrist strap
Anterior VIT
Drive PCB
Anterior
Compressor
Ground Connection
for Wriststrap
Floppy Drive
Optional Steerable I/A

Module located here
if installed.
IV Pole
PCB
IV Pole
Motor
Footswitch
Connection
Figure 3-10 STTL Parts Location (Rear View)
906-2000-501
3-13
CAUTERY PCB
J26
J4
MULTIFUNCTION PCB
J14
J27
J25
J28
U/S DRIVER PCB
VIDEO PCB
J15
PHACO
CONTROLLER PCB
J16
CPU PCB (half-height

PCB on V3.12 and above)
J5
NOTE: For V3.12 and

above the U/S Driver
and Phaco Controller
PCB's are combined
into the NeoSonix PCB.
J17
J18
J10
J19
J6
J11
J21
J22
J29
J12
J23
P1
J13
P2
P3
J24
FAN/FILTER
Figure 3-11
3-14
STTL PCB Location
906-2000-501
SECTION FOUR
MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
GENERAL INFORMATION
This section of the manual contains the following
information to assist the Field Engineer in maintenance
and troubleshooting of the
STTL:
The STTL performs "Self Check" diagnostics during

boot-up and continuously monitors all subsystems during
operation. If a problem occurs, the Front Panel displays a
message indicating the type of problem. These messages
are listed in Tables 4-5 through 4-7.
Troubleshooting information contained in Table 4-8 lists
common problems found in the system and actions
necessary to correct the problem. For problems that
require further instruction than Table 4-8 provides, refer
to the maintenance procedures immediately following the
table.
Table 4-1. Recommended Supplies

Table 4-2. Recommended Tools
Table 4-3. Recommended Spares
Table 4-4. System Configurations
Table 4-5. Legacy System Fault Messages
Table 4-6. Legacy System Warning Messages
Table 4-7. Legacy System Advisory Messages
Maintenance Procedures
Table 4-8. Troubleshooting
Tables 4-9 and 4-10. CPU POST Codes
Tables 4-1 through 4-3 list supplies, tools, and spares
used when servicing the STTL.
Tables 4-9 and 4-10 contain Power-On-Self-Test (POST)

codes used by various CPU's used on the system. If there
is an error during the boot cycle (indicates a faulty CPU
PCB) one of these codes will be displayed on DS1 and
DS2 located on the Multifunction PCB. These codes are
included for reference only. When returning a faulty CPU
PCB, please note the error code displayed when the fault
occurred.
TABLE 4-1
RECOMMENDED SUPPLIES
DESCRIPTION
SPECIFICATION
PART NUMBER
I/V Bottle w/stopper

Standard Cassette
I/A Cassette Pak

Cat. No. 20111
Standard Phaco Tip w/Tip Wrench,

Sleeve w/BSI, & Test Chamber
From phaco cassette pak
Silicone Tubing
12 inches from BSS irrigation line of cassette
Check Valve
From irrigation line of cassette
Pressure Tubing
5 inches of 1/8 inch I.D. tubing
T-Fitting
1/8 inch barbed nylon or brass T-fitting
906-2000-501
PEA Cassette Pak

Cat. No. 20115
042-022
4-1
TABLE 4-2
RECOMMENDED TOOLS
TOOL
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER
Standard Service Tool Kit
To Include:
Slotted screwdriver (small & large)
Right angle, ratcheting slotted
screwdriver or slotted offset screwdriver
Metric ball-end hex wrench set (1.5mm,
2mm,2.5mm, 3mm, 4mm)
Metric nut driver (7mm)
Electrostatic protective (ESD) wrist strap
Hemostats
19mm deep socket and ratchet wrench
T-Handled hex wrenches (2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm)
Long Metric Screwdriver
1.2mm thick x 1.8mm wide x 175mm long

Carlton-Bates Co. (501)562-9100
Ref. P/N 51080
Counter Spanner Tool
Supplier: Multi-Contact USA

(707) 575-7575
Ref. P/N 25.0022
Counter Spanner Tool
Ref. P/N 25.0020
Modified 24mm Combo-Wrench
Tool Number 995-2000-076

(see Figure 4-1 for specifications)
Must be capable of measuring:
RMS voltages from 0 to 45 Volts RMS
Frequency between 300 and 400 kHz
Fluke Scopemeter
Vacuum/Pressure Meter
Must be capable of measuring:

Vacuums from 0 to 550 mmHg
Pressures from 0 to 35 psi
Bio-Tek
DPM II or DPM III
Syringe
50 cc
Timer
Capable of indicating 1 to 120 seconds
Stop watch or wrist watch
Flow Meter
or
Graduated Cylinder
Capable of indicating 0 to 40 cc/min.
GF2260
IC Extraction Tool
Universal PLCC Extraction Tool
Cautery Load Box
75 Ohm, 1%, 30 watt, non-inductive load
Calibrated Volt & Frequency Meter
Capable of holding and indicating 0 to 50cc
Legacy Phaco Handpiece
P/N 200-1794-501
Metal Tip Wrench
Cat No. 8065740749
4-2
906-2000-501
Figure 4-1
906-2000-501
24 mm Custom Wrench Specifications
4-3
Table 4-3
RECOMMENDED SPARES
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
(per 10 units)
063-022
JACK,BANANA,4MM GOLD PLATED
Small Coag connector only, no wiring
143-096
LAMP,TFT-LCD,FLOUR BACKLIGHT
Used in LCD 200-1836-001. For system s/n I203002835

and above.
190-008
BATTERY,AA,1.5V 24 OHMS
For Remote Control (requires qty 4)
12
190-010
BATTERY,LITHIUM,3.6V 1.0A
For all Legacy CPU PCBs
200-1014-509
ASSY,PCB,MULTIFUNCTION
Compatible with ALL software versions. Will only provide

English voice responses with ALL systems.
200-1017-503
ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER,PHACO
Compatible with systems containing software version 2.23

and LOWER.
200-1017-505
ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER PHACO
System must have software v2.5X thru v3.00.
200-1032-501
ASSY,PCB,CASSETTE TYPE
This part is mounted inside the Fluidics Module and has the
two mini-optical switches for detection of cassette and type
of cassette inserted.
200-1052-501
POWER SUPPLY, TESTED
200-1450-001
CORD,POWER,AC
Power cord recommended as a spare since we have added

an AC ground check to the Legacy STP.
200-1452-001
LABEL,CHART,SERVICE HISTORY
History label located inside the front curved panel.
200-1510-502S
ASSY,PCB,XDCR FLUIDICS SERVICE
200-1538-501S
ASSY,MODULE,FLUIDICS SERVICE
200-1546-501
ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER SOA
Alternate p/n 200-1019-502E
200-1635-001
TUBING,POLY,.06X.12X5.0"
Lower tubing that connects to the Fluidics Transducer.
10
200-1648-501
ASSY,KIT,PLUNGER STTL
200-1741-001
BACKLIGHT,TUBE,HOT CATHODE
Used in LCD 088-031. For systems below s/n I203001400
200-1742-001
BACKLIGHT,TUBE,COLD CATHODE
Used in LCD 200-1721-001. For system s/n I203002000 to

I203002834.
200-1845-001
PCB,CPU,486 STTL
For systems with software version v2.23 thru v3.00. Is

interchangeable with CPU 200-1592-001.
ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER
NEOSONIX*
Only compatible with systems containing software v3.12.
Replaces 3 parts: 202-1768-001Baseplate Rubber Pad;

202-1493-001 Footswitch Baseplate; 202-1494-001
Baseplate Gasket
Only compatible with systems containg software v3.12.
Part of the footswitch.
Upper tubing that connects to the Fluidics Transducer.
AMOUNT TO BE USED AS REQUIRED - Used to lubricate

IV Pole Guide Rods and Lead-Screw
200-2268-501S
200-2274-001
BASEPLATE ASSY,FOOTSWITCH
(plate & rubber pads)
200-2290-001
200-3149-001
812-1010-022
891-021
PCB,CPU,PENTIUM LEGACY
CABLE ASSY,FOOTPEDAL
TUBING,SILICONE,.062X.125X5.75
LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL
4-4
NOTES
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-4
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS
PCB/ASSEMBLY
200-0000-501
203-0000-501 H
and below
203-0000-501 J
and above
203-0000-501 X
and above
203-0001-502
Front Panel Module
200-1061-502
203-1008-501
203-1008-502
203-1008-502
203-1008-502
FP Controller PCB
200-1028-503
200-1577-501
200-1722-501
200-1722-501
200-1722-501
LCD Display
088-031
088-031
200-1721-001
200-1836-001
200-1836-001
Inverter PCB
N/A
N/A
200-1724-001
200-1829-001
200-1829-001
Touch Screen
200-1455-001
200-1455-001
200-1455-001
200-1455-001
200-1455-001
Display PCB
200-1026-501
200-1026-501
200-1026-501
200-1026-501
200-1026-501
Fluidics Module
200-1538-501
200-1538-501
200-1538-501
200-1538-501
200-1538-501
Anterior Pneumatic
Module
200-1076-501
200-1076-501
200-1076-501
200-1076-501
200-1076-501
Phaco Module
200-1053-504(1) or
-506(2)
200-1053-504(1) or
-506(2)
200-1053-504(1) or
-506(2)
200-1053-504(1) or
-506(2)
200-1053-507(6)
NeoSonix* Controller
200-2268-507(6)
200-2268-507(6)
200-2268-507(6)
200-2268-507(6)
200-2268-507(6)
Phaco Controller
200-1017-503(1) or
-505(2)
200-1017-503(1) or
-505(2)
200-1017-503(1) or
-505(2)
200-1017-503(1) or
-505(2)
N/A
U/S Driver PCB
200-1546-501 or
200-1019-502
200-1546-501 or
200-1019-502
200-1546-501 or
200-1019-502
200-1546-501 or
200-1019-502
N/A
CPU PCB
200-1592-001(4) or
200-1845-001(3) or
200-2290-001(6)
200-1592-001(4) or
200-1845-001(3) or
200-2290-001(6)
200-1592-001(4) or
200-1845-001(3) or
200-2290-001(6)
200-1592-001(4) or
200-1845-001(3) or
200-2290-001(6)
200-2290-001(6)
Video PCB
200-1011-501 or
200-1545-501
200-1545-501
200-1545-502
200-1545-502
200-1545-502
Multifunction PCB
200-1014-507(7) or
-509(8)
200-1014-507(7) or
-509(8)
200-1014-507(7) or
-509(8)
200-1014-507(7) or
-509(8)
200-1014-507(7) or
-509(8)
Footswitch
200-3500-XXX or
202-1311-501 or
203-1030-501(5)
200-3500-XXX or
202-1311-501 or
203-1030-501(5)
200-3500-XXX or
202-1311-501 or
203-1030-501(5)
200-3500-XXX or
202-1311-501 or
203-1030-501(5)
200-3500-XXX or
202-1311-501 or
203-1030-501(5)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
For use with software versions 2.23 and lower.

For use with software versions 2.42 and 3.01.
Requires software version 2.23 through 3.01.
Requires software version 2.01 through 3.01.
Requires software version 2.42 or higher and Multifunction PCB 200-1014-504 or higher (excluding -510 Multifunction
PCB).
Advantec/NeoSonix* system, software version 3.12.
For use with software versions 3.01 through 3.12; will have multi-language voice response.
English only voice response when used with software versions 3.01 and 3.12.
906-2000-501
4-5
Tables 4-5, 4-6, and 4-7 list the FAULTS, WARNINGS,

TABLE
and ADVISORIES
4-5
displayed by the Legacy system. Many of
these messages will only appear on software

LEGACY
versions
2.42 and
above.
SYSTEM
FAULT
MESSAGES
TABLE 4-5
FAULT MESSAGE
CONDITION
CAUSE & CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYSTEM FAULT POSSIBLE

MESSAGES
LEGACY
FAULT MESSAGE
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE & CORRECTIVE ACTION
Fluidics RAM Test

Failure
The Fluidic subsystems RAM test

failed.
Fluidics ROM Test

Failure
The Fluidic subsystems ROM test

failed.
Fluidics Transducer
Failure
The Fluidic subsystem reports an

error with the vacuum transducer for
the 4 time.
Faulty PCB replace Transducer PCB.
Fluidics Liquid Vent

Error
The Fluidics subsystem reports a

malfunctioning of the Liquid Vent
valve.
Fluidics Irrigation Valve

Error

malfunctioning of the Irrigation valve.
Dried BSS clean fluidics module basin and replace

irrigation and liquid vent plunger assemblies.
Faulty switch replace Fluidics Cable Assy W-110 or
Fluidics Module.
Faulty PCB replace Fluidics Controller PCB.
Fluidics Air Vent Error

malfunctioning of the Air Vent valve.
Poor connection reseat the connector for cable W-110.

Faulty solenoid replace the Air Vent Solenoid.
Fluidics 24V Failure
The Fluidics subsystem reports

problem with the 24 volts power
supply.
Fluidics -15V Failure
The Fluidic subsystem reports a

supply.
Poor connection reseat Fluidics Controller PCB.

Poor connection - reseat fluidics interconnection cable
(W-108) at both ends.
Faulty cable - replace fluidics interconnection cable (W108).
Fluidics +15V Failure
The Fluidic subsystem reports a

problem with the +15 volts power
supply.

Poor connection reseat fluidics interconnection cable

Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB.
Faulty cable replace fluidics interconnection cable (W108).
Fluidics Module Not

Responding
The host software can no longer

detect the presence of a working
Fluidics module.
Attach Transducer
Failure
The LFA subsystem reports an error

with the vacuum transducer for the 4th
time.
Faulty transducer replace Attach Controller PCB.
Attach Liquid Vent

Failure
The LFA subsystem reports a

malfunctioning of the Liquid Vent
valve.
Attach Irrigation Valve

Failure

malfunctioning of the Irrigation valve.
Poor connection reseat liquid vent or irrigation valve

connector.
Alignment problem adjust alignment of the valve
positioning tab to the sensor on the Attach Controller
Faulty PCB replace Attach Controller PCB.
Faulty solenoid replace either the liquid vent or
irrigation solenoid assembly.
Attach Purge Vent

Failure

malfunctioning of the Purge Vent
valve.
4-6
Poor connection reseat purge valve connector.

Faulty solenoid replace purge valve solenoid assembly.
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-5
LEGACY SYSTEM FAULT MESSAGES
FAULT MESSAGE
Attach 24V Failure
CONDITION
The LFA subsystem reports problem
with the 24 volts power supply.
Attach -15V Failure

supply.
Attach +15V Failure

supply.

Poor connection reseat Attach Module connector to
the side of the console.
Poor connection reseat Attach internal connector.
Faulty cable replace the Attach Module cable that
connects to the side of the console.
Faulty cable replace Attach internal connector.

detect the presence of a working LFA
module.
Poor connection reseat Attach Module connector to

the side of the console.
Poor connection reseat Attach internal connector.
Faulty cable replace the Attach Module cable that
connects to the side of the console.
Faulty cable replace Attach internal connector.
U/S Module Down (No

Response)
The host software can not detect the

presence of a working U/S module at
startup.
Poor connection - reseat Phaco Controller PCB.

Poor connection reseat phaco interconnection cable
Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
Faulty cable replace phaco interconnection cable (W-107).
Footpedal Error
The host detected an error while

initializing the footpedal; or the
footswitch was not in position 0 on
startup or when it was inserted.
Poor connection disconnect footswitch cable then plug

in making certain it is seated completely.
Faulty footswitch replace footswitch.
Faulty cable replace internal footswitch cable (W-111).
Communication Error
Sub-error: 1NACK
2Checksum
3Transmit Buffer Full
4Receive Buffer Full
A serial communication error is

detected on one of the subsystem/
host communication channels
(excluding Steerable I/A).
Comm Buffer Error SubSytem ...
Invalid serial communication detected

between one of the subsystem/host
communication channels.
MF System ADC Error
The host could not read the System

ADC (Analog to Digital Converter).
PS AC Shutdown
AC shutdown due to imminent power

fail.
MF Watch Dog Timeout
Time out of the watch dog timer on

the host.
PS 5V Supply Out of
Tolerance
5-volt supply out of tolerance.
Attach Module Not

Responding
906-2000-501
Poor connection reseat interconnection cable at both

ends for the subsystem reported in the error message.
Poor connection reseat Controller PCB for the
subsystem reported in the error message.
Faulty PCB replace Controller PCB for the subsystem
reported in the error message.
Faulty cable replace interconnection cable.
Poor connection reseat CPU and Multifunction PCBs.

Faulty P/S replace power supply.
Faulty PCB replace CPU PCB.
Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB for the
subsystem reported in the error message.
Faulty P/S - replace power supply.
Faulty PCB - replace Host Backplane PCB.
4-7
TABLE 4-5
FAULT MESSAGE
CONDITION
Host Internal Error
The host detected an unexpected

software condition.
Host - Operating
Exception Error
The host detected a divide by zero,

overflow, or bound error.
Host AMX Error
An Operating System error occurred

during an AMX system call.
CPU Invalid Opcode
Host attempted to execute an invalidopcode.
CPU Coprocessor Not

Available
Host detected a coprocessor not

available condition.
CPU Double Fault
Host detected a double fault. The

double fault occurs when the
processor detects an exception while
trying to process a prior exception.
CPU Coprocessor
Segment Overrun
Host detected a coprocessor

segment overrun. This fault is
generated in the math coprocessor
systems when the CPU detects a
page or segment violation.
CPU Invalid TSS
Host detected an invalid TSS (Task

State Segment). This fault occurs if a
task switches to a segment with an
invalid TSS is attempted.
CPU Segment Not

Present
This fault occurs when the host

processor detects that the segment is
not present.
CPU Stack Fault
Host detected a stack fault. This

condition usually results from a stack
underflow or overflow in the Floating
Point Unit.
CPU General Protection

Fault
Host detected a general protection

fault. All protection violations which
do not cause another exception
cause a general protection exception.
CPU Page Fault
Host detected a page fault. This fault

is caused by a page level protection
violation.
CPU Critical Error
Host detected an unexpected disk

interrupt.
4-8
Poor connection Reseat CPU PCB.

Faulty PCB replace CPU PCB.
Faulty P/S Replace power supply.
Faulty PCB - replace Host Backplane PCB.
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-5
FAULT MESSAGE
System Fault 24 volt
error
CONDITION
Upon power-up the yellow "IV Pole
error" is displayed, then a red
"System Fault -24 volt error" is
displayed, and the system locks up.

Faulty cable, PCB, or power supply. Troubleshoot as follows:
1. Connect multimeter to 24 V line on system backplane. It
usually reads approximately 0 V when this error is
present.
CAUTION
Turn off system using main power switch on
backside of system next to power cord before
unplugging a PCB or cable connector.
2. Unplug each cable connector, and then each PCB, one at
a time, until 24 V is present on power up. If all modules
are unplugged and 24 V is not present, replace the power
supply.
3. Plug in each connector and PCB one at a time, except for
the suspected faulty component to ensure there are no
other components involved.
4. Plug in faulty component to verify that 24 V is pulled low.
5. If problem is with a subsystem cable, disconnect all cables
and PCB's within the subsystem to determine which
component is faulty.
6. Replace faulty component and verify system powers up
properly.
The following parts are listed in order of likelihood as being
the cause of the 24 V error:
1
Front Panel Controller PCB
2
Anterior Pneumatic Module
3
Power Supply
4
Footswitch Assembly
5
Fluidics Controller PCB
6
Phaco Controller PCB
7
Fluidics Module
8
I/V Pole Assembly
9
Multifunction PCB
10 System Backplane PCB
11 Cables to subsystems and footswitch
906-2000-501
4-9
TABLE 4-6
LEGACY SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES
WARNING MESSAGE
Fluidics Vacuum
Reading Error
CONDITION
The Fluidics subsystem reports an
error with the vacuum transducer.
Fluidics Vit Compressor

Failure

malfunctioning of the Vit
Compressor.
Attach Vacuum
Reading Error
The LFA subsystem reports an error

with the vacuum transducer.
U/S Module Down

(Mux 2)
The U/S subsystem reports

Multiplexor-2 10 volt reference is out
of tolerance.
U/S Module Down

(Mux 1)
The U/S subsystem reports

Multiplexor-1 10 volt reference is out
of tolerance.
U/S Cautery
Compliance Error
The U/S subsystem failed the

cautery compliance check.
U/S Handpiece Ground

Fault
The U/S subsystem reports a

Ground Fault condition on the U/S
HP.
U/S Cautery Level Error
The U/S subsystem received an

invalid cautery level from the host.
U/S Range Error
U/S Power Level Error
4-10

invalid pulse rate, mode, or burst
width from the host.
invalid power level from the host.

Faulty PCB replace Transducer PCB.
Poor connection reseat fluidics interconnection cable

(W-108) at the fluidics module and Anterior Pneumatics
Module.
Faulty module replace Ant.-Vit. pump module.
Faulty module replace Fluidics Module.
Faulty cable replace fluidics interconnection cable (W-108).
Faulty transducer replace Attach Fluidics Controller
PCB.
Poor connection reseat U/S Driver PCB.

Faulty PCB replace U/S Driver PCB.
Poor connection reseat Cautery PCB.

Poor connection reseat Phaco Controller PCB.
Faulty PCB replace Cautery PCB.
Poor connection reseat phaco HP (record HP s/n).

Moisture in connector disconnect HP and look for
moisture in the connector or at the console receptacle
(record HP s/n).
Faulty HP replace HP (record HP s/n).
Faulty cable replace phaco interconnection cable, W117-502 (top), W-117-503 (middle), W-117-504 (bottom).
Poor connection reseat phaco interconnection cable (W107) at both ends.

Faulty cable replace phaco interconnection cable (W107).
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-6
WARNING MESSAGE
CONDITION
The U/S subsystem reports that the

HP open or short circuit current test
failed.

U/S Module Down

(85V)

supply.

Poor connection reseat +85V cable connectors at each
end (P29 & P5).
Poor connection reseat Cautery PCB.
Faulty P/S replace power supply.
U/S Module Down

(+12V)

supply.
U/S Module Down

(-15V)

problem with the -15 volts power
supply.
U/S Module Down

(+15V)

supply.
U/S Module Down

(Interrupt)
The U/S subsystem reports that it

encounter an unexpected or unused
interrupt.
U/S Module Down (No

Response)

detect the presence of a working U/S
module.
U/S Handpiece Current

Error
IV Pole Error
(if another error is
displayed after this then
troubleshoot last
displayed error)
906-2000-501
The system reports an I/V Pole

movement or positioning problem.

Poor connection reseat sub-sytem interconnection
cable (W-107).
Faulty cable - replace sub-sytem interconnection cable
(W-107).
Faulty HP - replace phaco HP and record S/N.

Poor connection reseat U/S and Cautery PCB(s).
Faulty HP - replace phaco HP and record S/N.

Faulty cable replace phaco interconnection cable (W-108).
Interference Look for tap or other material being stuck
to the IV Pole.
Incorrect power down If main power switch (near power
cord) is turned of when pole is at it highest setting, then
some systems will not be able to properly home the IV
Pole. Make certain they turn the standby power off first
then the main power switch.
Poor connection reseat IV Pole interconnection cable
W-102.
Faulty module replace IV Pole assembly.
Faulty cable replace IV Pole interconnection cable W-102.
4-11
TABLE 4-6
WARNING MESSAGE
CONDITION
Steer I/A Module Down

(Interrupt)
The Steerable I/A subsystem reports

that it encountered an unexpected or
unused interrupt.

(UART)

a problem with its UART.

(Pump Motor)

a problem with pump motor.

Poor connection reseat Steerable I/A interconnection
cable at both ends.
Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
Faulty cable replace Steerable I/A interconnection cable.
Poor connection Reseat Steerable I/A Module
communication cable.
Faulty cable replace Steerable I/A interconnection cable
cable at both ends.
Faulty pump replace Steerable I/A diaphragm pump.
Poor connection remove and reconnect Steerable I/A HP
and tubing.
Faulty HP replace HP.
Tubing leak replace HP tubing.
Tubing leak replace tubing from connector panel to
Steerable I/A module.
Faulty pump replace Steerable I/A diaphragm pump.
Steer I/A HP Leak:

Check Connections

a HP leak due to a drop in pressure
in the HP.
Steer I/A Accumulator

Leak

an accumulator leak due to a drop in
pressure in the accumulator.

(+15V)

a problem with the +15 volts power
supply.

(-15V)

a problem with the -15 volts power
supply.

(24V)

a problem with the +24 volts power
supply.

(HPVentValve)

a problem with the HP vent valve.

cable at both ends.

(HPChargeValve)

a problem with the HP charge valve.

cable at both ends.

(Accum Valve)

a problem with the accumulator
charge valve.

cable at both ends.

(TransducerRef)

a problem with the transducer
reference.

cable at both ends.
4-12
Tubing leak replace tubing inside Steerable I/A module.

Accumulator leak replace accumulator.

cable at both ends.
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-6
WARNING MESSAGE
CONDITION

(No Response)

detect the presence of a working
Steerable I/A module.

(Transmit Full)
The host software detected that the

Steerable I/A communication transmit
buffer is full.

(Checksum)
The host software received a

message from the Steerable I/A
subsystem with an incorrect
checksum.

(NACK)
The Steerable I/A subsystem

received a message from the host
with an incorrect checksum and sent
the host a NACK message.
906-2000-501

cable at both ends.
4-13
TABLE 4-7
LEGACY SYSTEM ADVISORY MESSAGES
ADVISORY MESSAGE
CONDITION
Please Insert Cassette
The cassette is not inserted.
Invalid Cassette Type
An invalid type of cassette is inserted

into the active fluidic module.
Faulty PCB replace Cassette Type PCB.

Faulty module - replace Fluidics Module.
Please Remove One

Cassette
Both the STTL and Attach fluidics

module have a cassette inserted
when in the Test (priming) screen.
Both modules have a cassette inserted remove the

cassette from either the Attach or the Legacy console.
Switch stuck in module without a cassette refer to
troubleshooting for Invalid Cassette Type advisory.
Unknown Handpiece
or
Invalid Handpiece Type
The U/S subsystem reports that

unknown HP is connected.
Please Insert Footswitch
The footswitch is not inserted.
Invalid Footswitch Type
An invalid type of footswitch is

inserted into the system.
1. Check fittings Reprime
4-14
Cassette not installed Insert a cassette.

Faulty PCB replace Cassette Type PCB.
Faulty module - replace Fluidics Module.
Moisture in HP connection unplug HP and look for

moisture in the connector.
Poor HP connection disconnect HP and reseat it
making certain to seat it completely.
Faulty HP receptacle try a different HP receptacle.
Replace receptacle HP cable assembly.
Poor PCB connection reseat U/S Driver and Phaco
Controller PCBs.
Poor connection disconnect footswitch and reseat the
connector making certain it is completely seated.
Faulty footswitch replace footswitch.
Faulty cable replace internal footswitch cable (W-111).
Failed vacuum test (did not build to at

least 400 mmHg), but pass vent test
(vacuum did dropped to at least
5 mmHg).
Setup incorrect - If priming in irrigation mode DO NOT

have a HP attached.
Setup incorrect - If priming in U/S mode must irrigate to fill
HP and test chamber first.
Clogged tubing/transducer - clean and replace tubing or
transducer as needed.
Sticking plunger - clean and replace fluidics plungers.
Air leak - check for leak in internal tubing and transducer
block, replace as needed.
Faulty soleniod - replace air vent soleniod.
Passed vacuum test (did build to at

least 400 mmHg), but failed vent test
(vacuum did not dropping to at least
5 mmHg).

have a HP attached.
Stuck drip chamber ball - Flick drip chamber near vent
flange with finger to free ball.
Kink in tubing - Straighten and massage out the kink.
Faulty cassette - Replace cassette and prime again.
Blockage in HP - Try priming without HP in the irrigation
mode, if works replace HP.
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-7
ADVISORY MESSAGE
CONDITION
Failed vacuum test (did not build to at

least 400 mmHg), and failed vent test
(vacuum did not dropping to at least
5 mmHg).

have a HP attached.
Kink in tubing - Straighten and massage out the kink.
Clogged tubing/transducer - clean and replace tubing or
transducer as needed.
Sticking plunger - clean and replace fluidics plungers.
Tune Failed: 10 (3.01 & below)

Tune Failed: 4 (3.12 & above)
U/S power was on while tuning

command was issued from host to
sub-system.

U/S module was not placed in test

mode by host when tune command
was issued.
Request for tuning an invalid HP port

was received

There is no HP installed.

HP type is unknown

Hardware TEST signal was not

initiated by sub-system when tune
command was issued by host.
Slope of coarse VCO is zero
Slope of fine VCO is zero

Current less than minimum allowable

during tuning
Handpiece voltage less than

minimum allowable
Current exceeded maximum

allowable during tuning
906-2000-501
Software issue record all information (such as: setting,

mode in use, HP s/n) and report problem to ITC.


Poor connection disconnect and reconnect phaco HP.

Poor connection disconnect and reconnect phaco HP.

4-15
TABLE 4-7
ADVISORY MESSAGE
CONDITION
Tune Failed:20 (3.01 & below)

Tune Failed:16 (3.12 & above)
The differential admittance between

series and parallel resonance is low .
Tune Failed: 22
Admittance at parallel resonance

does not meet the minimum
requirements.
Loose phaco tip retighten tip.

Poor connection reseat ultrasonic HP.
Moisture in HP connection disconnect HP and dry both
the cable connector and system receptacle.
Faulty connector plug HP connector into a different
connector, replace HP cable assembly (inside system).

Series and parallel frequency are

swapped.
Series & parallel resistance are

swapped.

Bandwidth too low.
Bandwidth too high.
Parallel resonance frequency too

close to 41 KHz.
Tune Failed: 26
Admittance slope is zero.

Ground fault detected.
Tune Failed: 28
Ground fault detected during tuning.
Tune Failed: 29
Ground fault detected while tune

frequency was being measured.
Tune Failed: 30
Ground fault detected while tune

frequency was applied.
HP Ground Fault
Ground fault detected while tune or

during ultrasonic HP operation.
Tune Failed: Tuning In Air
Tuning attempted while tip is

exposed to air.
1. Flush handpiece with fluid and fill test chamber.

2. Replace handpiece.
Loose Tip.
1. Retighten phaco tip.

3. Replace NeoSonix* Controller PCB.
Parallel resonant frequency too close

to 41 KHz.
Series resonant frequency too close

to 36 KHz.
1. Reseat handpiece and retighten phaco tip.

3. Replace NeoSonix* Controller PCB.
4. Replace handpiece cable assembly.
High Resistance Flow verify HP Flow
Following a successful tune the

system check for proper flow
capability and detected a buildup of
vacuum of 150 mmHg or more.
System detected a standard (blue
stripe) cassette.
(3.12 & above)
Tune Failed: Loose Tip

(3.12 & above)
Software versions 2.21 or higher.
4-16
Poor connection reseat ultrasonic HP.

Moisture in HP connection disconnect HP and dry both
the cable connector and system receptacle.
Faulty connector plug HP connector into a different
connector, replace HP cable assembly (inside system).
Faulty footswitch try disconnecting and reconnecting
the footswitch if error goes away investigate possible
footpedal up signal problem.
Using of MicroTip (purple sleeve and tip) and standard

cassette (blue striped tubing) press STOP and continue
to use for surgery.
Using a standard phaco tip (blue sleeve and shiny metal
tip) and standard cassette First check cassette tubings
for kinks, and then replace HP.
Using a MaxVac cassette (red striped tubing) press
STOP and continue to use for surgery, then replace
Cassette Type PCB.
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-7
ADVISORY MESSAGE
Flow Obstruction - Chk
HP
CONDITION
System could be using a MaxVac
(red stripe) or standard (blue stripe)
cassette.

Tubing kinked message kink from cassette tubing.
HP aspiration or irrigation line blocked replaced phaco
HP.
Software versions 2.21 or higher.

Check HP Flow

Software versions 2.12 or lower.
If using MicroTip (purple sleeve and tip) and/or MaxVac

cassette (aspiration line has red stripe), system is okay to
use if it passes the test below. Otherwise replace HP, if
problem persists replace cassette:
1. Leave HP on tray and press STOP to exit test screen.
2. Select I/A MAX mode, set aspiration to 30 cc/min. then
depress footswitch pedal all the way. Observe that test
chamber maintain its shape.
3. With pedal still depressed fold over and pinch off the
irrigation line. Hold pinched for 5 seconds, test chamber
should start collapsing release pinch observe test
chamber re-inflates.
If using a standard phaco tip (blue sleeve and shiny metal
tip):
1. Check cassette tubings for kinks.
2. HP may have partial obstruction in the irrigation or
aspiration line, try second phaco HP.
Invalid Media Type

Reading C Drive
906-2000-501
Database of Doctors memory is

corrupted.
Corrupted file select and delete doctor from system

then reprogram.
Corrupted database - reinitialize SRAM (U14) on CPU
by removing and plugging back in.
ALL PROGRAMMED DOCTOR MEMORIES WILL BE
DELETED!!!
Faulty PCB - Replace CPU PCB.
4-17
TABLE 4-8
TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM
1
4-18
SYMPTOM
Remote Control not
functioning.
Cassette difficult to
remove.
No aspiration.
Footswitch not
responding.
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remote channel not the same as the

system or programmed memory.
1. Change remote control or system channel

(see Operators manual for instructions).
2. Low Batteries.
2. Change batteries.
3. Florescent light interference. (Turn off

lights and try remote again. If it works
with room lights off, problem is
florescent light interference.)
3. Call Technical Support for corrective action.
4. Bad remote control.
4. Replace remote control.
5. Interconnection problem: cable or

connectors.
5. Reseat cable W-131 at both ends.
6. Display PCB bad.
6. Replace Display PCB.
7. Front Panel Controller PCB bad.
7. Replace Front Panel Controller PCB.
1. Faulty Cassette.
1. Replace cassette and arrange to have old

cassette sent to consumer affairs in Houston
@ (800) 445-2389, note cassette pak lot
number and catalog number for evaluation.
2. Cassette Latch loose.
2. Tighten cassette latch screws.
3. Old style cassette latch (old style is

stainless steel).
3. Replace with new style which is black

anodized.
1. Kink in aspiration tubing.
1. Massage kink out of tubing.
2. Vacuum limit set too low.
2. Increase vacuum limit.
3. Aspiration rate set too high.
3. Decrease aspiration rate.
4. Leak in I/A handpiece.
4. Replace handpiece o-rings or tubing.

Replace I/A handpiece.
5. Faulty cassette.
5. Replace cassette.
6. Internal leak in Fluidics Module.
6. Look for leak in internal tubings and

transducer block; replace parts as needed.
7. Faulty or intermittent air vent solenoid.
7. Replace air vent solenoid.
8. Liquid vent plunger not closing

completely.
8. Clean or replace plungers.
1. Footswitch connection.
1. Unplug footswitch connector and reinsert.
2. Faulty footswitch cable.
2. Replace cable per Section 3.
3. Faulty system footswitch cable.
3. Replace system cable W-111.
4. Faulty footswitch.
4. Replace footswitch.
5. Faulty Multifunction PCB.
5. Replace Multifunction PCB.
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-8
TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM
5
SYMPTOM
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Front Panel Buttons

dont function but
Remote and Touch
Screen work.
1. Stuck contact on the button layer.
1. Replace Touch Screen layer per Section 3.
2. Faulty Front Panel Controller PCB.
Front Panel buttons,

touch screen and
remote not
responding.
1. An advisory message being displayed

such as "Invalid Cassette" or "1.
Check Fitting - Reprime" or "Flow
obstruction - Check handpiece."
1. Inservice user(s) in troubleshooting system.

If displaying Invalid Cassette or HP Flow
advisory, the Cassette Type PCB may be
faulty.
2. Faulty Front Panel Controller PCB.
1. User programming error.
1. Train staff on memory programming. Refer

to Operators manual for detailed
instructions.
2. Faulty CPU PCB.
2. Replace CPU PCB.

NOTE: Make certain to record doctors
settings when possible.
1. CPU battery dead.
1. Replace battery per maintenance

procedure 1.
Reprogram doctors settings.
2. Faulty CPU PCB.
2. Replace CPU PCB.

NOTE: Make certain to record doctors
settings when possible.
Memory - partial loss

of settings or doctors
names.
Memory - lose of all

settings and doctors
names.
Priming Failure
Note advisory message and reference the

appropriate Warning, Fault, or Advisory
table.
10
Tunes handpiece but

fails to operate.
1. Loose tip.
1. Re-tighten the phaco tip,
2. Moisture in handpiece connector.
2. Disconnect the handpiece, look at the

handpiece connector and system receptacle
to make certain there is no moisture on
either,
3. Poor connection.
3. Plug handpiece back into system, make

certain it clicks into place,
4. Handpiece was tuned while still HOT,

then cooled and shifted resonant
frequency.
4. Re-tune the handpiece.
5. Faulty connector recepticle.
5. Connect handpiece to a different connector

and retune. Replace faulty connector
assembly.
or
Poor phaco power or
sputtering sound from
handpiece.
Continued on next page...
906-2000-501
4-19
TABLE 4-8
TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM
11
12
13
4-20
SYMPTOM
No irrigation when in
Irr-Freeflow mode.
Fluid on the floor

during or after
surgery.
System not
responding to
footswitch depression.
PROBABLE CAUSE
CORRECTIVE ACTION
6. Faulty handpiece.
6. If problem persists try a different handpiece

receptacle.
NOTE: Record handpiece serial number
in case problem reoccurs (most
handpiece related problems will be
intermittent).
7. Poor connection.
7. Reseat U/S Driver PCB and Phaco

Controller PCB.
8. Faulty U/S Driver PCB.
8. Replace U/S Driver PCB.
9. Faulty Phaco Controller PCB.
9. Replace Phaco Controller PCB.
1. Kink in tubing.
1. Massage out kink in tubing.
2. Stuck drip chamber ball.
2. Flick air vent with finger to free vent ball.

(Prior to spiking BSS bottle shake drip
chamber to hear vent ball rattle.)
3. Poor or no footswitch connection.
3. Unplug the footswitch from back of system

then reconnect it, making certain it seats
completely into the receptacle,
4. Faulty Cassette.
4. Replace and keep cassette then report

problem to Consumable Consumer Affairs in
Houston @ (800) 445-2389, note cassette
pak lot number and catalog number.
1. Cassette drainage bag stuck together

or pinched between cassette and
fluidics module basin.
1. When inserting cassette pull out on drainage

bag to prevent it from being pinched
between the cassette and fluidics basin or
sticking together,
2. Cassette not fully seated.
2. When inserting cassette, press in on the

handle to fully seat it.
3. Leak in cassette.
3. Replace and keep cassette then report

problem to Consumable Consumer Affairs in
Houston @ (800) 445-2389, note cassette
pak lot number and catalog number.
1. Poor or no footswitch connection.
1. Unplug the footswitch from back of system

then reconnect it, making certain it seats
completely into the receptacle.
2. Faulty footswitch.
2. Depress pedal and verify footswitch icon,

located in upper right corner of display,
changes from 0 to 1,2,3. Replace footswitch
if it is not responding properly.
3. Poor Multifunction PCB connection.
3. Reseat Multifunction PCB.
4. Faulty Multifunction PCB.
4. Replace Multifunction PCB.
5. Faulty internal system footswitch cable

(W-111).
5. Replace cable W-111.
906-2000-501
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
1
REPLACING CPU PCB LITHIUM

BATTERY
INSTALLING OR UPGRADING SYSTEM

SOFTWARE
CAUTION
2.1
Turn system power OFF.
The CPU PCB contains electrostatic discharge (ESD)

sensitive devices. Always wear a wriststrap when
working with this device.
2.2
Insert floppy disk containing system software

into disk drive on rear panel. The disk label must
face up, and end with metal sleeve must be
inserted first (see Figure 4-3).
2.3
Turn system power ON. The front panel display

illuminates during complete downloading
process. This takes approximately 3 minutes.
1.1
Remove Front Curved Panel per Section 3.
1.2
Remove brackets securing PCBs in Host System

card cage.
1.3
Disconnect connectors from CPU PCB.
2.4
1.4
Gently pull up on battery to remove from PCB

(see Figure 4-2 for battery location).
NOTE: Once the battery is removed, you have
less than 15 minutes to install new battery
before doctors settings (if any remain) are
lost.
When green light on the floppy disk drive

remains off for more than 30 seconds, turn
system power OFF.
2.5
Remove floppy disk by pressing ejection button

on lower right side of floppy disk drive.
2.6
Turn system power ON.
1.5
Install new battery and replace CPU PCB.
2.7
1.6
Perform Service Test Procedure located in

Section 4.
On power up, verify installed software version

that is displayed in lower right corner of blue
ALCON screen.
2.8
Perform Service Test Procedure located in

Section 4.
Lithium Battery
Figure 4-2
906-2000-501
Lithium Battery on CPU PCB
Figure 4-3
Disk Insertion
4-21
CLEANING THE TOUCH SCREEN
The touch screen uses a UV cure acrylate coating on the

front polyester (PET) surface. This coating is
substantially harder and more abrasion and chemical
resistant than uncoated PET.
4.6
Coarse adjust TP1 on Cautery PCB for DVM

reading of approximately 39 VAC.
4.7
Adjust TP2 to maximize reading on DVM. After

adjusting TP2, check oscilloscope waveform.
Verify period of 2.5 to 3.3 microseconds
(300-400 KHz).
The surface of the touch screen should be kept free of

dirt, dust, fingerprints or other materials that could
degrade optical properties. Long term contact with
abrasive materials will scratch the front surface and
image quality will be detrimentally affected.
3.1
Apply any commercially available NONAMMONIA window cleaner to a NONABRASIVE cloth towel.
NOTE: Adjustment of TP2 tunes cautery

frequency to maximize delivered power; TP1
adjustment sets cautery output power to 20
watts.
4.8
With footswitch in position 3, readjust TP1 for

109-111 Vpp on oscilloscope.
4.9
Set COAG POWER to 0% (footswitch in

position 3).
Verify output on oscilloscope 1.0 Vpp (audible
tone heard from unit).
4.9
Set COAG POWER to 10% (footswitch in

position 3) and observe Peak-to-Peak voltage on
oscilloscope.
4.10
While continuing to depress footswitch, increase

COAG POWER on front panel by 10% steps up
to 100%.Verify the following:
Oscilloscope voltage increases with each step
by 8-12 Vpp.
Audible tone from unit through full power
range.
CAUTION
Do not apply cleaner directly to touch screen as it is
not designed with a water tight bezel and some ingress
may occur from behind the panel.
3.2
Wipe cloth across touch screen until clean.
CAUTERY CALIBRATION
4.1
Remove Front Curved Panel per Table 3-1.
4.2
Turn system ON.
4.3
Insert a 75 ohm noninductive load into cautery

output jacks. Connect oscilloscope and DVM to
output of the load (set DVM for AC volts).
4.11
Release footswitch, disconnect oscilloscope,

DVM and load.
4.4
Select COAG mode and set COAG POWER to

100%.
4.12
Replace Front Curved Panel.
4.5
Depress footswitch to position 3 and check

oscilloscope for sinusoidal cautery waveform.
4-22
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-9
POWER ON SELF-TEST (POST) ERROR CODES
FOR CPU PCBs PN 200-1592-001 and 200-1845-001
CODE
DEFINITION
01 ...... Processor register test about to start, and NMI toe

disabled.
CODE
DEFINITION
18 ...... CH-0 timer test over. About to start memory refresh.
02 ...... NMI is Disabled. Power on delay starting.
19 ...... Memory Refresh started. Memory Refresh test to be done

next.
03 ...... Power on delay complete. Any initialization before

keyboard BAT is in progress.
1A ...... Memory Refresh line is toggling. Going to check 15 micro

second ON/OFF time.
04 ...... Any initialization before keyboard BAT is complete.

Reading Keyboard SYS bit, to check soft reset/power-on.
1B ...... Memory Refresh period 30 micro second test complete.

Base 64k memory test about to start.
05 ...... Soft reset / power-on determined. Going to enable ROM.

i.e. disable shadow RAM/Cache is any.
20 ...... Base 64k memory test started. Address line test to be

done next
06 ...... ROM is enabled. Calculating ROM BIOS checksum, and

waiting for KB controller input buffer to be free.
21 ...... Address line test passed. Going to do toggle parity.

22 ...... Toggle parity over. Going for sequential data R/W test.
07 ...... ROM BIOS checksum passed, KB controller I/B free.

Going to issue the BAT command to keyboard controller
08 ...... BAT command to keyboard controller is issued. Going to
verify the BAT command.
09 ...... Keyboard controller BAT result verified. Keyboard
command byte to be written next.
0A ...... Keyboard command byte code is issued. Going to write
command byte data.
0B ...... Keyboard controller command byte is written. Going to
issue Pin-23, 24 blocking/unblocking command.
0C ..... Pin-23,24 of keyboard controller is blocked/unblocked.
NOP command of keyboard controller to be issued next.
0D ..... NOP command processing is done. CMOS shutdown
register test to be done next.
0E ...... CMOS shutdown register R/W test passed. Going to
calculate CMOS checksum, and update DIAG byte.
23 ...... Base 64k sequential data vector initialization complete.

ANy setup before Interrupt vector init about to start.
24 ...... Setup required before vector initialization complete.
Interrupt vector initialization about to begin.
25 ...... Interrupt vector initialization done. Going to read I/O port
of 8042 for turbo switch (if any)
26 ...... I/O port 8042 is read. Going to initialize global data for
turbo switch.
27 ...... Global data initialization is over. Any initialization after
interrupt vector to be done next.
28 ...... Initialization after interrupt vector is complete. Going for
monochrome mode setting.
2A ...... Monochrome mode setting is done. About to go for toggle
parity before optional rom test.
2B ...... Toggle parity over. About to give control for any setup
required before optional video ROM check.
0F ...... CMOS checksum calculation is done, DIAG byte written.

CMOS init, to begin (if INIT CMOS IN EVERY BOOT IS
SET)
2C ..... Processing before video ROM control is done. About to

look for optional video ROM and give control
10 ...... CMOS initialization done (if any). CMOS status register

about to init for Date and Time.
2D ..... Optional video ROM control is done. About to give control

to do any processing after video ROM returns control.
11 ...... CMOS Status register initialized. Going to disable DMA

and Interrupt controllers.
2E ...... Return from processing after the video ROM control. If

EGA/VGA not found then do display memory R/W test.
12 ...... DMA controller #1,#2, interrupt controller #1,#2 disabled.

About to disable Video display and init port-B.
2F ...... EGA/VGA not found. Display memory R/W test about to

begin.
13 ...... Video display is disabled and port-B is initialized. Chipset

init / auto memory detection about to begin.
30 ...... Display memory R/W test passed. About to look for the
retrace checking.
14 ...... Chipset initialization / auto memory detection over. 8254

timer test about to start.
31 ...... Display memory R/W test or retrace checking failed.

About to do alternate Display memory R/W test.
15 ...... CH-2 timer test halfway. 8254 CH-2 timer test to be

complete.
32 ...... Alternate Display memory R/W test passed. About to look

for the alternate display retrace checking.
16 ...... CH-2 timer test over. 8254 CH-1 timer test to be complete.
33 ...... Video display checking over. Verification of display type

with switch setting and actual card to begin.
17 ...... CH-1 timer test over. 8254 CH-0 timer test to be complete.
906-2000-501
4-23
TABLE 4-9
CODE
DEFINITION
CODE
DEFINITION
34 ...... Verification of display adapter done. Display mode to be

set next.
4E ...... Memory test started. (NOT SOFT RESET) About to display

the first 64k memory test.
35 ...... Display mode set complete. BIOS ROM data are about to
be checked.
50 ...... Memory test below 1M complete. Going to adjust memory

size for relocation/shadow
36 ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. Going to set cursor for
power on message.
51 ...... Memory size adjusted due to relocation/shadow. Memory

test above 1M to follow.
37 ...... Cursor setting for power on message id complete. Going to

display the power on message.
52 ...... Memory test above 1M complete. Going to prepare to go

back to real mode.
38 ...... Power on message display complete. Going to read new

cursor position.
53 ...... CPU registers are saved including memory size. Going to

enter in real mode.
39 ...... New cursor position read and saved. Going to display the
reference string.
54 ...... Shutdown successful, CPU in real mode. Going to restore

registers saved during preparation for shutdown.
3A ...... Reference string display is over. Going to display the Hit

<ESC> message.
55 ...... Registers restored. Going to disable gate A20 address line.
3B ...... Hit <ESC> message displayed. Virtual mode memory test

about to start.
40 ...... Preparation for virtual mode test started. Going to verify
from video memory.
41 ...... Returned after verifying from display memory. Going to
prepare the descriptor tables.
42 ...... Descriptor tables prepared. Going to enter in virtual mode
for memory test.
43 ...... Entered in the virtual mode. Going to enable interrupts for
diagnostics mode.
44 ...... Interrupts enabled (if diagnostics switch is on). Going to
initialize data to check memory wrap around at 0:0.
45 ...... Data initialized. Going to check for memory wrap around
at 0:0 and finding the total system memory size.
46 ...... Memory wrap around test done. Memory size calculation
over. About to for writing patterns to test memory.
47 ...... Pattern to be tested written in extended memory. Going to
write patterns in base 640k memory.
48 ...... Patterns written in base memory. Going to find out amount
of memory below 1M memory.
49 ...... Amount of memory below 1M found and verified. Going to
find out amount of memory above 1M memory.
56 ...... A20 address line disabled successfully. BIOS ROM data

area about to be checked.
57 ...... BIOS ROM data area check halfway. BIOS ROM data area
check to be complete.
58 ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. Going to clear Hit <ESC>
message.
59 ...... Hit <ESC> message cleared. <WAIT...> message displayed. About to start DMA and interrupt controller test.
60 ...... DMA page register test passed. About to verify from display
memory.
61 ...... Display memory verification over. About to go for DMA #1
base register test.
62 ...... DMA #1 base register test passed. About to go for DMA #2
base register test.
63 ...... DMA #2 base register test passed. About to go for BIOS
ROM data area check.
65 ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. About to program DMA
unit 1 and 2.
66 ...... DMA unit 1 and 2 programming over. About to initialize 8259
interrupt controller.
67 ...... 8259 initialization over. About to start keyboard test.
4A ...... Amount of memory above 1M found and verified. Going for

BIOS ROM data area check.
4B ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. Going to check <ESC>
and to clear memory below 1M for soft retest.
4C ..... Memory below 1M cleared. (SOFT RESET) Going to clear
memory above 1M.
4D ..... Memory above 1M cleared. (SOFT RESET) Going to save
the memory size.
4-24
80 ...... Keyboard test started, clearing output buffer, checking for

stuck key, about to issue keyboard reset command.
81 ...... Keyboard reset error/stuck key found. About to issue
keyboard controller interface test command.
82 ...... Keyboard controller interface test over. About to write
command byte and init circular buffer.
83 ...... Command byte written. Global data init done. About to check
for lock-key
906-2000-501
TABLE 4-9
CODE
DEFINITION
84 ...... Lock-key checking over. About to check for memory size

mismatch with CMOS.
85 ...... Memory size check done. About to display soft error and
check for password or bypass setup.
86 ...... Password checked. About to do programming before
setup.
87 ...... Programming before setup complete. Going to CMOS
setup program.
88 ...... Returned from CMOS setup program and screen is
cleared. About to do programming after setup.
89 ...... Programming after setup complete. Going to display power
on screen message.
8A ...... First screen message displayed. About to display
<WAIT...> message
8B ...... <WAIT...> message displayed. About to do Main and Video
BIOS shadow.
8C ..... Main and Video BIOS shadow successful. Setup options
programming after CMOS setup about to start.
CODE
DEFINITION
ROM check and control will be done next.
98 ...... Optional ROM control is done. About to give control do any

required processing after optional ROM returns control.
99 ...... Any initialization required after optional ROM test over.
Going to set up timer data area and printer base address.
9A ...... Return after setting timer and printer base address. Going to
set the RS-232 base address.
9B ...... Returned after RS-232 base address. Going to any
initialization before coprocessor test.
9C ..... Required initialization before coprocessor is over. Going to
initialize the coprocessor next.
9D ..... Coprocessor initialized. Going to do any initialization after
coprocessor test.
9E ...... Initialization after coprocessor test is complete. Going to
check extd keyboard, keyboard ID and num-lock.
9F ...... Extd keyboard check is done, ID flag set. Num-lock on/off.
Keyboard ID command to be issued.
A0 ...... Keyboard ID command issued. Keyboard ID flag to be reset.
8D ..... Setup options are programmed, mouse check and init to be

done next.
8E ...... Mouse check and initialization complete. Going for hard
disk, floppy reset.
8F ...... Floppy check returns that floppy is to be initialized. Floppy
setup to follow
90 ...... Floppy setup is over. Test for hard disk presence to be
done.
91 ...... Hard disk presence test over. Hard disk setup to follow.
92 ...... Hard disk setup complete. About to go for BIOS ROM data
area check.
94 ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. Going to set base and
extended memory size.
95 ...... Memory size adjusted due to mouse support, disk type-47.
Going to verify from display memory.
96 ...... Returned after verifying form display memory. Going to do
any init before C800 optional ROM control.
97 ...... Any init before C800 optional ROM control is over. Optional
906-2000-501
A1 ...... Keyboard IFD flag reset. Cache memory test to follow.

A2 ...... Cache memory test over. Going to display andy soft errors.
A3 ...... Soft error display complete. Going to set the keyboard
typematic rate.
A4 ...... Keyboard typematic rate set. Going to program memory wait
states.
A5 ...... Memory wait states programming over. Screen be cleared
next.
A6 ...... Screen cleared. Going to enable parity and NMI.
A7 ...... NMI and parity enabled. Going to do any initialization
required before giving control to optional ROM at E000.
A8 ...... Initialization before E000 ROM control over. E000 ROM to
get control next.
A9 ...... Returned from E000 control. Going to do any initialization
required after E000 optional ROM control.
AA ..... Initialization after E000 optional ROM control is over. Going
to display the system configuration.
00 ...... System configuration is displayed. Going to give control to
INT 19h boot loader.
4-25
TABLE 4-10
FOR CPU PCB PN 200-2290-001
CODE
DESCRIPTION
01 .................... BOOT BLOCK

03 .................... Initialize Chips
04 .................... Test Memory Refresh Toggle
05 .................... Blank Video, Initialize Keyboard
06 .................... EPROM Checksum
07 .................... Test CMOS Interface and Battery Status
08 .................... Program Chipset default
09 .................... Early Cache Initialization 0A Setup Interrupt
Vector Table
0B ................... Test CMOS RAM Checksum
0C ................... Initialize Keyboard
0D ................... Initialize Video Interface & Chipset
0E ................... Test Video Memory
0F ................... Test DMA Controller 0
10 .................... Test DMA Controller 1
11 .................... Test DMA Page Registers
12 &13 ............ Reserved
14 .................... Test Timer Counter 2
15 .................... PIC Test 8259-1 mask bits
16 .................... PIC Test 8259-2 mask bits
17 .................... Test Struck 8259s Interrupt Bits
18 .................... Test 8259 Interrupt functionality
19 .................... Test Struck NMI Bits (Parity/IO check)
1A thru 1E ...... Reserved
1F ................... Set EISA Mode
20 .................... Enable Slot 0
21 .................... Enable Slot 1
22 .................... Enable Slot 2
23 .................... Enable Slot 3
24 .................... Enable Slot 4
25 .................... Enable Slot 5
26 .................... Enable Slot 6
27 .................... Enable Slot 7
28 .................... Enable Slot 8
29 .................... Enable Slot 9
2A ................... Enable Slot 10
2B ................... Enable Slot 11
2C ................... Enable Slot 12
2D ................... Enable Slot 13
2E ................... Enable Slot 14
2F ................... Enable Slot 15
30 .................... Size Base & Extended Memory
31 .................... Test Base & Extended Memory
32 .................... Test EISA Extended Memory
33 thru #B ....... Reserved
3C ................... Setup Enable
3D ................... Initialize & Install PS/2 Mouse
3E ................... Setup Cache Controller
3F ................... Reserved
40 .................... Reserved
41 .................... Initialize Floppy Drive & Controller
42 .................... Initialize Hard Drive & Controller
43 .................... Detect & Initialize Serial/Parallel/Joystick ports
44 .................... Reserved
45 .................... Detect & Initialize Math Coprocessor
4-26
CODE
DESCRIPTION
46 .................... Reserved
47 .................... Set Speed for Boot
48 .................... Reserved 49 Reserved
4A thru 4C ...... Reserved
4D ................... Init. PC-Speaker to LINE OUT
4E ................... Manufacturing POST Loop or display
Messages
4F ................... Security Check
50 .................... Write CMOS
51 .................... Pre-Boot Enable
52 .................... Initialize Option (ROM scan)
53 .................... Initialize Time Value
54 .................... Reserved
55 .................... Reserved
56 .................... Reserved
57 thru 5F ....... Reserved
60 .................... Store boot partion of head and cylinder
61 .................... Final Init
62 .................... Num Lock ON
63 .................... Boot Attempt
64 thru 7F ....... Reserved
80 .................... Teknor Segment Move 1
83 .................... Check & Program CPLD
84 .................... Teknor CRC Check
85 thru AF ....... Reserved
B0 ................... Spurious
B1 ................... Unclaimed NMI
B2 thru BD ...... Reserved
BE ................... Early Prog Chipset Def.
BF ................... Program Chip Set
C0 ................... Turn ON/OFF Cache
C1 ................... Memory presence
C2 ................... Early Memory Initialization
C3 ................... Extended Memory Initialization
C4 ................... Special Display Switch Handling
C5 ................... Early Shadow
C6 ................... Cache Programming
C7 ................... Reserved
C8 ................... Special Speed Switching
C9 ................... Special Shadow Handling
CA ................... Very Early Initialization
CB thru CF ...... Reserved
D0 ................... Power Management Full speed
D1 ................... Power Management Doze mode
D2 ................... Power Management Sleep mode
D3 ................... Power Management Suspend mode
D4 thru DF ...... Debug
E0 ................... Reserved
E1 thru EE ...... Setup Page
EF ................... Shadow Error
F0 thru FE ....... Reserved
FF ................... Boot
906-2000-501
SECTION FIVE
SCHEMATICS
CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER (Rev)
PAGE #
DIAGRAM, INTERCONNECT, 20K SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-0002-801 (T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

DIAGRAM, INTERCONNECT, 20K SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-0000-801 (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
ASSY, PCB, BACKPLANE, SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1010 (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
ASSY, PCB, BACKPLANE, SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1013-001 (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
ASSY, PCB, MULTIFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1014-XXX (BB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
schematic
940-2000-001 (L)
5-17
ASSY, PCB, VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1011-501 (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
schematic
940-2000-010 (D)
5-26
ASSY, PCB, VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1545-XXX (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
schematic
940-2000-041 (F)
5-30
ASSY, PCB, FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1028-503 (X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
schematic
940-2000-022 (G)
5-34
ASSY, PCB, FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1577-501 (AA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
schematic
940-2000-044 (E)
5-38
ASSY, PCB, FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1722-501 (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
schematic
940-2000-046 (B)
5-43
ASSY, PCB, DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1026-501 (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
schematic
940-2000-019 (D)
5-48
ASSY, PCB, BACKPLANE, PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1016-XXX (V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
schematic
940-2000-014 (D)
5-50
ASSY, PCB, PHACO CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1017-XXX (AU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
schematic
940-2000-015 (H)
5-52
ASSY, PCB, U/S DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1019-XXX (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
schematic
940-2000-017 (G)
5-62
ASSY, PCB, U/S DRIVER, SOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1546-XXX (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
schematic
940-2000-042 (B)
5-70
ASSY, PCB, CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1018 (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
ASSY, PCB, FLUIDICS TRANSDUCER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1510-502 (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
schematic
940-2000-038 (B)
5-80
ASSY, PCB, FLUIDICS CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1021-501 (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
schematic
940-2000-003 (D)
5-82
ASSY, PCB, BACKPLANE, FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1020-501 (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
schematic
940-2000-004 (A)
5-89
ASSY, PCB, ANT VIT DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1030-501 (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
schematic
940-2000-027 (B)
5-92
ASSY, PCB, ANT VIT DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1556-501 (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
schematic
940-2000-043 (A)
5-95
ASSY, PCB, CASSETTE TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1032-501 (G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
schematic
940-2000-031 (A)
5-97
ASSY, PCB, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-3094-501 (V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
schematic
940-2000-021 (D)
5-99
ASSY, PCB, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1034-502 (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
schematic
940-2000-035 (B)
5-101
ASSY, PCB, REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1029-502 (AJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
schematic
940-2000-023 (F)
5-104
ASSY, PCB, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1937-501 (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
schematic
940-2000-048 (A)
5-107
ASSY, PCB, NeoSonix Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-2268-501 (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
schematic
940-2000-052 (G)
5-113
906-2000-501
5-1
5-2
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-3
5-4
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-5
5-6
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-7
5-8
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-9
5-10
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-11
5-12
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-13
5-14
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-15
5-16
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-17
5-18
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-19
5-20
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-21
5-22
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-23
5-24
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-25
5-26
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-27
5-28
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-29
5-30
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-31
5-32
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-33
5-34
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-35
5-36
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-37
5-38
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-39
5-40
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-41
5-42
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-43
5-44
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-45
5-46
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-47
5-48
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-49
5-50
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-51
5-52
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-53
5-54
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-55
5-56
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-57
5-58
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-59
5-60
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-61
5-62
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-63
5-64
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-65
5-66
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-67
5-68
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-69
5-70
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-71
5-72
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-73
5-74
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-75
5-76
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-77
5-78
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-79
5-80
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-81
5-82
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-83
5-84
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-85
5-86
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-87
5-88
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-89
5-90
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-91
5-92
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-93
5-94
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-95
5-96
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-97
5-98
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-99
5-100
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-101
5-102
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-103
5-104
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-105
5-106
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-107
5-108
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-109
5-110
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-111
5-112
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-113
5-114
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-115
5-116
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
5-117
5-118
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
SECTION SIX
DESCRIPTION
QTY
PARTS LISTS AND DRAWINGS
STK
U/M
REMARKS
CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER (Rev)
P/L PAGE #
ASSY PAGE #
ASSY, MONLITH, STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ASSY, MONLITH, STTL IEC-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODULE, CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODULE, CPU -601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, IV POLE W/BALL BRG BSHG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, MODULE, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODULE, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUB-ASSY, LCD DISPLAY PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, DISPLAY W/PIVOT ARM CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODULE, FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODULE, ANTERIOR/PNEUMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODULE, PHACO/CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, REAR PANEL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, SUPPORT ARM/TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, FAN HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, PANEL CONNECTOR (W-105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FLUIDICS (W-110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, SHIP, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, DRIVE MECH., STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CONNECTOR, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, HP CONNECTOR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-0000-XXX (AG) . . . . . .
203-0000-XXX (BL) . . . . . .
200-1062-XXX (D) . . . . . . .
203-1009-501 (H) . . . . . . .
200-3087-XXX (M) . . . . . . .
200-1771-501 (V) . . . . . . . .
200-1061-XXX (H) . . . . . . .
203-1008-XXX (G) . . . . . . .
200-1321-XXX (J) . . . . . . .
203-1007-XXX (B) . . . . . . .
203-1020-XXX (G) . . . . . . .
203-1033-XXX (J) . . . . . . .
200-1538-501 (V) . . . . . . . .
200-1076-501 (R) . . . . . . .
200-1053-XXX (Y) . . . . . . .
200-1167-XXX (H) . . . . . . .
200-1083-501 (L) . . . . . . . .
200-1290-501 (L) . . . . . . . .
200-1447-501 (X) . . . . . . . .
200-3500-XXX (AE) . . . . . .
202-1311-501 (W) . . . . . . .
200-4000-XXX (L) . . . . . . .
200-1574-XXX (D) . . . . . . .
200-1105-501 (F) . . . . . . . .
200-1110-501 (J) . . . . . . . .
200-1960-501 (A) . . . . . . . .
200-1938-XXX (C) . . . . . . .
200-1958-XXX (C) . . . . . . .
200-1828-XXX (F) . . . . . . .
6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9 . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9 . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-11 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-12 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-12 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-12 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-13 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-13, 14 . . . . . . . .
6-14 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-15 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-16 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-17 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-17 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-18 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-18 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-18, 20 . . . . . . . .
6-21 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-22 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-23 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-23 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-24 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-24 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-24 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-25 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-25, 26 . . . . . . . .
6-27
6-39
6-52
6-53
6-54
6-57
6-61
6-64
6-67
6-69
6-71
6-73
6-76
6-78
6-80
6-81
6-82
6-83
6-85
6-86
6-90
6-96
6-97
6-98
6-99
6-100
6-102
6-106
6-107
ASSY, CABLE, IV POLE DRIVER (W-102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ASSY, CABLE, POWER SUPPLY (W-103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, PARALLEL PORT (W-106) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, PHACO POWER (W-107) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FLUIDICS SIGNAL/POWER (W-108) . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FOOTSWITCH (W111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, REMOTE POWER SWITCH (W-112) . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, IV POLE SENSOR (W-115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, CAUTERY (W-116) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, SERIAL PORT (W-118) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FRONT PNL PWR/SIGNAL (W-125) . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FRONT PNL FLEX CIRCUIT (W-126) . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, LCD DISPLAY (W-128) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FRONT PANEL VIDEO (W-129) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY PWR (W-130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FRONT PANLE/LCD DISPLAY (W131) . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, ANTERIOR PNEUMATICS (W-133) . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FAN, PHACO/CAUT MDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, SOLENOID, CABLE, FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, PWR SIGNAL, STRBLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FOOTPEDAL (for the footpedal) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1102-501 (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1103-501 (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1106-501 (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1107-501 (J) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1108-501 (J) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1111-001 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1112-501 (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1115-501 (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1116-XXX (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1118-XXX (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1125-501 (J) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1126-501 (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1128-501 (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1129-501 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1130-501 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1131-501 (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1133-XXX (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1933-501 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1934-501 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-1936-501 (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200-3149-001 (F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-109
6-110
6-111
6-112
6-113
6-116
6-117
6-118
6-119
6-120
6-121
6-122
6-123
6-124
6-125
6-126
6-127
6-128
6-129
6-130
6-131
NOTE: Some drawings may not contain all pages of the original document. These pages were not included because
they contain information that is not useful to the Field Engineer.
906-2000-501
6-1
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, MONOLITH, STTL

200-0000-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
016 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
019 . . . . .
020 . . . . .
025 . . . . .
026 . . . . .
028 . . . . .
029 . . . . .
031 . . . . .
032 . . . . .
033 . . . . .
040 . . . . .
041 . . . . .
042 . . . . .
043 . . . . .
044 . . . . .
045 . . . . .
046 . . . . .
047 . . . . .
048 . . . . .
050 . . . . .
051 . . . . .
052 . . . . .
053 . . . . .
054 . . . . .
055 . . . . .
056 . . . . .
057 . . . . .
058 . . . . .
060 . . . . .
061 . . . . .
062 . . . . .
063 . . . . .
064 . . . . .
065 . . . . .
066 . . . . .
067 . . . . .
069 . . . . .
070 . . . . .
071 . . . . .
072 . . . . .
073 . . . . .
078 . . . . .
079 . . . . .
080 . . . . .
081 . . . . .
6-2
200-1538-501 . . .
200-1545-501 . . .
200-1014-502 . . .
276-230 . . . . . . . .
200-1053-503 . . .
200-1061-502 . . .
200-1062-501 . . .
200-1076-501 . . .
200-1083-501 . . .
200-1102-501 . . .
200-1103-501 . . .
200-1104-501 . . .
200-1828-501 . . .
200-1107-501 . . .
200-1108-501 . . .
200-1111-001 . . .
200-1112-501 . . .
200-1125-501 . . .
200-1129-501 . . .
200-1132-501 . . .
200-1290-501 . . .
100-0079-501 . . .
200-3087-502 . . .
200-1488-001 . . .
200-1052-001 . . .
200-1064-001 . . .
200-1069-001 . . .
200-1070-001 . . .
200-1087-001 . . .
200-1088-001 . . .
200-1090-001 . . .
200-1100-001 . . .
200-1461-001 . . .
200-1468-001 . . .
200-1469-001 . . .
200-1467-001 . . .
200-1157-001 . . .
200-1557-001 . . .
200-1161-001 . . .
200-1162-001 . . .
200-1167-502 . . .
200-1165-001 . . .
200-1186-001 . . .
200-1187-001 . . .
200-1203-001 . . .
200-1204-001 . . .
200-1205-001 . . .
200-1206-001 . . .
200-1209-001 . . .
200-1210-001 . . .
200-1427-001 . . .
200-1213-001 . . .
200-1214-001 . . .
200-1432-001 . . .
200-1216-001 . . .
200-1225-001 . . .
200-1228-001 . . .
200-1466-001 . . .
200-1426-001 . . .
ASSY, MODULE, FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ASSY, PCB, VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, PCB, MULTIFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPU ASSY, 486, 25 MHZ FOR S20K . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, MODULE, W/PEM FSTNR BRKT . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, MODULE, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, MODULE, CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, MODULE, ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC . . . . . .
ASSY, TRAY, ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, IV POLE DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, HP CONNECTOR PANEL . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, PHACO POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FLUIDICS SIGNAL/PWR . . . . . . . . .
CABLE ASSY, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, REMOTE POWER SWITCH . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, PWR SIGNAL FR PANEL . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, VIDEO FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, HOUSING, FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, WIRE, GND MOTOR 6.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, IV POLE, W/BALL BRG BSHG . . . . . . . . . . .
FILTER ASSY, STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, CARD CAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRAME, MONOLITH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENCLOSURE, DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIN, ARM SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLOCK, SUPPORT ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER, RND, .76X1.13X.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUTTON, REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE, NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, PIVOT, ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASE, ARM, ALUMINUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRAY, DRIP ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, CORD, WRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, SUPPORT, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, REAR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, PANEL, REAR CONNECTOR DOM . . . . . . .
PANEL, REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLIP, SPRING, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, LATCH, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL, SIDE, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL, SIDE, LEFT 0.923 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER, BACK, TOP CURVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LID, TOP, FRONT LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM, TOP, PLASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM, PLASTIC, BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CURVE, TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRAWER, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRAWER, TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHROUD, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL, FRONT, CURVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE, REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, MAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL, BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
W-102
W-103
W-104
W-105
W-107
W-108
W-111
W-112
W-125
W-129
W-132
ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 197
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS

200-0000-501 (continued)
084 . . . . .
085 . . . . .
086 . . . . .
100 . . . . .
101 . . . . .
106 . . . . .
107 . . . . .
113 . . . . .
115 . . . . .
116 . . . . .
117 . . . . .
118 . . . . .
121 . . . . .
124 . . . . .
125 . . . . .
126 . . . . .
129 . . . . .
130 . . . . .
132 . . . . .
133 . . . . .
134 . . . . .
135 . . . . .
136 . . . . .
138 . . . . .
139 . . . . .
140 . . . . .
142 . . . . .
143 . . . . .
147 . . . . .
148 . . . . .
149 . . . . .
153 . . . . .
154 . . . . .
155 . . . . .
156 . . . . .
157 . . . . .
158 . . . . .
159 . . . . .
160 . . . . .
161 . . . . .
162 . . . . .
163 . . . . .
165 . . . . .
167 . . . . .
168 . . . . .
169 . . . . .
170 . . . . .
172 . . . . .
173 . . . . .
174 . . . . .
175 . . . . .
176 . . . . .
177 . . . . .
178 . . . . .
179 . . . . .
183 . . . . .
184 . . . . .
185 . . . . .
186 . . . . .
200-1447-501 . . .
200-1434-001 . . .
200-1452-001 . . .
040-333 . . . . . . . .
144-006 . . . . . . . .
662-005 . . . . . . . .
684-012 . . . . . . . .
775-011 . . . . . . . .
801-003 . . . . . . . .
801-004 . . . . . . . .
801-005 . . . . . . . .
801-006 . . . . . . . .
805-137 . . . . . . . .
807-012 . . . . . . . .
807-014 . . . . . . . .
807-015 . . . . . . . .
807-020 . . . . . . . .
807-026 . . . . . . . .
807-044 . . . . . . . .
809-006 . . . . . . . .
809-008 . . . . . . . .
811-003 . . . . . . . .
811-010 . . . . . . . .
811-018 . . . . . . . .
813-002 . . . . . . . .
815-003 . . . . . . . .
662-008 . . . . . . . .
593-067 . . . . . . . .
027-019 . . . . . . . .
063-013 . . . . . . . .
797-087 . . . . . . . .
200-1843-001 . . .
797-043 . . . . . . . .
803-030 . . . . . . . .
807-017 . . . . . . . .
809-044 . . . . . . . .
200-1192-001 . . .
200-1193-001 . . .
200-1194-001 . . .
200-1264-001 . . .
027-025 . . . . . . . .
200-1347-001 . . .
027-003 . . . . . . . .
809-045 . . . . . . . .
200-1297-001 . . .
200-1450-001 . . .
026-030 . . . . . . . .
203-1012-001 . . .
200-1381-001 . . .
809-002 . . . . . . . .
813-003 . . . . . . . .
026-111 . . . . . . . .
200-1386-001 . . .
200-1388-001 . . .
200-1385-001 . . .
200-1387-001 . . .
200-1418-001 . . .
200-1431-001 . . .
807-153 . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
ASSY, BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL, CHART, SERVICE HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING, SILICONE, .187X.375 NCLR . . . . . . . . . . .
SPEAKER, 3.5 POLY DUAL CONE, 20W . . . . . . . .
GROMMET, .160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SLIDE, .50X1.80X9.84, CRS DRAWER . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET, SEAL, .75X1X.12 CUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M5 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SETSCREW, SKT HD, FLT M3X30 SST . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, CAP HD SKT, M4X6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, CAP HD SKT, M4X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, BTN HD SKT, M4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, BTN HD SKT, M4X12 SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, FLAT HD SKT, M3X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, FLAT HD SKT, M4X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, FLAT HD SKT, M5X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT, HEX, M4X0.7 W/LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, SPRING, .50X.25X.038 SST . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET, CATERPILLAR, .056-.085 . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE, SEAL, EMI .25X.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE, BLACK, HT STABILIZED . . . . . . . . . . .
JACK, BANANA, UNINSULATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, INT LOCK.26X.48X.03 SST . . . . . . . . . .
BOLT, HEX HEAD, M12X1.75X45 SST . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, BELLEVILLE, .5X1X.06 SST . . . . . . . . . .
NUT, HEX, TORQUE M12X1.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP, PANEL, DISPLAY TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP, PANEL, DISPLAY BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEZEL, BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP, END, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE, FLAT, 2.19X.04 ADH . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, CABLE RETAIN, FLAT+RND . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE, .625X3.50L, NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABELS, CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CORD, POWER, AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLAMP, CABLE, .312 DIA NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL, FOOTPEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL, NAMEPLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT, HEX, M5X0.8 W/LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . .
CLAMP, CABLE, FLT.020 TO .080THK . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL, EQUIPOTENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL, I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL, ID, CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL, SYSTEM GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE, FOAM, BARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLIP, SHROUD, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.5 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
44.0 . . .
12.0 . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
26.0 . . .
6.0 . . . .
11.0 . . .
7.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
28.0 . . .
6.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
14.0 . . .
6.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
7.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
6-3
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS

200-0000-501 (continued)
187 . . . . .
188 . . . . .
189 . . . . .
190 . . . . .
191 . . . . .
192 . . . . .
200-1448-001 . . .
604-012 . . . . . . . .
490-1521 . . . . . . .
797-063 . . . . . . . .
200-1134-501 . . .
200-1050-504 . . .
GASKET, CAP, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BEARING, THRUST, .56X1X.08 WSHR . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL, SERVICE, HISTORY CHART . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, W134 SYS GROUND . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, FLOPPY, 3.5 PROGRAM 1.40 . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
193 . . . . .
194 . . . . .
195 . . . . .
196 . . . . .
197 . . . . .
198 . . . . .
199 . . . . .
200 . . . . .
201 . . . . .
892-271 . . . . . . . .
200-1264-002 . . .
807-016 . . . . . . . .
200-1011-501 . . .
200-1771-501 . . .
200-1738-001 . . .
200-1739-001 . . .
200-1105-501 . . .
144-012 . . . . . . . .
ADHESIVE, SUPERBONDER, 454 CLEAR . . . . . . .

CAP, END, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, PCB, VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE, FRONT, DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE, REAR, DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, CONNECTOR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . .
SPEAKER, 3.5 POLY DUAL CONE, 25W . . . . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
INSTALL IN FLOPPY DRIVE

SOFTWARE VERS 1.40

ASSY, MONOLITH, STTL IEC-601

203-0000-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
........
005 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
........
016 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
019 . . . . .
020 . . . . .
021 . . . . .
022 . . . . .
025 . . . . .
026 . . . . .
028 . . . . .
029 . . . . .
031 . . . . .
033 . . . . .
040 . . . . .
042 . . . . .
043 . . . . .
044 . . . . .
045 . . . . .
046 . . . . .
047 . . . . .
048 . . . . .
052 . . . . .
053 . . . . .
054 . . . . .
055 . . . . .
6-4
200-1538-501 . . .
200-1545-502 . . .
200-1014-506 . . .
200-1845-001 . . .
200-1592-001 . . .
200-1053-506 . . .
203-1033-501 . . .
203-1009-501 . . .
200-1076-501 . . .
200-1083-501 . . .
200-1102-501 . . .
200-1103-501 . . .
200-1104-501 . . .
200-1828-501 . . .
200-1574-501 . . .
200-1107-501 . . .
200-1108-501 . . .
200-1111-001 . . .
200-1112-501 . . .
200-1582-501 . . .
200-1582-502 . . .
200-1125-501 . . .
200-1136-501 . . .
200-1132-501 . . .
200-1290-501 . . .
100-0079-501 . . .
200-1488-001 . . .
200-1052-001 . . .
200-1069-001 . . .
200-1070-001 . . .
200-1087-001 . . .
200-1088-001 . . .
200-1090-001 . . .
200-1100-001 . . .
200-1571-001 . . .
200-1467-001 . . .
200-1157-001 . . .
200-1557-001 . . .
200-1161-001 . . .
ASSY,MODULE,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,VIDEO LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,MULTIFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB,CPU,486 STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB,CPU,486,25MHZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,MODULE,W/PEM FSTNR BRKT . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,DISPLAY,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,MODULE,CPU -601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,MODULE,ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC . . . . . . .
ASSY,SUPPORT,TRAY/ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,IV POLE DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,HP CONN PANEL STTL . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,PHACO POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,FLUIDICS SIGNAL/PWR . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE ASSY,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,REMOTE POWER SWITCH . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 7.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,PWR SIGNAL FR PANEL . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,HOUSING,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,WIRE,GND MOTOR 6.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILTER ASSY,STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRAME,MONOLITH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENCLOSURE,DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIN,ARM SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLOCK,SUPPORT ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER,RND,.76X1.13X.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUTTON,REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,CARD CAGE,EMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASE,ARM,ALUMINUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRAY,DRIP ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,CORD,WRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,SUPPORT,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
W-102
W-103
W-104
W-574
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
W-111
W-112
W-125
W-136
W-132
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS

203-0000-501 (continued)
056 . . . . .
057 . . . . .
058 . . . . .
060 . . . . .
061 . . . . .
062 . . . . .
063 . . . . .
........
064 . . . . .
065 . . . . .
066 . . . . .
069 . . . . .
070 . . . . .
071 . . . . .
072 . . . . .
073 . . . . .
078 . . . . .
........
079 . . . . .
........
080 . . . . .
........
081 . . . . .
084 . . . . .
085 . . . . .
........
........
........
086 . . . . .
........
087 . . . . .
100 . . . . .
106 . . . . .
107 . . . . .
115 . . . . .
116 . . . . .
117 . . . . .
118 . . . . .
121 . . . . .
124 . . . . .
125 . . . . .
126 . . . . .
127 . . . . .
129 . . . . .
130 . . . . .
132 . . . . .
133 . . . . .
134 . . . . .
135 . . . . .
136 . . . . .
139 . . . . .
140 . . . . .
142 . . . . .
143 . . . . .
147 . . . . .
148 . . . . .
149 . . . . .
153 . . . . .
154 . . . . .
200-1162-001 . . .
203-1011-501 . . .
200-1165-001 . . .
200-1186-001 . . .
200-1187-001 . . .
200-1203-001 . . .
200-1204-004 . . .
200-1204-002 . . .
200-1205-001 . . .
200-1206-001 . . .
200-1209-001 . . .
200-1427-001 . . .
200-1213-001 . . .
200-1214-001 . . .
200-1432-001 . . .
200-1216-001 . . .
200-1738-001 . . .
200-1225-001 . . .
200-1739-001 . . .
200-1228-001 . . .
200-1689-001 . . .
200-1466-001 . . .
200-1426-001 . . .
200-1447-501 . . .
200-1688-001 . . .
200-1434-001 . . .
775-011 . . . . . . . .
200-1448-001 . . .
200-1452-001 . . .
490-1521 . . . . . . .
150-029 . . . . . . . .
040-333 . . . . . . . .
662-005 . . . . . . . .
684-012 . . . . . . . .
801-003 . . . . . . . .
801-004 . . . . . . . .
801-005 . . . . . . . .
801-006 . . . . . . . .
805-137 . . . . . . . .
807-012 . . . . . . . .
807-014 . . . . . . . .
807-015 . . . . . . . .
807-002 . . . . . . . .
807-020 . . . . . . . .
807-026 . . . . . . . .
807-044 . . . . . . . .
809-006 . . . . . . . .
809-008 . . . . . . . .
811-003 . . . . . . . .
811-010 . . . . . . . .
813-002 . . . . . . . .
815-003 . . . . . . . .
662-008 . . . . . . . .
593-067 . . . . . . . .
027-019 . . . . . . . .
063-013 . . . . . . . .
797-087 . . . . . . . .
200-1843-001 . . .
797-043 . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
BRACKET,REAR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PANEL,REAR CONNECTOR DOM . . . . . . . .
PANEL,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLIP,SPRING,FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,LATCH,FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,SIDE,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,LEFT SIDE,0.601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,SIDE,LEFT 0.601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,BACK,TOP CURVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LID,TOP,FRONT LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM,TOP,PLASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CURVE,TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRAWER,FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRAWER,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHROUD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,FRONT,CURVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,FRONT,DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,REAR,DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,MAIN,MOLDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,MAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,MOLDED,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,SEAL,.75X1X.12 CUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,CAP,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,CHART,SERVICE HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,SERVICE,HISTORY CHART . . . . . . . . . . . .
FERRITE,BEAD,W/CASE 70 OHM . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,SILICONE,.187X.375 NCLR . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SLIDE,.50X1.80X9.84,CRS DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M5 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SETSCREW,SKT HD,FLT M3X30 SST . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X12 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M3X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 W/LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,SPRING,.50X.25X.038 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,CATERPILLAR,.056-.085 . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,SEAL,EMI .25X.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,BLACK,HT STABILIZED . . . . . . . . . . . .
JACK,BANANA,UNINSULATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,INT LOCK.26X.48X.03 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
BOLT,HEX HEAD,M12X1.75X45 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,BELLEVILLE,.5X1X.06 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
44.0 . . .
8.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
29.0 . . .
10.0 . . .
12.0 . . .
5.0 . . . .
7.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
31.0 . . .
8.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
7.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
FT
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
6-5
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS

203-0000-501 (continued)
155 . . . . . 803-030 . . . . . . . .
156 . . . . . 807-017 . . . . . . . .
157 . . . . . 809-044 . . . . . . . .
158 . . . . . 200-1192-001 . . .
159 . . . . . 200-1193-001 . . .
160 . . . . . 200-1194-001 . . .
161 . . . . . 200-1264-001 . . .
162 . . . . . 027-025 . . . . . . . .
164 . . . . . 203-1004-001 . . .
165 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
166 . . . . . 027-029 . . . . . . . .
167 . . . . . 809-045 . . . . . . . .
168 . . . . . 200-2003-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-1297-001 . . .
169 . . . . . 200-1450-001 . . .
170 . . . . . 026-030 . . . . . . . .
172 . . . . . 203-1012-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 203-1012-002 . . .
173 . . . . . 203-1035-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 203-1035-002 . . .
176 . . . . . 026-111 . . . . . . . .
177 . . . . . 200-1386-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-1386-002 . . .
178 . . . . . 200-1388-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-1388-002 . . .
179 . . . . . 203-1016-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 203-1016-003 . . .
184 . . . . . 200-1418-001 . . .
185 . . . . . 200-1431-001 . . .
186 . . . . . 807-153 . . . . . . . .
188 . . . . . 604-012 . . . . . . . .
190 . . . . . 797-063 . . . . . . . .
192 . . . . . 203-1010-510 . . .
193 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . .
195 . . . . . 807-016 . . . . . . . .
200 . . . . . 027-009 . . . . . . . .
201 . . . . . 200-1771-501 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-3087-502 . . .
206 . . . . . 144-013 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 144-012 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 144-006 . . . . . . . .
207 . . . . . 800-204 . . . . . . . .
208 . . . . . 807-003 . . . . . . . .
209 . . . . . 892-042 . . . . . . . .
210 . . . . . 203-1040-SSC . . .
211 . . . . . 203-1043-SSC . . .
212 . . . . . 203-1044-SSC . . .
213 . . . . . 203-1045-SSC . . .
214 . . . . . 203-1046-SSC . . .
215 . . . . . 203-1048-SSC . . .
216 . . . . . 203-1049-SSC . . .
217 . . . . . 203-1054-SSC . . .
218 . . . . . 203-1055-SSC . . .
TOTAL COMPONENTS: . . . .
6-6
NUT,HEX,TORQUE M12X1.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,PANEL,DISPLAY TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,PANEL,DISPLAY BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEZEL,BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,END,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,FLAT,2.19X.04 ADH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,CABLE RETAINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,BEADED,10.84 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SET,LABEL,SIDE PANEL STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABELS,CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CORD,POWER,AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLAMP,CABLE,.312 DIA NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,FOOTPEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,FOOT PEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,NAMEPLATE,LEGACY CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLAMP,CABLE,FLT.020 TO .080THK . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,EQUIPOTENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,ID,CONN LEGACY -601 20W . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,ID,CONN IDENT LEGACY 601 . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,FOAM,BARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLIP,SHROUD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING,THRUST,.56X1X.08 WSHR . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,FLOPPY,3.5 PRG SYS V3.00 . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADHESIVE,SUPERBONDER,454 CLEAR . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,3.00X11.00L,NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,IV POLE,W/BALL BRG BSHG . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPEAKER,3.5 POLY DUAL CONE,100 . . . . . . . . . .
SPEAKER,3.5 POLY DUAL CONE,25W . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,INT LOCK,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLUE . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-B,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-W,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-V,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-H,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-P1,PLASTIC LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-PP,PLASTIC LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC,PLASTIC 2 LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
132
1.0 . . . .
7.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
14.0 . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
ML
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, MONOLITH, STTL ADVANTEC

203-0000-502
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
016 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
019 . . . . .
020 . . . . .
021 . . . . .
022 . . . . .
025 . . . . .
026 . . . . .
028 . . . . .
029 . . . . .
031 . . . . .
033 . . . . .
040 . . . . .
042 . . . . .
043 . . . . .
044 . . . . .
045 . . . . .
046 . . . . .
047 . . . . .
048 . . . . .
052 . . . . .
053 . . . . .
054 . . . . .
055 . . . . .
056 . . . . .
057 . . . . .
058 . . . . .
060 . . . . .
061 . . . . .
062 . . . . .
063 . . . . .
064 . . . . .
065 . . . . .
066 . . . . .
069 . . . . .
070 . . . . .
071 . . . . .
072 . . . . .
073 . . . . .
078 . . . . .
........
079 . . . . .
........
080 . . . . .
........
081 . . . . .
200-1538-501
200-1545-502
200-1014-507
200-2290-001
200-1053-507
203-1033-502
203-1009-501
200-1076-501
200-1083-501
200-1102-501
200-1103-501
200-1104-501
200-1828-502
200-1107-501
200-1108-501
200-1111-001
200-1112-501
200-1582-501
200-1582-502
200-1125-501
200-1136-501
200-1132-501
200-1290-501
100-0079-501
200-1488-001
200-1052-001
200-1069-001
200-1070-001
200-1087-001
200-1088-001
200-1090-001
200-1100-001
200-1571-001
200-1467-001
200-1157-001
200-1557-001
200-1161-001
200-1162-001
203-1011-501
200-1165-001
200-1186-001
200-1187-001
200-1203-001
200-1204-004
200-1205-001
200-1206-001
200-1209-001
200-1427-001
200-1213-001
200-1214-001
200-1432-001
200-1216-001
200-1738-001
200-1225-001
200-1739-001
200-1228-001
200-1689-001
200-1466-001
200-1426-001
906-2000-501
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASSY,MODULE,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,VIDEO LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,MULTIFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB,CPU,PENTIUM LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,MODULE,NEOSONIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,DISPLAY,LEGACY ADVANTEC . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,MODULE,CPU -601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,MODULE,ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC . . . . . . .
ASSY,SUPPORT,TRAY/ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,IV POLE DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,HP CONN ADVANTEC . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,PHACO POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,FLUIDICS SIGNAL/PWR . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE ASSY,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,REMOTE POWER SWITCH . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,PWR SIGNAL FR PANEL . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,HOUSING,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILTER ASSY,STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRAME,MONOLITH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENCLOSURE,DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIN,ARM SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLOCK,SUPPORT ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER,RND,.76X1.13X.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUTTON,REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,CARD CAGE,EMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASE,ARM,ALUMINUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRAY,DRIP ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,CORD,WRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,SUPPORT,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,REAR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PANEL,REAR CONNECTOR DOM . . . . . . . .
PANEL,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLIP,SPRING,FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,LATCH,FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,SIDE,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,LEFT SIDE,0.601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,BACK,TOP CURVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LID,TOP,FRONT LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM,TOP,PLASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CURVE,TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRAWER,FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRAWER,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHROUD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,FRONT,CURVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,FRONT,DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,REAR,DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,MAIN,MOLDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,MAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
W-102
W-103
W-104
W-574
W-111
W-112
W-125
W-136
W-132
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
6-7
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS

203-0000-502 (continued)
084 . . . . .
085 . . . . .
........
........
........
086 . . . . .
........
087 . . . . .
100 . . . . .
106 . . . . .
107 . . . . .
115 . . . . .
116 . . . . .
117 . . . . .
118 . . . . .
121 . . . . .
124 . . . . .
125 . . . . .
126 . . . . .
127 . . . . .
129 . . . . .
130 . . . . .
132 . . . . .
133 . . . . .
134 . . . . .
135 . . . . .
136 . . . . .
139 . . . . .
140 . . . . .
142 . . . . .
143 . . . . .
147 . . . . .
148 . . . . .
149 . . . . .
153 . . . . .
154 . . . . .
155 . . . . .
156 . . . . .
157 . . . . .
158 . . . . .
159 . . . . .
160 . . . . .
161 . . . . .
162 . . . . .
164 . . . . .
165 . . . . .
166 . . . . .
167 . . . . .
168 . . . . .
169 . . . . .
170 . . . . .
172 . . . . .
........
173 . . . . .
........
176 . . . . .
177 . . . . .
........
6-8
200-1447-501 . . .
200-1688-001 . . .
200-1434-001 . . .
775-011 . . . . . . . .
200-1448-001 . . .
200-1452-001 . . .
490-1521 . . . . . . .
150-029 . . . . . . . .
040-333 . . . . . . . .
662-005 . . . . . . . .
684-012 . . . . . . . .
801-003 . . . . . . . .
801-004 . . . . . . . .
801-005 . . . . . . . .
801-006 . . . . . . . .
805-137 . . . . . . . .
807-012 . . . . . . . .
807-014 . . . . . . . .
807-015 . . . . . . . .
807-002 . . . . . . . .
807-020 . . . . . . . .
807-026 . . . . . . . .
807-044 . . . . . . . .
809-006 . . . . . . . .
809-008 . . . . . . . .
811-003 . . . . . . . .
811-010 . . . . . . . .
813-002 . . . . . . . .
815-003 . . . . . . . .
662-008 . . . . . . . .
593-067 . . . . . . . .
027-019 . . . . . . . .
063-013 . . . . . . . .
797-087 . . . . . . . .
200-1843-001 . . .
797-043 . . . . . . . .
803-030 . . . . . . . .
807-017 . . . . . . . .
809-044 . . . . . . . .
200-1192-001 . . .
200-1193-001 . . .
200-1194-001 . . .
200-1264-001 . . .
027-025 . . . . . . . .
203-1004-001 . . .
027-003 . . . . . . . .
027-029 . . . . . . . .
809-045 . . . . . . . .
200-2003-001 . . .
200-1450-001 . . .
026-030 . . . . . . . .
203-1012-001 . . .
203-1012-002 . . .
203-1035-001 . . .
203-1035-002 . . .
026-111 . . . . . . . .
200-1386-001 . . .
200-1386-002 . . .
ASSY,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,MOLDED,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,SEAL,.75X1X.12 CUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,CAP,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,CHART,SERVICE HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,SERVICE,HISTORY CHART . . . . . . . . . . . .
FERRITE,BEAD,W/CASE 70 OHM . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,SILICONE,.187X.375 NCLR . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SLIDE,.50X1.80X9.84,CRS DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M5 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,CATERPILLAR,.056-.085 . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,SEAL,EMI .25X.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,BLACK,HT STABILIZED . . . . . . . . . . . .
JACK,BANANA,UNINSULATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BOLT,HEX HEAD,M12X1.75X45 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,BELLEVILLE,.5X1X.06 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,TORQUE M12X1.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,PANEL,DISPLAY TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,PANEL,DISPLAY BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEZEL,BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CAP,END,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,FLAT,2.19X.04 ADH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,CABLE RETAINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,BEADED,10.84 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SET,LABEL,SIDE PANEL STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CORD,POWER,AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,FOOTPEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,FOOT PEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLAMP,CABLE,FLT.020 TO .080THK . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
44.0 . . .
8.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
29.0 . . .
10.0 . . .
12.0 . . .
5.0 . . . .
7.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
31.0 . . .
8.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
7.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
7.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
FT
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA . . . .
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS

203-0000-502 (continued)
178 . . . . . 200-1388-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-1388-002 . . .
179 . . . . . 203-1016-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 203-1016-003 . . .
184 . . . . . 200-1418-001 . . .
185 . . . . . 200-1431-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 186 807-153 . . . .
188 . . . . . 604-012 . . . . . . . .
190 . . . . . 797-063 . . . . . . . .
192 . . . . . 203-1010-511 . . .
193 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . .
195 . . . . . 807-016 . . . . . . . .
200 . . . . . 027-009 . . . . . . . .
201 . . . . . 200-1771-501 . . .
206 . . . . . 144-013 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 144-012 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 144-006 . . . . . . . .
207 . . . . . 800-204 . . . . . . . .
208 . . . . . 807-003 . . . . . . . .
209 . . . . . 892-042 . . . . . . . .
210 . . . . . 203-1040-SSC . . .
211 . . . . . 203-1043-SSC . . .
212 . . . . . 203-1044-SSC . . .
213 . . . . . 203-1045-SSC . . .
214 . . . . . 203-1053-SSC . . .
215 . . . . . 203-1048-SSC . . .
216 . . . . . 203-1051-SSC . . .
217 . . . . . 203-1054-SSC . . .
218 . . . . . 203-1055-SSC . . .
LABEL,I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,ID,CONN LEGACY -601 20W . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,ID,CONN IDENT LEGACY 601 . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,FOAM,BARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLIP,SHROUD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING,THRUST,.56X1X.08 WSHR . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,FLOPPY,3.5 PRG SYS V3.12 . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,3.00X11.00L,NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPEAKER,3.5 POLY DUAL CONE,100 . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,INT LOCK,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-B,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-W,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-V,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,SSC-H,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-P1,PLASTIC LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC-PP,PLASTIC ADVANTEC . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT,SSC,PLASTIC 2 LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
132
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
14.0 . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
ML
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
2.6000 .
9.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.5000 .
9.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
ASSY, MODULE, CPU

200-1062-501
001 . . . . . 200-1010 . . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1063-001 . . .
010 . . . . . 272-014 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
016 . . . . . 807-003 . . . . . . . .
017 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . .
PCB, BACKPLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CARD CAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB HDW, CARD GUIDE, .06X2.5 NYL . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET, .160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADHESIVE, SUPERBONDER, 454 CLEAR . . . . . . .
7
ASSY, MODULE, CPU 601

203-1009-501
001 203-1013-001 . . . . . . . . .
005 200-1566-001 . . . . . . . . .
013 662-005 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
015 801-003 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
016 807-003 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
017 892-271 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
018 058-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
019 807-002 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
020 200-1849-001 . . . . . . . . .
021 200-1864-001 . . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
PCB,SYSTEM,BACKPLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CARD CAGE,EMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONNECTOR,BRACKET,BLANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER,PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,END,BLANK PCB MODIFIED . . . . . . . . .
10
6-9
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, IV POLE, W/BALL BRG BSHG

200-3087-502
001 . . . . . 200-3127-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-3088-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-3091-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-3080-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1435-001 . . .
006 . . . . . 200-3078-001 . . .
007 . . . . . 200-1433-001 . . .
008 . . . . . 720-030 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 200-1277-001 . . .
010 . . . . . 200-1115-501 . . .
011 . . . . . 200-3126-001 . . .
012 . . . . . 200-3094-501 . . .
013 . . . . . 100-0079-501 . . .
014 . . . . . 807-153 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 200-3089-001 . . .
016 . . . . . 811-009 . . . . . . . .
017 . . . . . 807-013 . . . . . . . .
018 . . . . . 807-027 . . . . . . . .
019 . . . . . 810-001 . . . . . . . .
020 . . . . . 807-015 . . . . . . . .
021 . . . . . 773-034 . . . . . . . .
022 . . . . . 805-052 . . . . . . . .
023 . . . . . 805-038 . . . . . . . .
024 . . . . . 811-020 . . . . . . . .
025 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
026 . . . . . 200-1346-001 . . .
027 . . . . . 200-1338-001 . . .
028 . . . . . 716-024 . . . . . . . .
029 . . . . . 701-019 . . . . . . . .
030 . . . . . 800-003 . . . . . . . .
031 . . . . . 716-023 . . . . . . . .
032 . . . . . 200-1436-001 . . .
033 . . . . . 200-1437-001 . . .
034 . . . . . 593-069 . . . . . . . .
035 . . . . . 720-032 . . . . . . . .
036 . . . . . 891-021 . . . . . . . .
037 . . . . . 200-1853-001 . . .
SCREW,LEAD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SLEEVE,LEADSCREW,END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GUIDE,FLANGE,BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GUIDE,FLANGE,TOP IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CARRIER,NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POLE,IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHAFT,CLASS L,.375X34.460 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TARGET,SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,I/V POLE SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANGER,BOTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X6 BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING,RETAINING,.303 SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SETSCREW,SKT HD,FLT M4X3 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
MOTOR,W/BRAKE,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,MOUNTING,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PULLEY,TIMING,12 GROOVE .744OD . . . . . . . . . .
BELT,TIMING,.20 PITCH X9 CRCMF . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,SPLITLOCK,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PULLEY,TIMING,36GROOVE 2.272OD . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING,MODIFIED,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOAM,DAMPING,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,VINYL,PRES-BOND .60 WIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHAFT,.38X34.460,SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL . . . . . . . . . . .
MOTOR,W/BRAKE,I/V POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.10 . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT . . . . (13 INCHES)
EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 8
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
OZ
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, IV POLE
200-1771-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
015 . . . . .
016 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
6-10
200-3127-001 . . .
200-3088-001 . . .
200-1745-001 . . .
200-1744-001 . . .
200-1743-001 . . .
202-1726-001 . . .
200-1433-001 . . .
891-023 . . . . . . . .
202-1670-001 . . .
200-1115-501 . . .
200-3126-001 . . .
200-3094-501 . . .
100-0079-501 . . .
807-153 . . . . . . . .
200-3089-001 . . .
811-009 . . . . . . . .
807-013 . . . . . . . .
SCREW,LEAD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SLEEVE,LEADSCREW,END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GUIDE,FLANGE,BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GUIDE,FLANGE,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GUIDE,NUT CARRIER,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POLE,IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBN GEL,855D . . . . . . . .
TARGET,SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,I/V POLE SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HANGER,BOTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
018 . . . . . 807-027 . . . . . . . .
019 . . . . . 810-001 . . . . . . . .
021 . . . . . 773-034 . . . . . . . .
022 . . . . . 805-052 . . . . . . . .
023 . . . . . 805-038 . . . . . . . .
024 . . . . . 811-020 . . . . . . . .
025 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
026 . . . . . 202-1754-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-1346-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-1853-001 . . .
027 . . . . . 200-1746-001 . . .
028 . . . . . 716-024 . . . . . . . .
029 . . . . . 701-019 . . . . . . . .
030 . . . . . 800-003 . . . . . . . .
031 . . . . . 716-023 . . . . . . . .
033 . . . . . 026-091 . . . . . . . .
034 . . . . . 593-069 . . . . . . . .
035 . . . . . 891-021 . . . . . . . .
036 . . . . . 202-1760-001 . . .
037 . . . . . 691-250 . . . . . . . .
DESCRIPTION
SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X6 BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOTOR,W/BRAKE,IV POLE ACCURUS . . . . . . . . .
MOTOR,W/BRAKE,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOTOR,W/BRAKE,I/V POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,MOUNTING,I/V POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PULLEY,TIMING,12 GROOVE .744OD . . . . . . . . . .
BELT,TIMING,.20 PITCH X9 CRCMF . . . . . . . . . . .
PULLEY,TIMING,36GROOVE 2.272OD . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE,MOUNT,.75X.75 ABS WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,VINYL,PRES-BOND .60 WIDE . . . . . . . . . . . .
LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,SLIDE CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,CPRSN,.31X.120 OD SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
QTY
STK
U/M
3.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
REMARKS
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, MODULE, FRONT PANEL

200-1061-502
001 . . . . . 200-1143-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1077-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1455-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1079-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1321-502 . . .
011 . . . . . 807-017 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . .
014 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . .
016 . . . . . 200-1407-001 . . .
017 . . . . . 200-1197-001 . . .
018 . . . . . 200-1195-001 . . .
019 . . . . . 807-004 . . . . . . . .
021 . . . . . 782-153 . . . . . . . .
022 . . . . . 769-015 . . . . . . . .
023 . . . . . 604-011 . . . . . . . .
024 . . . . . 815-001 . . . . . . . .
025 . . . . . 200-1147-001 . . .
026 . . . . . 691-196 . . . . . . . .
027 . . . . . 200-1148-001 . . .
028 . . . . . 798-048 . . . . . . . .
029 . . . . . 691-197 . . . . . . . .
030 . . . . . 200-1195-002 . . .
031 . . . . . 200-1197-002 . . .
032 . . . . . 200-1406-001 . . .
033 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
034 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
BEZEL, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KEYPAD, ELASTOMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOUCH SCREEN, SWITCH LAYER . . . . . . . . . . . .
LAYER, ILLUM, LED FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, SUB, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, TILT, HINGE LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, TILT, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, SHLDR, SKT.25-20X1.50 SST . . . . . . . . .
NUT, HEX, LKG .25-20 UNC-3B SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING, THRUST, .31X.75X.08 THK . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, SPRING, .50X.25X.025 SST . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER, PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING, .76X4.0X.06, TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, THRUST, .62X.26X.062 BRZ . . . . . . . . .
SPRING, .76X4.0X.06, TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, TILT, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, TILT, HINGE RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET, .160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.250 . . .
4.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
6-11
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, MODULE, FRONT PANEL -601

203-1008-501, -502
001 . . . . . 200-1143-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1077-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1455-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1079-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 203-1007-501 . . .
. . . . . . . . 203-1020-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 200-1131-501 . . .
O11 . . . . 807-017 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . .
014 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . .
016 . . . . . 200-1407-001 . . .
017 . . . . . 200-1197-001 . . .
018 . . . . . 200-1195-001 . . .
019 . . . . . 807-159 . . . . . . . .
021 . . . . . 782-153 . . . . . . . .
022 . . . . . 769-015 . . . . . . . .
023 . . . . . 604-011 . . . . . . . .
024 . . . . . 815-001 . . . . . . . .
025 . . . . . 200-1147-001 . . .
026 . . . . . 691-196 . . . . . . . .
027 . . . . . 200-1148-001 . . .
028 . . . . . 798-048 . . . . . . . .
029 . . . . . 691-197 . . . . . . . .
030 . . . . . 200-1195-002 . . .
031 . . . . . 200-1197-002 . . .
032 . . . . . 200-1406-001 . . .
033 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
034 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
035 . . . . . 798-324 . . . . . . . .
TOTAL COMPONENTS: . . . . . .
BEZEL, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KEYPAD, ELASTOMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOUCH SCREEN, SWITCH LAYER . . . . . . . . . . . .
LAYER, ILLUM, LED FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, FANEL, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, DISPLAY, FRONT PANEL -601 . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FR PNL/LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, CAP ND SKT, M4X2O SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, CAP ND SKT, M4X6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, BTN HD SKT, N4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, TILT, HINGE LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, TILT, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, CAP HD SKT, M3X1O SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW, SHLDR, SKT.25-2OX1.50 SST . . . . . . . . .
NUT, HEX, LKG .25-20 UNC-3B SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING, THRUST, .31X.75X.08 TNK . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, SPRING, .SOX.25X.025 337 . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER, PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING, .76X4.OX.06, TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, THRUST, .62X.26X.062 BRZ . . . . . . . . .
SPRING, .76X4.OX.06, TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, TILT, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, TILT, HINGE RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET, .160X.15OX.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, .125X.25OX.O15 TFL . . . . . . . . . .
28
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
A/R . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . . for -501
EA . . . . for -502
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.210 . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT . . . . 2.5"
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.210 . . .
4.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT . . . . 2.5"
EA
ASSY, SUB, FRONT PANEL

200-1321-502
001 . . . . . 200-1403-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 088-031 . . . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1026-501 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1341-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1028-503 . . .
006 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 200-1131-501 . . .
009 . . . . . 200-1126-501 . . .
010 . . . . . 200-1128-501 . . .
011 . . . . . 593-053 . . . . . . . .
SUPPORT, DISPLAY, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . .

DISPLAY, LCD, 10.4 DIAGONAL RGB . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, PCB, DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STANDOFF, MODIFIED, FR DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, PCB, CONTROLLER FRONT PNL . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FR PNL/LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, FLEX CIRCUIT, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE, POLYIMIDE, .25W 2.8 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
ASSY, PANEL, FRONT

203-1007-501
001 . . . . . 200-1585-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 088-031 . . . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1026-501 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1341-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1577-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 200-1126-501 . . .
010 . . . . . 200-1128-501 . . .
011 . . . . . 593-053 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 797-063 . . . . . . . .
6-12
SUPPORT, DISPLAY, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . .

DISPLAY, LCD, 10.4 DIAGONAL RGB . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, PCB, DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STANDOFF, MODIFIED, FR DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, PCB, FRONT PANEL CONTROL . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, FLEX CIRCUIT, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE, POLYIMIDE, .25W 2.8 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST . . . . . . . . . .
11
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, DISPLAY, FRONT PANEL 601

203-1020-501
001 . . . . . 200-1893-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1836-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1026-501 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1341-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1722-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 272-053 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 200-1719-001 . . .
010 . . . . . 200-1720-501 . . .
011 . . . . . 593-053 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 797-083 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
014 . . . . . 809-001 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 200-1829-001 . . .
PLATE,SUPPORT,LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD,COLOR TFT,10.4 DIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STANDOFF,MODIFIED,FR DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,FRONT PANEL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STANDOFF,SNAP-IN,.187 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE ASSY,FLEX CIRCUIT,VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,INVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,POLYIMIDE,.25W 2.8 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD,INVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.40 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY,DISPLAY,LEGACY
203-1033-501
001 . . . . . 200-1143-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1077-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1455-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1079-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 203-1020-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 807-159 . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 798-324 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 203-1023-001 . . .
011 . . . . . 782-153 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 604-011 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 200-1406-001 . . .
014 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 200-1407-001 . . .
016 . . . . . 200-1148-001 . . .
017 . . . . . 691-197 . . . . . . . .
018 . . . . . 691-196 . . . . . . . .
019 . . . . . 200-1147-001 . . .
020 . . . . . 815-001 . . . . . . . .
021 . . . . . 798-048 . . . . . . . .
022 . . . . . 769-015 . . . . . . . .
023 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . .
024 . . . . . 200-1131-501 . . .
025 . . . . . 200-2020-001 . . .
906-2000-501
BEZEL,FRONT,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KEYPAD,ELASTOMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOUCH SCREEN,SWITCH LAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LAYER,ILLUM,LED FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,DISPLAY,FRONT PANEL -601 . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,.125X.250X.015 TFL . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,PIVOT,ARM MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,SHLDR,SKT.25-20X1.50 SST . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING,THRUST,.31X.75X.08 THK . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,.76X4.0X.06,TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER,PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,THRUST,.62X.26X.062 BRZ . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,LKG .25-20 UNC-3B SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,FR PNL/LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
6-13
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, DISPLAY, LEGACY ADVANTEC

203-1033-502
001 . . . . . 200-1143-002 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1077-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1455-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1079-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 203-1020-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 807-159 . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 798-324 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 203-1023-001 . . .
011 . . . . . 782-153 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 604-011 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 200-1406-001 . . .
014 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 200-1407-001 . . .
016 . . . . . 200-1148-001 . . .
017 . . . . . 691-197 . . . . . . . .
018 . . . . . 691-196 . . . . . . . .
019 . . . . . 200-1147-001 . . .
020 . . . . . 815-001 . . . . . . . .
021 . . . . . 798-048 . . . . . . . .
022 . . . . . 769-015 . . . . . . . .
023 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . .
024 . . . . . 200-1131-501 . . .
025 . . . . . 200-2020-001 . . .
BEZEL,FRONT,ADVANTEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KEYPAD,ELASTOMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOUCH SCREEN,SWITCH LAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LAYER,ILLUM,LED FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,DISPLAY,FRONT PANEL -601 . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,.125X.250X.015 TFL . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,PIVOT,ARM MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,SHLDR,SKT.25-20X1.50 SST . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING,THRUST,.31X.75X.08 THK . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER,PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,THRUST,.62X.26X.062 BRZ . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,LKG .25-20 UNC-3B SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,FR PNL/LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, MODULE, FLUIDICS

200-1538-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
........
........
005 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
015 . . . . .
016 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
018 . . . . .
019 . . . . .
020 . . . . .
021 . . . . .
022 . . . . .
........
........
023 . . . . .
024 . . . . .
025 . . . . .
6-14
200-1021-501 . . .
200-1510-502 . . .
200-1020-501 . . .
200-1770-001 . . .
200-1511-001 . . .
200-1770-002 . . .
200-1527-001 . . .
200-1505-001 . . .
200-1287-001 . . .
200-1693-001 . . .
200-1534-501 . . .
200-1526-001 . . .
200-1429-001 . . .
200-1560-001 . . .
200-1278-001 . . .
200-1110-501 . . .
672-025 . . . . . . . .
663-039 . . . . . . . .
814-007 . . . . . . . .
807-001 . . . . . . . .
272-015 . . . . . . . .
812-1010-022 . . .
200-1528-001 . . .
200-1736-001 . . .
200-1519-001 . . .
200-1736-002 . . .
200-1453-001 . . .
803-004 . . . . . . . .
786-311 . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,FLUIDICS CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,TRANSDUCER FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,BACKPLANE FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEZEL,CASSETTE HSG,MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . .
BEZEL,PLATE,CASSETTE HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . .
BEZEL,CASSETTE HSG,MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,DAMPENER,.50X2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STINGER,ASPIRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEVER,SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STINGER,VENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,HUB ROLLER,MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIN,ACTUATOR,MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CARD CAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHASSIS,BASE,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,MOUNTING,SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAMPER,SHAFT,CLEAN 0 6.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,SILICONE,.69OD X.38ID . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,SHLDR,SKT HD M4X5.013 SS . . . . . . . . .
PCB HDW,CARD GUIDE,.06X4.5 NYL . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,SILICONE,.062X.125X5.75 . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,DAMPENER,1.40X2.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIN,DRAIN,FLUIDICS-DIE CAST . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIN,DRAIN,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIN,DRAIN,FLUIDICS-ANODIZED . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,SWITCH,SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,CAP HD SKT,4-40X.250 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
* SUBSTITUTE PART *
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
026 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . .
027 . . . . . 800-002 . . . . . . . .
029 . . . . . 807-013 . . . . . . . .
030 . . . . . 807-145 . . . . . . . .
031 . . . . . 811-009 . . . . . . . .
033 . . . . . 200-1032-501 . . .
034 . . . . . 691-205 . . . . . . . .
035 . . . . . 773-021 . . . . . . . .
036 . . . . . 200-1535-001 . . .
038 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
039 . . . . . 200-1504-001 . . .
040 . . . . . 800-004 . . . . . . . .
042 . . . . . 200-1536-001 . . .
045 . . . . . 891-019 . . . . . . . .
046 . . . . . 200-1635-001 . . .
047 . . . . . 797-014 . . . . . . . .
048 . . . . . 799-015 . . . . . . . .
049 . . . . . 892-097 . . . . . . . .
050 . . . . . 663-041 . . . . . . . .
051 . . . . . 200-1543-001 . . .
052 . . . . . 200-1544-001 . . .
053 . . . . . 200-1537-001 . . .
056 . . . . . 200-1559-001 . . .
DESCRIPTION
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,SPLITLOCK,M2.0 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.0X12 SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,CASSETTE TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,COMPRESSION,0.5 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING,RETAINING,.145 DIA SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,DAMPENER,9.1X.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LATCH,CASSETTE HOUSING,ALUM . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,DAMPENER,3.41X.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LUBRICANT,SEALANT,VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,POLY,.06X.12X6.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,SPLT LK,.11X.21X.03 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,RDC DIA NO.4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADHESIVE,THD SEALANT,PST WHITE . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.18X.44X.18,SILICONE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,BASEPLATE,SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,BASEPLATE,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,DAMPENER,MOTOR 2.25 SQ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHEET,DAMPENING,5.00X5.75X.10 . . . . . . . . . . . .
48
QTY
STK
U/M
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
14.0 . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
REMARKS
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, MODULE, ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC

200-1076-501
001 . . . . . 200-1481-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1155-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1156-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1300-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1556-501 . . .
007 . . . . . 043-005 . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 026-054 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 663-019 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 663-038 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 200-1326-001 . . .
014 . . . . . 200-1327-001 . . .
015 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . .
016 . . . . . 796-011 . . . . . . . .
017 . . . . . 807-013 . . . . . . . .
019 . . . . . 807-006 . . . . . . . .
020 . . . . . 893-333 . . . . . . . .
021 . . . . . 788-069 . . . . . . . .
022 . . . . . 672-028 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 672-026 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 807-015 . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
PUMP,PRESS/VAC,VDC VENTED . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOUSING,BOTTOM,PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOUSING,TOP,PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOAM,SOUND DAMPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,ANTERIOR VIT DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.250 RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.063 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,RUBBER,.69X.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,RUBBER,.188X.563X.313 . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,TOP,PUMP SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,BOTTOM,PUMP SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,NO.6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,BARBED,QC .06X.06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER,ROUND,.12X.18X.30 NYL . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOUNT,SANDWICH,METRIC THREAD . . . . . . . . .
ISOLATOR,WIRE ROPE,1.38X4.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.50 . . .
.350 . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
13.0 . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
6-15
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, MODULE, W/PEM FSTNR BRKT

200-1053-504
001 . . . . . 200-1440-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 272-015 . . . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1016-501 . . .
004 . . . . . 807-004 . . . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 200-1018 . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 200-1546-501 . . .
008 . . . . . 200-1017-503 . . .
009 . . . . . 200-1439-001 . . .
010 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 277-030 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 050-450 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 060-055 . . . . . . . .
014 . . . . . 807-019 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . .
016 . . . . . 200-1019-502 . . .
017 . . . . . 277-038 . . . . . . . .
018 . . . . . 277-036 . . . . . . . .
CARD CAGE,PHACO/CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,BACKPLANE PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER SOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,PCB HOLD DOWN,PHACO . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,13CFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONNECTOR,CABLE,2S STR LKG . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTACT,SOCKET,CRIMP 22-30 AWG . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,17CFM 29DBA 1.2W . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,.9W 13.8CFM 23DBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.1667 . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, MODULE, W/PEM FSTNR BRKT

200-1053-506
001 . . . . . 200-1440-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 272-015 . . . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1016-501 . . .
004 . . . . . 807-004 . . . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 200-1018 . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 200-1546-501 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-1019-502 . . .
008 . . . . . 200-1017-505 . . .
009 . . . . . 200-1439-001 . . .
010 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 050-450 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 060-055 . . . . . . . .
014 . . . . . 807-019 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . .
018 . . . . . 277-036 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 277-030 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 277-038 . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,BACKPLANE PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER SOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,.9W 13.8CFM 23DBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,13CFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,17CFM 29DBA 1.2W . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.1667 . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, MODULE, NEOSONIX

200-1053-507
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
6-16
200-1440-001 . . .
272-015 . . . . . . . .
200-1016-503 . . .
807-004 . . . . . . . .
801-003 . . . . . . . .
200-1018 . . . . . . .
200-2268-501 . . .
200-1439-001 . . .
ASSY,PCB,BACKPLANE US NEOSONIX . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER NEOSONIX . . . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
010 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 050-450 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 060-055 . . . . . . . .
014 . . . . . 807-019 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . .
018 . . . . . 277-036 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 277-030 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 277-038 . . . . . . . .
DESCRIPTION
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,.9W 13.8CFM 23DBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,13CFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12VDC,17CFM 29DBA 1.2W . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
QTY
STK
U/M
.1667 . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
REMARKS
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, PANEL, REAR CONNECTOR

200-1167-501
001 . . . . . 200-1101-501 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1106-501 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1118-502 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1118-503 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1130-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 200-1164-001 . . .
007 . . . . . 276-207 . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 646-019 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 655-031 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 655-032 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 807-001 . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ASSY, CABLE, PARALLEL PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, SPARE SERIAL PORT . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, COM 1 PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL, CONNECTOR, REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRIVE, FLOPPY, 3.5, 2 MEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLUG, BUTTON, .42X.86X.2 BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLUG, HOLE, .25 HOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLUG, HOLE, .50 SQ HOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
ALTERNATE
ASSY, PANEL, REAR CONNECTOR DOM

200-1167-502
001 . . . . . 200-1101-501 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1106-501 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1118-502 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1118-503 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1130-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 200-1164-002 . . .
007 . . . . . 276-207 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 655-032 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 807-001 . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ASSY, CABLE, PARALLEL PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, SPARE SERIAL PORT . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, COM 1 PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL, CONNECTOR, REAR DOMESTIC . . . . . . .
DRIVE, FLOPPY, 3.5, 2 MEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLUG, HOLE, .50 SQ HOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER, FLAT, M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ALTERNATE
ASSY, SUPPORT, TRAY/ARM

200-1083-501
001 . . . . . 200-2102-501 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1089-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1093-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1095-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1265-001 . . .
006 . . . . . 769-066 . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 807-001 . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 801-006 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 817-643 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 807-043 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 811-010 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 815-003 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 200-1349-001 . . .
906-2000-501
ASSY,ARM,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIVOT,SUPPORT TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROD,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUPPORT,TRAY,STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FASTENER,PUSH-ON,.56X.44X.017 . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SETSCREW,SCH,CUP M4X20 SST BLK . . . . . . . .
LATCH,SLIDE,MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
6-17
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY,HOUSING,FAN
200-1290-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
015 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
018 . . . . .
019 . . . . .
020 . . . . .
021 . . . . .
050-127 . . . . . . . .
059-050 . . . . . . . .
200-1268-001 . . .
200-1687-001 . . .
200-1270-001 . . .
200-1280-001 . . .
200-1291-001 . . .
277-031 . . . . . . . .
807-020 . . . . . . . .
809-001 . . . . . . . .
809-006 . . . . . . . .
662-005 . . . . . . . .
027-003 . . . . . . . .
278-009 . . . . . . . .
813-002 . . . . . . . .
801-004 . . . . . . . .
200-1269-001 . . .
CONNECTOR,CABLE,9T CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTACT,PIN,24-18 AWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WELDMENT,FILTER HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GUIDE,FILTER,MOLDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOAM,ADHESIVE BACKED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PANEL,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WELDMENT,FAN HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN,12V,50CFM 25DB 4.7X4.7X1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAN ACC,GUARD,4X4 WIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GUIDE,FILTER,LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
1.50 . . .
3.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
022 200-1269-002 . . . . . . . . . GUIDE,FILTER,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . .
ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 4,LEFT

SIDE ONLY
ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 4,RIGHT
SIDE ONLY
TOTAL COMPONENTS: . . . . 18
ASSY, BASE
200-1447-501
001 . . . . . 200-1185-001 . . .
007 . . . . . 200-1727-001 . . .
. . . . . . . . 200-1490-001 . . .
008 . . . . . 070-000 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 685-031 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 685-023 . . . . . . . .
013 . . . . . 685-032 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 685-024 . . . . . . . .
016 . . . . . 702-006 . . . . . . . .
017 . . . . . 702-007 . . . . . . . .
020 . . . . . 764-018 . . . . . . . .
022 . . . . . 797-094 . . . . . . . .
024 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . .
026 . . . . . 801-039 . . . . . . . .
028 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . .
029 . . . . . 807-014 . . . . . . . .
030 . . . . . 807-017 . . . . . . . .
033 . . . . . 893-392 . . . . . . . .
035 . . . . . 892-042 . . . . . . . .
MOUNT,LATCH,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASE/BUMPERS,DIE CAST,MACHINED . . . . . . . .
BASE,W/BUMPERS,MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POST,BINDING,M6X15 BRS/NKL PLT . . . . . . . . . .
CASTER,4.00IN,SWIVEL M12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CASTER,4X2,SWVL M12 BLK CON . . . . . . . . . . . .
CASTER,4.00IN,SWVL M12 LOCKING . . . . . . . . . .
CASTER,4X2,SWVL BRK M12 BLKCON . . . . . . . . .
CHAIN,BEAD,.187IN BEAD DIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COUPLING,END,10-32 .187 BEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CATCH,HIDDEN,TOOL OPERATED . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,GRN/YEL,.241ID X.655 OD . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,BARB.25-28X.19 NYL WHT . . . . . . . . . . . .
16
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ML
ASSY, FOOTPEDAL, STTL IEC STD

200-3500-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
6-18
200-1034-502
200-3149-001
200-1334-501
200-1335-501
200-1621-001
200-3153-001
200-3035-001
200-3036-001
200-3034-001
202-1853-001
200-1391-001
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
ASSY,PCB,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE ASSY,SHLD,15 COND 24 AWG . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,GEARMOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,MICROSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOUSING,FOOTPEDAL/BEARING ASSY . . . . . . . .
MOTOR ASSY,GEARHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLUNGER,SPRING RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLOCK,TENSION ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHAFT,TENSION,ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEVER/SHAFT,PINNED,ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GEAR,ACTUATOR,ENCODER MODIFIED . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
014 . . . . . 200-1393-001 . . .
015 . . . . . 200-3060-001 . . .
017 . . . . . 200-3168-001 . . .
018 . . . . . 200-3029-001 . . .
019 . . . . . 200-1735-001 . . .
020 . . . . . 200-1733-001 . . .
021 . . . . . 200-1664-001 . . .
022 . . . . . 202-1767-001 . . .
023 . . . . . 200-2274-001 . . .
026 . . . . . 200-1662-001 . . .
027 . . . . . 200-1663-001 . . .
028 . . . . . 200-1920-002 . . .
029 . . . . . 280-003 . . . . . . . .
030 . . . . . 263-122 . . . . . . . .
031 . . . . . 711-025 . . . . . . . .
032 . . . . . 774-032 . . . . . . . .
033 . . . . . 774-122 . . . . . . . .
034 . . . . . 691-191 . . . . . . . .
035 . . . . . 691-137 . . . . . . . .
036 . . . . . 691-207 . . . . . . . .
037 . . . . . 691-193 . . . . . . . .
038 . . . . . 807-013 . . . . . . . .
040 . . . . . 773-034 . . . . . . . .
041 . . . . . 807-143 . . . . . . . .
042 . . . . . 807-003 . . . . . . . .
043 . . . . . 811-009 . . . . . . . .
044 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . .
045 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . .
046 . . . . . 805-041 . . . . . . . .
047 . . . . . 814-019 . . . . . . . .
048 . . . . . 027-002 . . . . . . . .
049 . . . . . 807-028 . . . . . . . .
050 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
051 . . . . . 775-012 . . . . . . . .
052 . . . . . 672-024 . . . . . . . .
053 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
054 . . . . . 800-004 . . . . . . . .
055 . . . . . 200-1368-001 . . .
056 . . . . . 202-1492-001 . . .
057 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . .
058 . . . . . 803-004 . . . . . . . .
059 . . . . . 202-1766-001 . . .
060 . . . . . 200-1380-001 . . .
061 . . . . . 798-014 . . . . . . . .
063 . . . . . 797-085 . . . . . . . .
064 . . . . . 807-002 . . . . . . . .
065 . . . . . 200-1337-001 . . .
066 . . . . . 200-1401-001 . . .
067 . . . . . 200-1402-001 . . .
071 . . . . . 200-1419-001 . . .
072 . . . . . 200-1494-001 . . .
073 . . . . . 200-1495-001 . . .
075 . . . . . 262-069 . . . . . . . .
076 . . . . . 891-013 . . . . . . . .
077 . . . . . 040-049 . . . . . . . .
078 . . . . . 797-083 . . . . . . . .
079 . . . . . 809-002 . . . . . . . .
083 . . . . . 891-019 . . . . . . . .
085 . . . . . 805-045 . . . . . . . .
086 . . . . . 812-1644-001 . . .
906-2000-501
DESCRIPTION
GEAR,MOTOR/TREADLE,MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . . .
HANDLE,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUPPORT,WIRE,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM,LEVER,SWITCH ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,SWITCH,L DIE CAST MACH . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,SWITCH,R DIE CAST MACH . . . . . . . . . . .
TREADLE,CASTING,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,HEEL,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASEPLATE ASSY,HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,SIDE,RIGHT FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,SIDE,LEFT FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,ID,FOOTSWITCH STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENCODER,OPTICAL,PNL 500 CPR . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST WTRPRF . . . . . . . .
GEAR,SPUR,32T 64 PITCH SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-RING,.239X.070,NITRILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-RING,.176X.31X.070,NITRILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,.58X.75X2.75,EXT MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,CPRSN,.75X.360 DIA SST . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,COMP,.59X.72X.75 MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,M5X.56X1.25,HELIX MACH . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.0X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,1.25X5.50L,NYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,M5,.20X.39X.12 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOUNT,CABLE,FLAT NO.8 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,BACKUP,COVER FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . .
GASKET,COVER,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,SOLE,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUPPORT,ENCODER,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,NO.10 .062 THK NYL . . . . . . . . . . .
GEAR,SPUR,GEARMOTOR MODIFIED . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING,SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,INSULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWITCH,PROBE & RECEPTACLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LUBRICANT,GREASE,MULTI-PURPOSE . . . . . . . .
TUBING,HEAT SHRINK,.063 ID BLK . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,MADE IN USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71
QTY
STK
U/M
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
7.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ML
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
REMARKS
LOCATOR: S3, S4, S5, S6
6-19
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, FOOTPEDAL, IEC 1.0" LIFT

200-3500-502
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
015 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
018 . . . . .
019 . . . . .
020 . . . . .
021 . . . . .
023 . . . . .
026 . . . . .
027 . . . . .
028 . . . . .
029 . . . . .
030 . . . . .
031 . . . . .
032 . . . . .
033 . . . . .
034 . . . . .
035 . . . . .
036 . . . . .
037 . . . . .
038 . . . . .
040 . . . . .
041 . . . . .
042 . . . . .
043 . . . . .
044 . . . . .
045 . . . . .
046 . . . . .
047 . . . . .
048 . . . . .
049 . . . . .
050 . . . . .
051 . . . . .
052 . . . . .
053 . . . . .
054 . . . . .
055 . . . . .
056 . . . . .
057 . . . . .
058 . . . . .
059 . . . . .
060 . . . . .
061 . . . . .
063 . . . . .
064 . . . . .
065 . . . . .
066 . . . . .
067 . . . . .
6-20
200-1034-502 . . .
200-3149-001 . . .
200-1334-501 . . .
200-1335-501 . . .
200-1621-001 . . .
200-3153-001 . . .
200-3035-001 . . .
200-3036-001 . . .
200-3034-001 . . .
202-1853-001 . . .
200-1391-001 . . .
200-1393-001 . . .
200-3060-001 . . .
200-3168-001 . . .
200-3029-001 . . .
200-1735-001 . . .
200-1733-001 . . .
200-1664-001 . . .
200-2274-001 . . .
200-1662-001 . . .
200-1663-001 . . .
200-1996-002 . . .
280-003 . . . . . . . .
263-122 . . . . . . . .
711-025 . . . . . . . .
774-032 . . . . . . . .
774-122 . . . . . . . .
691-191 . . . . . . . .
691-137 . . . . . . . .
691-207 . . . . . . . .
691-193 . . . . . . . .
807-013 . . . . . . . .
773-034 . . . . . . . .
807-143 . . . . . . . .
807-003 . . . . . . . .
811-009 . . . . . . . .
807-012 . . . . . . . .
809-006 . . . . . . . .
805-041 . . . . . . . .
814-019 . . . . . . . .
027-002 . . . . . . . .
807-028 . . . . . . . .
801-003 . . . . . . . .
775-012 . . . . . . . .
672-024 . . . . . . . .
027-003 . . . . . . . .
800-004 . . . . . . . .
200-1368-001 . . .
202-1492-001 . . .
801-004 . . . . . . . .
803-004 . . . . . . . .
202-1766-001 . . .
200-1380-001 . . .
798-014 . . . . . . . .
797-085 . . . . . . . .
807-002 . . . . . . . .
200-1337-001 . . .
200-1401-001 . . .
200-1402-001 . . .
ASSY,CABLE,MICROSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOUSING,FOOTPEDAL/BEARING ASSY . . . . . . . .
LABEL,ID,FOOTSWITCH STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-RING,.239X.070,NITRILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-RING,.176X.31X.070,NITRILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,.58X.75X2.75,EXT MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,COMP,.59X.72X.75 MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,1.25X5.50L,NYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,M5,.20X.39X.12 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING,SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
071 . . . . . 200-1419-001 . . .
072 . . . . . 200-1494-001 . . .
073 . . . . . 200-1495-001 . . .
075 . . . . . 262-069 . . . . . . . .
076 . . . . . 891-013 . . . . . . . .
077 . . . . . 040-049 . . . . . . . .
078 . . . . . 797-083 . . . . . . . .
079 . . . . . 809-002 . . . . . . . .
080 . . . . . 200-1588-001 . . .
081 . . . . . 200-1561-001 . . .
082 . . . . . 200-1562-001 . . .
083 . . . . . 891-019 . . . . . . . .
085 . . . . . 805-045 . . . . . . . .
086 . . . . . 812-1644-001 . . .
DESCRIPTION
PLATE,CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,PAD,HEEL LIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASE,HEEL LIFT,1 INCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,HEEL LIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,MADE IN USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73
QTY
STK
U/M
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
REMARKS
EA
EA
EA
EA
ML
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, FOOTPEDAL, ACCURUS/LEGACY

202-1311-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
015 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
018 . . . . .
019 . . . . .
020 . . . . .
021 . . . . .
022 . . . . .
023 . . . . .
026 . . . . .
027 . . . . .
028 . . . . .
029 . . . . .
030 . . . . .
031 . . . . .
032 . . . . .
033 . . . . .
034 . . . . .
035 . . . . .
036 . . . . .
037 . . . . .
040 . . . . .
041 . . . . .
042 . . . . .
043 . . . . .
044 . . . . .
045 . . . . .
046 . . . . .
047 . . . . .
048 . . . . .
049 . . . . .
200-1034-502 . . .
200-3149-001 . . .
200-1334-501 . . .
202-1309-502 . . .
202-1496-001 . . .
200-3153-001 . . .
200-3035-001 . . .
200-3036-001 . . .
200-3034-001 . . .
202-1853-001 . . .
200-1391-001 . . .
200-1393-001 . . .
200-3060-001 . . .
200-3168-001 . . .
200-3029-001 . . .
200-1735-001 . . .
200-1733-001 . . .
200-1664-001 . . .
202-1767-001 . . .
200-2274-001 . . .
200-1662-001 . . .
200-1663-001 . . .
202-1658-002 . . .
280-003 . . . . . . . .
263-122 . . . . . . . .
711-025 . . . . . . . .
774-032 . . . . . . . .
774-122 . . . . . . . .
691-191 . . . . . . . .
691-137 . . . . . . . .
691-207 . . . . . . . .
691-193 . . . . . . . .
773-034 . . . . . . . .
807-143 . . . . . . . .
807-003 . . . . . . . .
811-009 . . . . . . . .
807-012 . . . . . . . .
809-007 . . . . . . . .
805-041 . . . . . . . .
814-019 . . . . . . . .
807-013 . . . . . . . .
807-028 . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
ASSY,CABLE,HEEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOUSING,FOOTSWITCH,RIGHT SIDE . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,HEEL,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,ID,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-RING,.239X.070,NITRILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-RING,.176X.31X.070,NITRILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,.58X.75X2.75,EXT MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRING,COMP,.59X.72X.75 MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
12.0 . . .
2.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
6-21
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, FOOTPEDAL, ACCURUS/LEGACY

202-1311-501 (continued)
050 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . .
051 . . . . . 775-012 . . . . . . . .
052 . . . . . 672-024 . . . . . . . .
053 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
054 . . . . . 800-004 . . . . . . . .
055 . . . . . 200-1368-001 . . .
056 . . . . . 202-1492-001 . . .
057 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . .
058 . . . . . 803-004 . . . . . . . .
059 . . . . . 202-1766-001 . . .
060 . . . . . 200-1380-001 . . .
061 . . . . . 798-014 . . . . . . . .
063 . . . . . 797-085 . . . . . . . .
064 . . . . . 807-002 . . . . . . . .
065 . . . . . 200-1337-001 . . .
066 . . . . . 200-1401-001 . . .
067 . . . . . 200-1402-001 . . .
071 . . . . . 200-1419-001 . . .
072 . . . . . 200-1494-001 . . .
073 . . . . . 200-1495-001 . . .
075 . . . . . 262-069 . . . . . . . .
076 . . . . . 891-013 . . . . . . . .
077 . . . . . 040-049 . . . . . . . .
078 . . . . . 797-083 . . . . . . . .
079 . . . . . 809-002 . . . . . . . .
083 . . . . . 891-019 . . . . . . . .
085 . . . . . 805-045 . . . . . . . .
086 . . . . . 200-2243-002 . . .
087 . . . . . 202-1381-001 . . .
088 . . . . . 202-1497-001 . . .
089 . . . . . 200-2275-001 . . .
090 . . . . . 771-288 . . . . . . . .
091 . . . . . 774-133 . . . . . . . .
092 . . . . . 200-1671-001 . . .
095 . . . . . 807-043 . . . . . . . .
096 . . . . . 800-107 . . . . . . . .
097 . . . . . 042-018 . . . . . . . .
098 . . . . . 027-002 . . . . . . . .
099 . . . . . 812-1644-001 . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,M5,.20X.39X.12 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEARING,SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLATE,STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BODY,HEEL SWITCH,MACH RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,WATERPROOF . . . . . . . .
CAP,HEEL SWITCH,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASEPLATE ASSY,R,HEELSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . .
PIN,SPRING,.094X.875 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-RING,.614X.754X.07,EPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,HEEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,EXT LOCK,M6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,PVC,.186X.226 CLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,1.25X5.50L,NYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,MADE IN USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ML
FT . . . . 2 X .70" LONG
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
ASSY, REMOTE CONTROL, ADVANTEC

200-4000-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
015 . . . . .
016 . . . . .
6-22
200-1029-502 . . .
200-1178-001 . . .
200-1465-004 . . .
200-1180-001 . . .
200-1181-001 . . .
200-1182-001 . . .
200-1358-001 . . .
200-1355-003 . . .
800-003 . . . . . . . .
190-008 . . . . . . . .
807-007 . . . . . . . .
200-1374-001 . . .
200-1918-003 . . .
200-1376-001 . . .
773-042 . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CASE,BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CASE ASSY,TOP,STTL REMOTE CTRL . . . . . . . . .
CASE,FRONT,RC STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOOR,BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KEYPAD,SILICONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWITCHLAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ICONS,REMOTE CONTROL,S20K . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BATTERY,AA,1.5V 24 OHMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPACER,LED,R/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,REMOTE CONTROL,NEOSONIX . . . . . . . .
SCREW,CAPTIVE,M3X0.5X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING,RETAINING,EXT .069 DIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA . . . . P5 OR GREATER
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
017 . . . . . 774-118 . . . . . . . .
018 . . . . . 689-003 . . . . . . . .
019 . . . . . 200-1471-001 . . .
020 . . . . . 200-1355-002 . . .
021 . . . . . 812-1644-001 . . .
DESCRIPTION
O-RING,1.75X1.88X.07,BUNA BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAG,ZIP LOCK,PLSTC 2.5X3X.004 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GASKET,REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ICON,REMOTE CONTROL,S20K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,MADE IN USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
QTY
STK
U/M
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.20 . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
REMARKS
ASSY, CABLE, PANEL

200-1574-501
001 . . . . . 200-1619-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1647-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1288-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1235-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1573-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 893-427 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 063-022 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 027-017 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 200-1117-502 . . .
013 . . . . . 200-1117-503 . . .
014 . . . . . 200-1117-504 . . .
015 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . .
016 . . . . . 803-031 . . . . . . . .
BRACKET, CABLE, CONN PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PLUG, CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING, LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING, CAUTERY, SMALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING, LUER, FEMALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . .
JACK, BANANA, 4MM GOLD PLATED . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE, MARKER, NYLON 3.9 LG . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #A . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #B . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #C . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING, POLYUR, .125X.062 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . .
NUT, M20X1.0, NICKEL PLD BRASS . . . . . . . . . . .
14
ASSY, CABLE, CONNECTOR PANEL

200-1105-501
001 . . . . . 200-1238-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1320-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1288-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1235-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1116-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 893-427 . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 769-054 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 063-022 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 027-017 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 200-1117-502 . . .
013 . . . . . 200-1117-503 . . .
014 . . . . . 200-1117-504 . . .
015 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
BRACKET, METAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PLUG, CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING, LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING, CAUTERY, SMALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING, LUER, FEMALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT, PUSH-ON, .187 DIA STUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JACK, BANANA, 4MM GOLD PLATED . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE, MARKER, NYLON 3.9 LG . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #A . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #B . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #C . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING, POLYUR, .125X.062 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . .
14
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.20 . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . . P2
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA . . . . P3, 6
EA . . . . P2, 5
EA
FT
6-23
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, CABLE, FLUIDICS

200-1110-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
200-1006-001 . . .
200-1444-001 . . .
058-070 . . . . . . . .
058-071 . . . . . . . .
262-066 . . . . . . . .
VALVE,SOLENOID,24V 250 STROKE . . . . . . . . . . .

MOTOR,STEP,2PH 16VDC .25 SHAFT . . . . . . . . . .
CONNECTOR HDW,EJECT COVER,30T . . . . . . . .
CONNECTOR HDW,BACK COVER,30T . . . . . . . . .
SWITCH,MICRO,OPTO .5 TO 24VDC . . . . . . . . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
006 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
050-721 . . . . . . . .
050-765 . . . . . . . .
050-723 . . . . . . . .
027-003 . . . . . . . .
200-1700-001 . . .
037-165 . . . . . . . .
027-017 . . . . . . . .
262-080 . . . . . . . .
CONNECTOR,CABLE,24S 26-22 AWG . . . . . . . . . .

CONNECTOR,MASS TERMN,6 CONT . . . . . . . . . .
CONNECTOR,8S,2MM 28-26 AWG . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VALVE,SOLENOID,24VDC NO MOD . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRE,STR,INS 26 AWG BLK 1 COND . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE,MARKER,NYLON 3.9 LG . . . . . . . . . . .
SWITCH,MICRO,OPTO 5 TO 24 VDC . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA . . . .
EA
EA . . . .
FT
EA
EA . . . .
014 037-304 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
015 037-306 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
016 037-310 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
017 040-009 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRE,STR,INS 28 AWG BLK 1 COND . . . . . . . . . . .

WIRE,STR,INS 28 AWG RED 1 COND . . . . . . . . . .
WIRE,STR,INS 28 AWG BLU 1 COND . . . . . . . . . .
17
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
FT . . . .
FT . . . .
FT . . . .
FT . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
5.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
LOCATOR: K1, K2
LOCATOR: M1
LOCATOR: P5
LOCATOR: P5
FOR ALTERNATE SEE ITEMS
13,14,15,16,17
LOCATOR: SW1, SW2
LOCATOR: P5-1
LOCATOR: P5-2
LOCATOR: P1
LOCATOR: K3
ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 5 TO BE

USED WITH ITEMS 14,15,16,17
TO BE USED WITH ITEM 13
ASSY, SHIP, STEERABLE I/A

200-1960-501
001 . . . . . 200-1938-501 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1936-501 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1961-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1958-501 . . .
005 . . . . . 027-002 . . . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 200-2004-001 . . .
007 . . . . . 689-019 . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 689-024 . . . . . . . .
ASSY, MECHANISM, DRIVE STEER I/A . . . . . . . . .

ASSY, CABLE, POWER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CARTON, SHIP, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, CONNECTOR, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE TIE, 1.25X5.50L, NYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL SET, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAG, ZIP LOCK, POLY 6X8X4 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAG, ZIP LOCK, POLY 12X15X4 MIL . . . . . . . . . . .
8
ASSY, MECHANISM, DRIVE STEER I/A

200-1938-501
001 . . . . .
002 . . . . .
003 . . . . .
004 . . . . .
005 . . . . .
006 . . . . .
007 . . . . .
008 . . . . .
009 . . . . .
010 . . . . .
011 . . . . .
012 . . . . .
013 . . . . .
014 . . . . .
015 . . . . .
016 . . . . .
017 . . . . .
018 . . . . .
019 . . . . .
020 . . . . .
021 . . . . .
022 . . . . .
6-24
200-1939-001 . . .
200-1940-001 . . .
200-1937-501 . . .
200-1943-001 . . .
893-331 . . . . . . . .
200-1942-001 . . .
893-403 . . . . . . . .
893-467 . . . . . . . .
200-1865-001 . . .
200-1941-001 . . .
893-333 . . . . . . . .
893-549 . . . . . . . .
026-062 . . . . . . . .
785-079 . . . . . . . .
800-006 . . . . . . . .
777-464 . . . . . . . .
796-010 . . . . . . . .
797-014 . . . . . . . .
767-097 . . . . . . . .
801-004 . . . . . . . .
800-004 . . . . . . . .
807-013 . . . . . . . .
HOUSING BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOUSING,TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,PCB,STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD,ISOLATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,TANK,1.6X3.7,.12 NPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,ELBOW,.12NPT X.12 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,ELBOW,90D .06X.125 BRS . . . . . . . . . . . .
PUMP,VDC,STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLAMP,AIR TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,DUAL BARB,.062X.0035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BOLD,HEX HEAD,M6X1.0X60 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,PH PH,4-40X1.750 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,NO.4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,SPLT LK,.11X.21X.03 SST . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,HEX,4-40X.217X.066 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
4.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
9.0 . . . .
12.0 . . .
13.0 . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
023 . . . . . 593-055 . . . . . . . .
024 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . .
025 . . . . . 316-1683-007 . . .
026 . . . . . 043-005 . . . . . . . .
027 . . . . . 895-332 . . . . . . . .
028 . . . . . 895-328 . . . . . . . .
029 . . . . . 893-540 . . . . . . . .
030 . . . . . 893-450 . . . . . . . .
031 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . .
032 . . . . . 593-071 . . . . . . . .
033 . . . . . 200-1965-001 . . .
034 . . . . . 200-1964-001 . . .
035 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
036 . . . . . 892-110 . . . . . . . .
037 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . .
038 . . . . . 040-073 . . . . . . . .
039 . . . . . 805-1112 . . . . . . .
040 . . . . . 893-545 . . . . . . . .
DESCRIPTION
TAPE,TEFLON,.25X.0035 WHITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,SILICONE,.078X.185X2.00 . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.250 RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORIFICE,OD.07MM,.0028 ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILTER,PNEUMATIC,IN-LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,TEE,.062/.093 UN-EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,T,.06 TUBE BARB BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . .
GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAPE,FOAM,.12X.75 ADH BLACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHEET,DAMPENING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOAM,SOUND,DAMPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,262 RED . . . . . . . . .
TUBING,SILICONE,.125X.250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,MUFFLER/FILTER,.35 OD . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,BARB,DUAL .062 BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
QTY
STK
U/M
.0 . . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.50 . . . .
.20 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.0 . . . . .
.10 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
REMARKS
FT
FT
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
FT
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
ASSY, CONNECTOR, STEERABLE I/A

200-1958-501
001 . . . . . 200-1944-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 893-431 . . . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1957-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 893-333 . . . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 689-014 . . . . . . . .
RING,LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,LUER,MALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAG,ZIP LOCK,POLY 3X5X4 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
3.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
EA
ASSY, CABLE, HP CONN PANEL STTL

200-1828-501
001 . . . . . 200-1619-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1647-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1288-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1235-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1573-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 893-427 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 063-022 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 027-017 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 200-1117-502 . . .
013 . . . . . 200-1117-503 . . .
014 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 803-031 . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
BRACKET,CABLE,CONN PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLUG,CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING,LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING,CAUTERY,SMALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,LUER,FEMALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JACK,BANANA,4MM GOLD PLATED . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE #A . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE #B . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,M20X1.0,NICKEL PLD BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.20 . . .
2.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
6-25
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY, CABLE, HP CONN ADVANTEC

200-1828-502
001 . . . . . 200-1619-001 . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1647-001 . . .
003 . . . . . 200-1288-001 . . .
004 . . . . . 200-1235-001 . . .
005 . . . . . 200-1573-501 . . .
006 . . . . . 893-427 . . . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 063-022 . . . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 027-017 . . . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 200-1117-502 . . .
013 . . . . . 200-1117-503 . . .
014 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . .
015 . . . . . 803-031 . . . . . . . .
016 . . . . . 200-2292-001 . . .
6-26
BRACKET,CABLE,CONN PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLUG,CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING,LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RING,CAUTERY,SMALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FITTING,LUER,FEMALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JACK,BANANA,4MM GOLD PLATED . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE #A . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE #B . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,M20X1.0,NICKEL PLD BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLUG,RECEPTACLE,LEMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
8.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.20 . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
EA
EA
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-27
6-28
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-29
6-30
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-31
6-32
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-33
6-34
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-35
6-36
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-37
6-38
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-39
6-40
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-41
6-42
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-43
6-44
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-45
6-46
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-47
6-48
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-49
6-50
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-51
6-52
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-53
6-54
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-55
6-56
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-57
6-58
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-59
6-60
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-61
6-62
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-63
6-64
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-65
6-66
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-67
6-68
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-69
6-70
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-71
6-72
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-73
6-74
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-75
6-76
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-77
6-78
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-79
6-80
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-81
6-82
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-83
6-84
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-85
6-86
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-87
6-88
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-89
6-90
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-91
6-92
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-93
6-94
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-95
6-96
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-97
6-98
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-99
6-100
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-101
6-102
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-103
6-104
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-105
6-106
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-107
6-108
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-109
6-110
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-111
6-112
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-113
6-114
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-115
6-116
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-117
6-118
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-119
6-120
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-121
6-122
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-123
6-124
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-125
6-126
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-127
6-128
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-129
6-130
906-2000-501
906-2000-501
6-131
6-132
906-2000-501
SECTION SEVEN
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
VideOverlay Parameters System
The VideOverlay Parameters System (VOPS) accepts
operating parameters from the STTL and overlays that
information onto the video from the microscope camera.
The system then outputs a video signal to the monitor
and/or VCR.
There are two possibilities for setup:

Standard setup
Super VHS setup.
STANDARD SETUP
(for USA/Japan [NTSC] and Europe [PAL])
1
Ensure power to all systems is off.
NOTES:
This unit is not a medical device and should be
located/stored with other video equipment (i.e., VCR,
monitor, etc.). When connected to the STTL, the
VideOverlay unit will not increase the leakage
current of the STTL.
Attach the AC power cord firmly to the AC power

connector located on the rear panel of the
VideOverlay (see Figure 7-1).
Plug the other end of the AC power cord into an

appropriate wall outlet.
The main VideOverlay chassis, PCB, and power

supply were not designed or built by Alcon.
Therefore, Alcon has limited control of the basic
system capabilities and interface.
Insure the red voltage select switch (i.e. 115 VAC

vs. 230 VAC) located under the AC power
connector is set to the proper line voltage.
NOTE: Japan should set the switch to 115 VAC.
The system will operate properly to as low as 90
VAC.
SERIAL 2
INTERCONNECT
(DB-9 CONNECTOR)
COMPOSITE/SVHS
SWITCH
(set to "Composite")
VIDEO IN
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
VIDEO OUT
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
VOLTAGE
SELECT SWITCH
115
AC POWER
CONNECTOR
NOT USED
Figure 7-1
906-2000-501
Rear Panel - VideOverlay
7-1
Set the Composite/SVHS switch on the VideOverlay

to the (up) "Composite" position.
Since the VideOverlay is configured for SVHS

cables, Standard setups require adaptor cables (P/N
240-1005-001) which are included with all units.
Setup the adaptor cables as follows:
6.1 Plug one of the RCA to SVHS adaptor cables into the
(top) Video In connector on the VideOverlay.
6.2 Plug the other RCA to SVHS adaptor cable into the
(bottom) Video Out connector on the VideOverlay
(see Figure 7-2).
7
12. Power on the VideOverlay: set the power switch on

the front of the VideOverlay to the ON position.
13. Power on the STTL with software version 1.40 or
higher.
14. If an overlay video picture does not appear on the
monitor check the video connections. If there seems
to be no communications to the STTL unit, check the
Alcon Data Cable connections to the STTL.
SUPER VHS HIGH-RESOLUTION SETUP
(requires special camera and cables from customer)
Connect the video cable (with standard RCA jacks)

from the microscope camera to the "Video In" RCA
to SVHS adaptor cable (see Figure 7-3). NOTE:
Older cameras may require an additional
adaptor.
Ensure power to all systems is off.
Attach the AC power cord firmly to the AC power

connector located on the rear panel of the
VideOverlay (see Figure 7-1).
Connect the "Video Out" RCA to SVHS adaptor

cable to one end of the RCA cable (supplied with all
units); the other end of the RCA cable connects to the
VCR's "Video In" connector.
Plug the other end of the AC power cord into an

appropriate wall outlet.
Insure the red voltage select switch (i.e. 115 VAC vs.
230 VAC) located under the AC power connector is
set to the proper line voltage.
NOTE: Japan should set the switch to 115 VAC.
The system will operate properly to as low as 90
VAC.
Set the Composite/SVHS switch on the rear of the

VideOverlay to the (down) "SVHS" (high resolution)
position.
Ensure the output from the VCR is connected to the

video input on the Monitor.
10 Connect the Alcon Data Cable from the connector

marked Serial 2on the VideOverlay to the
Serial 2port on the back of the STTL. Tighten
connector screws securely.
11 Ensure that the monitor and VCR are both on the
"video" setting.
F
VIDEO
IN
RCA TO SVHS
ADAPTOR CABLES
VIDEO
OUT
Figure 7-2
7-2
RCA To SVHS Adaptor Cables Setup
906-2000-501
SERIAL 2
INTERCONNECT
(DB-9 CONNECTOR)
COMPOSITE/SVHS
SWITCH
(set to "Composite")
VIDEO IN
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
VIDEO OUT
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
F
CAMERA
VIDEO
CABLE
EYE
ALCON
DATA CABLES
VIDEO
IN
CAUTION: USE ONLY ALCON SUPPLIED

CABLE TO CONNECT THE VIDEOVERLAY
TO THE SERIES 20000 LEGACY.
VIDEO
OUT
RCA TO SVHS
ADAPTOR CABLES
SERIES 20000 LEGACY
115
VIDEOVERLAY
(rear view)
RCA CABLE
SERIAL 2
PORT
RCA
CONNECTOR
M
VIDEO IN
MONITOR
Figure 7-3
906-2000-501
VCR
Standard Interconnect (using RCA to SVHS adaptor cables)
7-3
Plug the video cable (with SVHS jacks) from the

microscope camera into the (top) Video In
connector on the rear of the VideOverlay (see Figure
7-4). NOTE: Do not use RCA cable.
Plug the video cable (with SVHS jacks) from the
(bottom) Video Out connector on the rear of the
VideOverlay into the SVHS Video In connector
on the VCR.
Ensure the output from the VCR is connected to the
video input on the Monitor.
Connect the Alcon Data Cable from the connector
marked Serial 2on the VideOverlay to the
Serial 2port on the back of the STTL. Tighten
connector screws securely.
OPERATION
After the system is connected, the system automatically
displays the appropriate information onto the video
screen. Table 7-1 describes the displayed information:
Table 7-1
VideOverlay Display Information

FEATURE
Footswitch
Position
Always
Mode
Always
U/S Power Level
Level at FTSW 0, 1, 2, 3
Vacuum Level
Any mode with vacuum

(U/S, I/A, Vit) Level at
FTSW 0, 1, 2, 3
Aspiration Flow
Rate
Any mode with vacuum

(U/S, I/A, Vit)
Commanded actual at
FTSW 0, 1, 2, 3
Vent
Anytime active
Reflux
Anytime active
U/S Time
Always
Average Power
Always
Cut Rate
Vit Mode
Pulse Rate
U/S Pulse Mode
Occlusion
Anytime it occurs
Handpiece Type
Always
Injection Rate
HydroSonics Mode
10 Ensure that the monitor and VCR are both on the

"video" setting.
11 Power on the VideOverlay: set the power switch on
the front of the VideOverlay to the ON position.
12 Power on the STTL system with software version
1.40 or higher.
13. If an overlay video picture does not appear on the
monitor check the video connections. If there seems
to be no communications to the STTL unit, check the
Alcon Data Cable connections to the STTL.
7-4
DISPLAYED
906-2000-501
SERIAL 2
INTERCONNECT
(DB-9 CONNECTOR)
COMPOSITE/SVHS
SWITCH
(set to "SVHS")
VIDEO IN
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
VIDEO OUT
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
CAMERA
CUSTOMER-SUPPLIED
SVHS VIDEO CABLE
EYE
VIDEO
IN
WARNING: USE ONLY ALCON SUPPLIED

CABLE TO CONNECT THE VIDEOVERLAY
TO THE SERIES 20000 LEGACY.
M
115
VIDEO
OUT
ALCON
DATA CABLES
SERIES 20000 LEGACY
VIDEOVERLAY
(rear view)
CUSTOMER-SUPPLIED
SVHS VIDEO CABLE
SERIAL 2
PORT
SVHS
VIDEO IN
MONITOR
Figure 7-4
906-2000-501
VCR
Super VHS High-Resolution Setup (using customer-supplied SVHS video cables)
7-5
To have the VideOverlay Parameters System

display only the camera video with no overlay
information:
1
Disconnect the cable connecting the VideOverlay

Parameters System from the Legacy or power down
the Legacy if it is not in use.
Turn the VideOverlay Parameters System off and
back on. The system will automatically detect that
the Legacy is no longer connected and will not
display overlay windows. If the Legacy is connected
later, video overlay information will be displayed.
NOTES:
If the Legacy is powered down or disconnected
from the VideOverlay Parameters System in the
middle of use, the data displayed on the
VideOverlay screen will remain frozen. If the
VideOverlay is then powered off and then
powered on, the VideOverlay Parameters System
will simply display the camera video with no
overlay information.
Due to the nature of the interface between the
Legacy and the VideOverlay Parameters System,
information transfer delays up to 100 ms may
occur.
CAMERA VIDEO IN
SYNC
SEPARATOR
VSYNC
VIDEOVERLAY SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions:
Size:
6.6 x 9.5 x 15.7, (168 x 240 x 399 mm)
Weight: 35 lb.
Environmental:
Altitude:
10,000 feet.
Temperature:
0 to 55 C
Relative Humidity: 10% to 90% Without Condensation
Electrical Requirements:
115/230 V~, 50-60 Hz, 6/3 A.
Certifications:
IEC-950, UL1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950, EN60950,
EN55022 Class B, EN50082-1, FCC Class B.
I/O:
Video In:
NTSC or PAL depending on system

purchased.
Video Out: NTSC or PAL depending on system
purchased.
Data In:
RS232C data cable from the STTL.
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTATION
Parts lists and the assembly drawings listed below are
contained on the following pages for reference.
ASSY, SHIP, VIDEOVERLAY SYSTEM
CABLE, INTERFACE, V/O, DB9, M-F
ASSY, CABLE, DATA RECEIVE
COLOR SUB CARRIER
HSYNC
VGA
CONTROLLER
RGB
RGB TO
NTSC/PAL
OSC
PLL
VIDEO GRAPHICS
CAMERA VIDEO
ANALOG
SWITCH
VIDEO OUT
VIDEO CONTROL
Figure 7-5
7-6
VideOverlay Block Diagram
906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY NTSC
240-0001-501
001 . . . . . 905-2030-101 . . . . . .
002 . . . . . 240-1003-001 . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 240-0000-501 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1000-001 . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 023-051 . . . . . . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 240-1005-001 . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 050-813 . . . . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 240-1012-001 . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 689-021 . . . . . . . . . . .
TOTAL COMPONENTS: . . . . . . . .
ADDENDUM,MANUAL,OP VIDEOVERLAY . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE,INTERFACE,V/O DB9 M-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CARTON,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE ASSY,RCA TO RCA,MALE 72" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE,ADAPTOR,VIDEO DIN TO RCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONNECTOR,RCA TO PHONO,75 OHM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHEET,CONNECTION WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BAG,ZIP LOCK,POLY 8X10X4 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY PAL
240-0001-502
001 . . . . . 905-2030-101 . . . . . .
002 . . . . . 240-1003-001 . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 240-0000-502 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1000-001 . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 023-051 . . . . . . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 240-1005-001 . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 050-813 . . . . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 240-1012-001 . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 689-021 . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
ASSY,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY NTSC
240-0001-503
001 . . . . . 905-2030-101 . . . . . .
002 . . . . . 240-1003-001 . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 240-0000-503 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1005-001 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1000-001 . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 023-051 . . . . . . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 050-813 . . . . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 240-1012-001 . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 689-021 . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
ASSY,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY PAL
240-0001-504
001 . . . . . 905-2030-101 . . . . . .
002 . . . . . 240-1003-001 . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 240-0000-504 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1000-001 . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 023-051 . . . . . . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 240-1005-001 . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 050-813 . . . . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 240-1012-001 . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 689-021 . . . . . . . . . . .
906-2000-501
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
7-7
PARTS LIST
DWG
ITEM
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY
STK
U/M
REMARKS
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,NTSC
240-0000-501
001 . . . . . 240-1002-001 . . . . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1592-001 . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 240-1004-001 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1006-501 . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 240-1009-001 . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 769-051 . . . . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 781-065 . . . . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 203-1003-001 . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 203-1003-002 . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 786-311 . . . . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 240-1001-001 . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 240-1007-502 . . . . . .
CHASSIS,VIDEO OVERLAY,OEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCB,CPU,486,25MHZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCBA,OVERLAY,VIDEO NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CABLE,DATA RECEIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRACKET,CHASSIS STABILIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUT,LOCK,4-40 SST ELASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,BTN HD HEX,4-40X.250 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COVER,CONNECTOR,1.220X.45X.09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,CAP HD SKT,4-40X.250 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LABEL,NAMEPLATE,VIDEOVERLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,FLOPPY,VIDEOVERLAY 1.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
2.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
6.0 . . . .
1.0 . . . .
.0 . . . . .
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,PAL
240-0000-502
001 . . . . . 240-1002-001 . . . . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1592-001 . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 240-1004-002 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1006-501 . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 240-1009-001 . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 769-051 . . . . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 781-065 . . . . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 203-1003-001 . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 203-1003-002 . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 786-311 . . . . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 240-1001-001 . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 240-1007-502 . . . . . .
PCB,CPU,486,25MHZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCBA,OVERLAY,VIDEO PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,NTSC
240-0000-503
001 . . . . . 240-1002-001 . . . . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1845-001 . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 240-1004-001 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1006-501 . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 240-1009-001 . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 769-051 . . . . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 781-065 . . . . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 203-1003-001 . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 203-1003-002 . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 786-311 . . . . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 240-1001-001 . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 240-1007-503 . . . . . .
PCB,CPU,486 STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCBA,OVERLAY,VIDEO NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,PAL
240-0000-504
001 . . . . . 240-1002-001 . . . . . .
002 . . . . . 200-1845-001 . . . . . .
003 . . . . . 240-1004-002 . . . . . .
004 . . . . . 240-1006-501 . . . . . .
005 . . . . . 240-1009-001 . . . . . .
006 . . . . . 769-051 . . . . . . . . . . .
007 . . . . . 781-065 . . . . . . . . . . .
008 . . . . . 203-1003-001 . . . . . .
009 . . . . . 203-1003-002 . . . . . .
010 . . . . . 786-311 . . . . . . . . . . .
011 . . . . . 240-1001-001 . . . . . .
012 . . . . . 240-1007-503 . . . . . .
7-8
PCB,CPU,486 STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCBA,OVERLAY,VIDEO PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
906-2000-501

Alcon Phaco Machine Series 20000 Legacy - Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Alcon Phaco Machine Series 20000 Legacy - Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Alcon Phaco Machine Series 20000 Legacy - Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Return to the Browser Screen

SERIES 20000 LEGACY

* Reg. U.S. Pat. & TM Off.

1999, 1998, 1997, 1994 Alcon Laboratories, Inc.

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

Comments or corrections concerning this manual should be addressed to:

*Registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

REVISED PAGE NUMBERS

ECN 33181 - i, iii

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

SECTION ONE - GENERAL INFORMATION

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

Host System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

SECTION FOUR - MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

The Series 20000* Legacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

Custom: Footswitch (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subsystem Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

STTL Skins Location Diagram (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

24 mm Custom Wrench Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Rear Panel - Videoverlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Series 20000* Legacy Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

U/S Driver PCB Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Skins Removal Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Recommended Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

VideOverlay Display Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

ABOUT THIS MANUAL...

The Series 20000* Legacy

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

UNPACKING AND SETTING UP THE SYSTEM

Cut and remove the binding straps.

Remove the outer sleeve and rails from the shipping

Remove the accessory box, foam inserts, and

Carefully tip the shipping carton so as to place the

Roll the system out of the container, remove the

Unwrap the footswitch and plug it into the

Release the tray arm and pull it out of the storage

Snap the instrument tray into position on the tray

Release the 115 VAC power cord from the Rear

10 Perform the STTL Service Test Procedure.

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

STTL Packing Configuration

SERIES 20000* LEGACY

TABLE 1-1. SERIES 20000* LEGACY PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

The system will auto-select between the following

Bottle height at retraction ............................. .2 cm 1

Maximum power ........................................ 523 Watts

< 100 A @120 VAC, per NFPA99 (includes power cord)

ACTUAL VACUUM DISPLAYED VACUUM

+5V ............................................................. +5.10 .05

VACUUM SETTING OCCLUSION RANGE

VOLTAGE UNDER LOAD

ANTERIOR VIT PUMP

ULTRASONIC HANDPIECE STROKE

SERIES 20000* LEGACY